immmmmmmmmmmmmmm mimmmmmmmmmmmmmamm
TRUBNSR'S
COLLECTION OF SIMPLIFIED GRAMMARS
THE HUNGARIAN LANGUAGE
IGNATIUS SINGER
BERKElfY
LIBRARY I CONVERTED
UNIVERSITY OF
CALIFORNIA
|s[either ^ borrower nor a
^y^ lender b^ " 29*?77i/í'í ./?ci/^^^
Nolo ready, Crown Svo, limp cloth, pp. vi. and 88,
lüitli Illustrations, "price 2s.
HUNGARIAN POEMS AND FABLES,
FOK ENGLISH KEADERS.
Selected and Translated by E. D. Butlee, F.R.G.S., Assistant in
the British Museum, Foreign Member of the Royal Hungarian
Academy of Sciences, and Corresponding Member of the Kis-
faludy Society.
"The translations are marked by conscientious and faithful rendering of
both the spirit and form of the original." — AthencBum.
" Very conscientiously prepared." — Examiner.
"We compliment both author and illustrator on their work." — Poetis'
Magazine.
" Enough in it to amuse any one who is at all interested in the land of
Kossutb." — Pictorial World.
" In the fables and allegories .... the native raciness and simplicity
have been preserved." — Scotsman.
'* His translations have all the simplicity and directness of the originals —
two qualities for which Hungarian poetry is especially conspicuous
The fables at the end of the volume are exceedingly good." — Morning
Advertiser.
" As regards care and fidelity in translating, these attempts are sufficient
to gain for Mr. Butler a place in the first rank amongst those who have
translated Hungarian poems into foreign languages. His conception is for
the most part faultless. He renders back the sense faithfully, and moreover
often line for line. .... We consider Mr. Butler far more competent to
make known Hungarian poetry, than were his predecessors in English verse
translation from the Magyar." — Buda-Pesti Szemle, Nov. -Dec. 1877.
( Translation).
" We hope that he will perform many such services as successfully as
this in the interest of the national reputation of our literature." — Kelet,
Kolozsvár. {Translation).
Also ready, Grown Svo, limp cloth, pp. v. and 70, price 2s. 6d.
THE
LEGEND OF THE WONDROUS HUNT,
By John Arany.
With Miscellaneous Pieces and Folk Songs (with the Original
Text). Translated from the Magyar, by E. D. Butler.
"Will be interesting and acceptable to students of Magyar poetry." —
Scotsman, Aug. 30, 1881.
"Der (Jebersetzer erweist sich als tiichtigen Kenner des Magyarischen
und berufenen Interpreten der ungarischen Dichtung bei seinen Lands-
leuten. .... Im Ganzén sind die Uebersetzungen vortrefllich, treu ohne
sklavisch, fliessend ohne charakterlos zu sein."—l/ngarische Revue, Leipzig,
Berlin und Wien, Marz, 1881.
London : Trübner & Co., 57 and 69, Ludgate Hill.
TRÜBNER'S COLLECTION
OF
SIMPLIFIED GRAMMARS
OF THE PRINCIPAL
ASIATIC AND EUROPEAN LANGUAGES,
EDITED BY E. H. PALMER, M.A.
II.
THE HUNGARIAN LANGUAGE,
BY IGNATIUS SINGER.
'Baílantgne lp«00
BALLANTYNE, HANSON AND CO., EDINBURGH
CHANDOS STREET^ LONDON
é^^/y/
SIMPLIFIED GEAMMAR
OF THE
HUÍÍGARIAN LANGUAGE.
BY
IGNATIUS SINGER.
LONDON :
TRÜBNER & CO., 57 & 59, LUDGATE HILL.
1882.
[All rights removed.}
f '^Lf-I^O^^
5(^1
PREFACE. M/^ll^/
The intention of the Author in the following pages is to
supply the student of Hungarian with a handbook that
will enable him to overcome the initial difficulties which
have hitherto attended the study of this language.
To the English student Hungarian is accessible only
through the medium of German ; but the chief difficulty
which the student has to contend with lies in the pecu-
liarities of the language itself. With the exception of a
few words borrowed from the German or Slav languages,
Hungarian is so different in its structure from the other
European languages (excepting Finnish and Turkish) that
a new grammatical system, as well as a new vocabulary,
has to be learnt. It is therefore obvious, that Hungarian
cannot be treated according to the rules usually adopted,
and yet in most Hungarian Grammars the language is
forced to accommodate itself to this framework of the
Latin system; where this has been found impossible, as
is generally the case, the student was left to shift for
himself.
455
VI PREFACE.
Owing to this imperfect method, a language so expres-
sive and so simple in its grammatical construction as
Hungarian has been decried as "extremely difficult,"
'^ barbarous/^ and the like.
The language is here treated from a different stand-
point. Instead of attempting to accommodate the language
to a system altogether foreign to its spirit, the Author has
analysed the language itself, and given the results of his
analysis in a series of rules. For this reason the termi-
nology usually adopted has been abandoned and replaced
by more appropriate expressions, which in most cases have
been obtained by translating directly from Hungarian the
corresponding grammatical terms.
Ignatius Singer.
LoNDOíí, June, 1882.
A HUNGAEIAÍí GRAMMAR.
THE ALPHABET.
The Hungarian Alphabet comprises the following forty-
letters: —
Capitals. Small. Capitals. Small. Capitals. Small.
Á
a
I
i
P
P
1
d
I
I
n
r
B
h
J
J
s
s
C
c
K
k
Sz
sz
Cs
cs
L
I
T
t
D
d
Ly
ly
Ty
ty
Ds
ds
M
m
U
u
E
e
N
n
Ú
Ú
É
e
Ny
ny
Ü
Ü
É
é
0
0
"u
Ű
F
f
Ó
Ó
V
V
G
9
Ö
Ö
z
z
Gy
(jy
0
6
Zs
s
H
h
2 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
C c was formerly written Cz or cz^ and is still used by some
Hungarian writers, but is falling into disuse.
E or é is always written and printed without accent, and
often pronounced like e.
Of these, fifteen are vowels: — a, e, e, z, o, ö, w, w, short; and
a, é, {, 0, Ó', ZÍ, ?í, long. The rest are consonants.
The long vowels are distinguished by accents (' or "), while
the short ones take a diseresis or are left unaccented.
They are pronounced :
e.g.^ kar, an arm.
,, vár, a castle.
„ nem, no.
„ kenyér J bread.
,, pénz, money.
„ Umbo, a bud.
„ w, an arch.
,, ló, a horse.
„ futni, to run.
„ rút, ugly.
/is the short sound of o in^
toll ; it is not to be pro-
0 ( nounced as in God, but as is ) hor, wine,
heard in the German word |
^Koralle; as —
a
as
0
in
God,
á
J)
a
>?
far.
e
»
e
>>
bed,
é
7)
u
?5
but.
é
?>
a
?)
fate,
%
)J
i
JJ
bill.
i
»
ee
n
bee.
6
J)
0
»
toll,
u
>>
u
>7
bull,
Ú
)>
00
5?
pool.
THE ALPHABET.
as u in fur, or the German^
Ö ■( [ Jó'r, skin, leather.
Ö in Höhle ; as — ' j
is the short sound of the
Ö A foregoing, as is heard in the y föld, earth.
^ German word Gutter; as-
fi'd, ear.
tűz, fire.
are the short and long^
ii sounds heard in the German
and / words Hüfte and Hühner,
Ú or the French u in recule
^and plus; as —
The consonants are called single (Z>, d, g, &c.) or combined
(cs, gy, ly, &c.).
The combined letters have been adopted to supply the defi-
ciency of the Latin alphabet in symbols for representing the
forty sounds or articulations which the Hungarian language
comprises. They must be looked upon as one single letter
only, representing one single and distinct sound or articulation,
and cannot be divided in spelling or pronunciation.
Note. — If in a word the sound of a combined consonant is
heard with greater stress, that is, where these letters are to be
written double, they are thus abbreviated : for cscs, ccs ; for
gygy, ggy ; &c. But if these consonants meet only by means
of suffixes or putting together of words (compounds), they must
be written out in full. Also when a word is broken off at the
b2
4: A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
end of a line, the missing letter is to be replaced ; e.g., asszony
(woman) is divided thus : asz-szony.
The consonants are pronounced : —
c (or cz) as ts in its, or the German z ; e.g., citrom, a lemon.
cs ,, ch „ church, „ csendj silence.
ds ,, j „ joke, „ Jindsa, a cup.
g (hard) „ g „ God, „ galanib, a dove.
j (soft) „ y „ you, „ >', good.
s ,, sh „ shoe, ,, sas, an eagle.
sz J) 5 „ sir, „ szabó, a tailor.
/j/ is heard in miZ//on, „ ilyen, such.
ny (as is heard in new or in the French
word Champagne), „ nyúl, a hare.
ty, as is heard in tune ; „ tyúk, a hen.
gy is pronounced like d in cZwiy ; „ gyürü, a ring.
/? is always aspirated, as in hatter; „ három, three.
r (harder than in English, and always
vibrated, whether preceded or fol-
lowed by a vowel), as in barren; ,, róka, a fox.
The rest are pronounced as in English.
The Hungarian language has no diphthongs and no mute
letters. Every character is to be pronounced distinctly and in
full, always retaining the same sound, and each word in as
many syllables as it contains vowels. For instance : Jiaim has
three syllables and is pronounced ji-a-im.
ACCIDENCE. 0
Vowels are divided into : —
(a) Flats : a, á, o, ó, u, ú ;
(b) Sharps : e, é ö, ö, ü, ü ; and
(c) Mediates : é, i, í.
Flats and sharps never occur in the same word, and accord-
ingly as the vowels are of the one or the other class, the words
are said to be sharp or flat, and only take suffixes with vowels
of their respective class. The mediates occur in both, and such
words are then called mixed ; they take the suffixes either of
the one or of the other class.
Note. — This rule does not prevent, however, the formation
of compound substantives of heterogeneous words, but applies
only to etymological derivatives. So, for instance, selyemruha
is a compound of selyem (silk) and ruha (a gown).
The emphasis rests always on the first syllable.
ACCIDENCE.
The parts of speech are the same as in other languages — viz.,
Nouns, Verbs, and Particles.
Of these the nouns (substantive, adjective, numeral pronoun)
and verbs undergo certain modifications in order to express the
various accidental circumstances of number, case, person, time,
and place. These modifications are called inflections ; and the
defining particles joined to the words are called suffixes.
Particles are not inflected, but are used to define the noun or
verb.
6 ■ A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
NOUNS SUBSTANTIVE.
The Substantive may be defined to express number, person,
case, place and direction. The Particles used to define the
Nouns are : article, suffix, and postpositions.
Articles.
There are two articles: a definite and an indefinite. The
definite article is a before words beginning with a consonant,
and az before words beginning with a vowel.
The definite article is put before nouns when a certain and
defined thing is referred to — i.e., before definite nouns, which it
precedes then invariably, even in cases w^here in English it
would be omitted, as, for instance, where a pronoun stands before
it — e.g., a fiú, the boy; or az én Jiam, my boy; az* a fiú, that
boy, &c.
The indefinite article is egy (one), which is at the same
time numeral, in which sense it is used. It is not necessary in
Hungarian to put the indefinite article before a noun, if spoken
of in general terms only — e.g., emhert láttam, I saw a man.
Egy is used only, as has been said, to express number : as,
egy emhert láttam, I have seen a (one) man.
Of Suffixes.
The Suffixes by which nouns are modified are twenty-one.
They are joined to the root, which sometimes undergoes ortho-
graphical changes, to be described further on.
* ^2 is here demonstrative pronoun.
NOUNS SUBSTANTIVE. 7
These suffixes, divided into four categories, may be : —
1. Suffixes expressing number.
it» •, ,, case.
3. „ ,, person.
4. ,, „ place and direction.
The Number of Nouns.
There are two numbers ; a smgular and a plural.
The plural is formed by adding -k to nouns ending with a,
vowel; or -ak^ -ok, -ek^ -ok to nouns ending with a consonant.
In forming the plural the following rules are to be observed : —
a and e at the end of a noun become lengthened in the
plural; as /a (tree), plural /á^; eke (plough), plural ekék.
Nouns ending with a consonant preceded by d or é shorten
these vowels in the plural ; excepting those ending in -ság^
-ségj or -gds^ -gés ; and a few monosyllable nouns— é.^.
sugár (beam), plural sugarak,
kerek (wheel), „ kerekek.
While the following remain unaltered : —
ritkaság (rarity), plural ritkaságok,
szépség (beauty), ,, szépségek,
csavargás (roaming), ,, csavargások.
If the final consonants of the last two syllables in polysyllabic
iiouns would admit an easy pronunciation without the inter-
8 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
vention of a vowel, the vowel of the last syllable is generally
dropped in the plural. This contraction mostly takes place
when the consonants m-r, k-r, and k-1, or reversed r-m^ r-k,
and l-k meet — e.^.,
lélek (soul), plural lelkek,
ökör (bull), ,, ökrök,
járom (yoke), „ jár?nak, &c.
The following monosyllabic nouns ending with a vowel take
V or j in the plural, some of them shorten at the same time
their vowel : —
kö, stone, plural kövek.
le\ juice, ,, levek,
ló, a horse ,^ lovak,
fü, grass, herb, ,^ füvek.
cső J a tube, „ csövek.
to, stem ,, tövek,
mű, a work (of art), „ müvek.
Note. — Nouns are used in the singular only, if preceded
by a numeral or any other word expressing quantity ; as két
ember, two men ; sok fa, many trees.
Collective nouns are used in the plural when several lots or
quantities of the same genus are referred to. But in all other
cases they are used in the singular only. In Hungarian all-
generic nouus are collective nouns ; as, for instance, the names
NOUNS SUBSTANTIVE. 9
of fruits, corn^ minerals, metals, &c., and stand in the singular :
alma, an apple or apples.
körte, a pear or pears.
Cases of the Noun.
There are five cases: —
The Nominative.
The Attributive or Possessive.
The Genitive.
The Dative.
The Accusative.
The first three cases are also called ^' subjective cases,"
because they can stand as subjectives.
The nominative is the word or name itself. Of suffixes it
can take the plural or the personal.
The suffixes for the attributive case are -nak for flat
sounding, and -nek for sharp sounding words. It expresses
the meaning of possession, or of something belonging to it.
It stands in an adjectival relation to the thing, that is, it is the
attributive of the thing possessed — e.g., Peter-nek atyja, the
father of Peter, or Peter's father. Here Peter is the pos-
sessor, and atyja the object possessed. At the same time
Peter is the attribute to at?/ja.
The Hungarian has no words corresponding to the English
10 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
•word " to have," but expresses possession by the attributive or
possessive case with the verb van ^'to be." The sentence,
Peter has a house, is therefore to be rendered in Hungarian,
jPeternek van háza (literally, there is a house of Peter's, or
which belongs to Peter).
The form of the possessive with the verb van is called its
subjective form, and is always to be translated into English
with the nominative and the verb "to have;" the other form,
where it governs its object directly, that is, without va?i, is
called its attributive form, and is to be rendered in English by
the possessive.
Examj^les.
1. Jdnosnah van kalapja, John has a hat.
2. Jánosnak a kalapja szép, the hat of John is handsome.
3. Pál háza ég, Paul's house is burning.
In the third example Pál stands without suffix, and in the
translation it has been rendered by the possessive (Paul's).
Rule 1. — If the possessive stands only as attribute to its
object, it is not necessarily inflected, as the object is already
inflected with the personal suffix, which expresses amply the
relation between possessor and thing possessed.
Rule 2. — The possessive must be inflected with its dis-
tinguishing terminations if standing as a subject (with the verb
^an). The suffixed form is also preferable for the attributive
NOUNS SUBSTANTIVE.
1Í
form, if the object does not immediately follow the attribute
but is preceded by an adjective or other words.
JSfote. — The student is requested to pay special attention to
these rules, as they are necessary for the proper understanding
of the Hungarian language, for often the cases (and with them
the right meaning) might be misunderstood if the orthography
alone were taken into consideration ; as for instance, in the
sentence — Pál háza ég. Pál is not inflected, while ház is
with the personal suffix -a ; and yet Pál is in the attributive,
and ház -am the nominative.
The termination of the genitive case is -é for all nouns, and
means also possession. The difference between this and the
former case is : —
{a) That the genitive can stand by itself, that is, without its
object, which is then understood; as, Whose hat is this?
Answer : Péter-é, Peter's.
(b) The genitive may stand as predicate o£ its own object;
as Ez a kalap Péter-é, this hat is Peter's.
Note. — In this sentence kalaj) is in Hungarian, as in English
in the nominative, as the objective form o£ kalaj) is suppressed
and the ending -é is substituted for it. The sentence in full
would be, Ez a kalap Péternek kalapja, this hat is Peter's
hat.
(c) The genitive, being a contraction of both possessor and
object possessed, may be used as subject or predicate, and can be
12 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
inflected like the nominative, with the exception of the genitive
case, which it cannot take twice ; as. Házamat eladtam és
Péter-é-t megvettem, I sold my house and bought Peter's (that of
Peter). Here Péter is in the genitive, and has taken also the
accusative suffix -i, which ought to be joined to the object, were
it written out ; thus, Házamat eladtam és Péternek ház-á-t meg vet-
tem (I sold my house and bought Peter's house).
The dative is in form the same as the attributive, but quite
different in meaning. In English it is rendered by putting the
prepositions "to" or " for" before the substantive. The Dative
(from the Latin do, to give) signifies that something is (has or
will be) given or imparted to it by a third person, while the
attributive claims something as already belonging to it.
This case has often been confounded by grammarians with
the attributive, to which it has no other relation than similarity
of orthography. The best distinguishing marks are : — (1)
That the dative cannot be a subject ; (2) that the attri-
butive governs a substantive, and the dative is governed, by a
verb.
Ezt Péter-neh adom, I give this to Peter (dative).
Ez Péternek háza, This is Peter's house (attributive).
The accusative (in Hungarian szenvedő, from szenvedni, to
suffer) is the noun acted upon by the verb, i.e., " the suffering."
Its ending is -i.
NOUNS SUBSTANTIVE.
13
Declension of the Substantive.
Prefatory Remarks. — To facilitate the acquisition of the
most important, and at the same time the most difficult, part
of the Hungarian grammar — viz., the rules of inflection, we
divide the substantives into six classes (or declensions), the
plural endings being taken as the basis. Each class is again
divided into two subdivisions, the one being the short and the
other the long vowel of each, thus —
I.
11.
III.
IV.
V. •
VI.
(a) (b)
(a) (b)
(a)&(b)
(a) (b)
(a) (b)
(a) & (b)
plur, endings -ak, -ák
-ok, -ók
uk
-ek, -ék
-ok, -ok
-ük
Flats.
The suffixes for the cases are therefore : —
I. II. HI.
Sharps.
IV. V. IV.
>
• l—J re
Declension. Declension.
' Nominative, The Name itself, or with Pers. Suff.
Attrib. or Possessive, -nah -nek
^ Genitive, -é -é
Dative, -nak -nek
Accusative,* -t -t
* After a mute letter the accusative takes the suffix with such a vowel
{a, 0, e, or ö) as it takes in the plural— as hot, plural hot- oh, accus. sing.
hot-ot. But if the noun is already suffixed (with plural or personal suf-
fixes) the accusative endings after consonants will be for all fiat nouns
-ai, and for all sharp nouns -et.
14 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
Nouns follow in the accusative singular the same rules as
to orthographical changes as in the plural.
A substantive is declined in the plural in the same way as in
the singular, the affixes being joined to the plural endings — e.g.,
házak houses ; házaknak, házaké, &c.
Personal Suffixes.
We have seen that the object governed by the attributive
case is always inflected, Péternek aty-ja.
A substantive which is governed by another substantive,
that is, a noun which is claimed as property or possession
by a preceding (attributive) noun or pronoun, is called hirtok
(property), which we will render in English with the " object
possessed."
The object possessed is inflected to express its relation to
the foregoing substantive or pronoun, and as the possessor is
the speaker himself, the person spoken to, or the person or
thing spoken of, the object will express by means of suffixes
whether it belongs to the first^ second, or third person, where-
fore these suffixes are called personal suffixes.
The first and second persons can of course only represent
rational beings; the third person comprises persons or things alike.
The possessor can be one or more things or persons, as : —
A gyermek könyve, the book of the boy. Here the possessor
gyermek is in the singular.
NOUNS SUBSTANTIVE. 15
A gijermehehnek a hönyvüh, the book of the boys, asserts that
one book is belonging to two or more boys, because the
possessor gyermek is here in the plural.
Or, the object possessed is one or more ; as,
1. A gyermek könyve, the book of the boy.
2. A gyermek könyvei, the books of the boy.
The relations of the object to the possessor are four : —
1. Object and possessor in singular,
könyv-em, my book.
2. Object in singular and possessor in plural,
könyvünk, our book.
3. Object in plural and possessor in singular,
könyveim, my books.
4. Object in plural and possessor in plural,
könyveink, our books.
In each of these cases there are three persons to be distin-
guished.
Examples.
1. könyv,
a book.
2. ház, a
house.
1.
The Object
[N the Singular.
1.
könyv -em
my book.
] . ház-am
my house.
2.
könyv-ed
thy book.
2. ház-ad
thy house.
8.
könyv-e
his book.
3. ház-a
his house.
16
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
1. könyv-ünk our book.
2. könyv-etek your book.
3. könyv-ük their book.
1. hciz-unk
2. hciz-atok
3. ház-ok
our house,
your house,
their house.
2. The Object in the Plural.
1. könyv-eim my books.
2. könyv-eid thy books.
3. könyv-ei his books.
1. könyv-eink our books.
2. könyv-eitek your books.
3. könyv-eik their books.
1 . liáz-aim
2. liáz-aid
3. ház-ai
1 . ház-aink
2. ház-aitok
3. liáz-aik
my houses,
thy houses,
his houses,
our houses.
your houses
their houses.
iVoie. — If the possessor is the first or the second person, the
pronoun must not be put before it, as the suffix expresses
already to whom the thing in question belongs. If stress is to
be given to the statement, the personal pronouns may be put
before it; as az én fiam, my son (not yours).
The following tables show the personal suffixes of the six
declensions : —
ARTICLES.
17
^^
•— í
^
^
s
^
^
G
To
V/l
3
>
'cT
'
'
1
'
^;3
1
=3
1
^
?3
o
5 c.
1
1
^-^
=?
^ 1
1
>
^^^
rJ^
s
K/
To
r^
cá
:0
:0
1
1
'
-.o
1
'
S]
s
^0?
-0?
>
t— I
^-^
.^
a
^
o
-^
riá
c3
<x>
<v
^
'
t
'
1— J
1— (
r^
-5
"Tj
• 2,
o
1
0
1^
l-A
Í
nc3
:«
^
V/<
■3
í3
^
^^
'D
1
^?
-o
-0
1
?
1/1
fl
^
r^
1
ct
^
O
o
1
03
•
?í
'y^
^
Ti
ce
r^
^
^
■->
-cS
-S
*c?
c
• '-r>
^^
'
'
'
T
1— 1
^_^
^
B
T3
CÍ
0
r^
Co
c3
1
1
rt
0
r
zn
^
T— 1
(M*
CO
rH
G^i
CO
;-(
^
"^ !
to
;-!
O
PLH
''■n
Öl
18
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
T ' '
- liink
-üitek
-üik
>■
-óim
-óid
-ói or
-ei
-óink
-üitek
-óik or
-eik
-eim
-eid
-ei
-eink
-eitek
-eik
1— f
,■ — s M
-éim
-óid
-éi
-éink
-éitck
-éik
3 -^
-eim
-eid
ci
-eink
-eitek
-eik
t— t
£ ^ i .S 75 :5
1 1 r^
1— 1
"^ — ' 1
-óim
-óid
-ói
-óink
-óitok
-óik
-ok
-aim
-aid
-ai
-aink
-aitok
-aik
h-i
- ^ ; .| [|. ,3. 11:^
T 1 -^ r ' - i^ -r
-aink
-aitok
-aik
<D
r/)
xn
o
Plural
Endings.
Sing. 1.
2.
Plur. 1.
2.
3.
NOUNS SUBSTANTIVE. 1^
Note. — To inflect a noun with tlie personal suffixes, whether
in singuhir or plural, take away the plural endings (after having
formed its plural), and what remains will be the root to which
the suffixes are joined, as shown in the tables above. The
plural ending will then serve as a clue to whicli class of de-
clension the noun belongs; as ökör^ an ox; plural ökrök;
therefore, the root will be ökr-; and its ending -ük shows that it
is to be suffixed as Class Y. («). Monosyllable nouns make no
exception to this rule, and so, for instance, the root of fa (tree ;
plural fák) is /-; fárn^ fádj fája, &c.
The following orthographical rules are to be observed : —
Obs. 1. — Nouns of the second, fourth, and fifth declension, if
ending in the nominative singular with a mute, Z*, cas, c/, ^, /j, m^
{ny), p, t, ty, take in the third person singular and third person
plural of Table A (object in singular), and in all persons singular
and plural o£ Table B (object in the plural), a ./ before the
suffix. Exceptions to these rules are all nouns which undergo
some orthographical change in the plural. For instance : lot^
lof-ok ; hot-j-a, bot-j-uk ; but kerék, kerekek, kerek-e, kerek-ük, &c.
8ee also the following examples : —
Atya, father; anya, mother; báttya, elder brother, take in the
third person singular and plural (Table A) only -ja and -joky
instead of -ája and -áj ok.
ÜCS, a younger brother, takes cs instead of j,
c 2
20 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
In the following examples the English rendering has not been
given, being the same as above : —
Sing. — rák
atya
rab
hajó
í^gy^i
a lobster
a father
a prisoner
a ship
a cannon
Plur. — rák- ok
aty-ák
A.-
rab -ok
-Singular.
haj -ók
ágy-uk
vSiügular.
1. rák-om
aty-ám
rab-om
haj -óm
ágy-i'im
2. rák-od
aty-ád
rab-od
haj-ód
ágy úd
3. rák-j-a
aty-(á)ja
rab-j-a
haj -ója
ágy-úja
riural.
1. rák-unk
aty-ánk
rab-unk
haj -ónk
ágy-únk
2. rák-otok
aty-átok
rab-otok
haj -ótok
ágy-iitok
3. rák-juk
aty-(á)juk
rab-j-uk
haj -ójuk
ágy-űj ok
B.— Plural. .
Singular.
1. rák-j-aim aty-áim rab-j-aim haj-óim
2. rák-j-aid aty-áid rab-j-aid haj-óid
3. rák-j-ai aty-ái rab-j-ai haj-ói
Plural.
1. rák-j-aink aty-áink rab-j-aink haj-óink
2. rák-j-aitok aty-áitok rab-j-aitok haj-óitok
3. rák-j-aik aty-áik rab-j-aik haj-óik
-'gy-
unn
=»gy-
úid
-'^gy-
-Ili
^■
-úink
-'gy-
-úitok
^'ZT
úik
NOUNS SUBSTANTIVE. 21
Sing. — lélek
eke
ükcir
szülő
tű
a soul
a iilovgh
cui ox
a parent
a needle
Plur.— lelk-ek
ek-ék
ökr-ok
szUl-ók
t-űk
Singular.
A.-
—Singular.
1. lelk-em
ek-ém
ükr-ürn
sziil-om
t.-üm
2. lelk-ed
ek-éd
ükr-üd
sziil-üd
t-űd
3. lelk-e
ek-éje-
iikr-e
szül-ője
t-űje
Plural.
or -eje
1. lelk-iiiik
ek-énk
(Ikr-ünk
szül-ónk
t-link
2. lelk-etek
ek-étek
ökr-ötiik
sziil-őtiik
t-űtiik
3. lelk-Uk
ek-éjUk
ükr-lik
szlil-öjük
t-üjiik
Singular.
B.
—Plural.
or -ej ük
1. lelk-eini
ek-éim
ökr-eim
szül-őim
t-üim
2. lelk-eid
ek-éid
ökr-eid
szül-őid
t-űid
3. lelk-ei
ek-éi
ükr-ei
szül-öi
t-űi
Plural.
1. lelk-eink
ek-éink
ükr-eink
szlil-öink
t-üink
2. lelk-eitek
ek-éitek
ökr-eitek
szul-őitek
t-üitek
3. lelk-eik
ek-éik
ükr-eik
szul-őik
t-üik
Note. — Kocsi, bácsi, and a few other nouns ending in i are
inflected as ágyú or til (Class III. or VI.) according as they
take flat or sharp siiflixes ; but instead of ú or ű respectively
they will retain their i vowel; as, Icocsi, kocs-ik, kocs-iiUy
l-QCS-id, &c.
As has been said already, the personal suffix is always to be
joined to the root itself, and the other suffixes being placed after
them ; for instance, Icalap-om-nalc , of my hat. The personal
22 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
•suffixes may take any other suffix ; except that for the plural
as they already express number.
Suffixes for Place and Direction.
These suffixes are used to express place, direction, or other cir-
cumstances of the substantive, Avhicli are expressed in English
by prepositions. They are fourteen in number, and are called : —
1. Retaining, -han, -hen, which signifies " resting within" the
substantive to which it is joined : as. a hdz-bau, in the house.
It answers to the question. In whom ? or, In what ?
2. Appointing, -on, -en, -on ; shows that something is resting
on or upon the substantive suffixed with it; as, a hdz-on, on or
upon the house.
Note. — After a vowel this suffix Avill be only -n ; a and e
become lengthened in such cases ; eke, elién.
3. Staying, -nál,-m'l; shows where or with whom something
or somebody is staying — 0 atydm-ndl van, he is with my father,
or at my father's.
4. Inward direction, -hci -he; denotes motion into a thing; a
hdz-ha megyei', I go into the house.
5. Uj^ward direction, -ra -i^e; to direct something from a lower
to a higher place or level ; tedd az as:tal-ra, put it on the table.
G. Approaching, -hoz, -Jiez, -höz ; to express an approaching
movement ; a házhoz, to or unto the house.
7. Outward direction, -hál -hői ; signifies motion out of a
thing ; livettem a losdr-hól, I took it out of the basket.
^- Downward direction, -vol -vol ; expresses a motion from a
NOUNS SUBSTANTIVE. 23
higher to a lower level ; a Icmmy leeset a ház-ról, the chimney
fell down from the house.
9. Moving or starting, -tol -tői, is used to signify a motion in
a level direction or to express the distance from a certain point ■
<i ház-tol távozott — , he moved (or started) from the house.
10. Limiting, -ig ; puts a limit in space or time; a ház-ig,
as far as the house.
11. Causative, -ert ; tells a reason why, or for what, as,
pénz-ért, for money ; harátséigért, for friendship.
12. Auxiliary, -val -vel; tells us with whom, or with what (tools
or other assistance), a thing has been done ; ásóval, with a spade.
Note. val, -vel, if joined to a noun ending with a consonant,
drops the v and doubles the final consonant of the noun ; as,
l-ezem-mel (not kezem-vel), with my hand.
13. Transmuting, -vá, -vé ; is used to express the transmuta-
tion of a thing into another shape or form; Xoi* neje só-vá
változtatott, the wife of Lot was turned into salt.
Note. rá, -vé, change the v like the foregoing -val, -vel.
14. Demonstrative, -úl, -ül ; tells to what purpose a thing has
been done, said, or given mintá-úl küldői- I send for a
sample; példéi-úl. for example, or instance."
JSiote. — Sometimes -ként is used instead of -ál -'ül ; but -ként
is rather of a numerical or adverbial character, and means one
by one. In the latter sense it is affixed to the substantive with
* Lot is here in the attributive, the suffix -nah having heen. omitted.
24 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAU.
-aji -en ; for instance, ház-an-hént, from house to house, or one
house after the other.
c Postpositions.*
The postpositions are only a continuance of the suffixes for
place and direction ; the only diíFerence being that the suffixes
are joined to the noun, and the postpositions stand after the
noun as separate words. There are two kinds of postpositions :
1. Independents, if they can be put after the substantive
without changing the orthography of the latter ; as, a Dana
mellett, by the side of the Danube.
2. Dependent postpositions necessitate some orthographical
modifications of the preceding substantive ; as, a Dund-n túl,
beyond the Danube. Here the postposition túl (beyond) neces-
sitated the affix -n to the substantive Duna,
The independent postpositions are : —
aid, under, beneath
Denote a motion towards
elé, in front of
fölé, over, above
mellé, by the side of
közé, among, between
alól, from beneath
the place, or in the
direction they express.
[ Denote a moiion from a thing.
elöl, from before. f J
* What are termed in Western languages prepositions stand in Hun-
garian after the noun, and are called j^ostpositions.
For instance, az eyérfut a macsha clol, the mouse runs from the cat —
POST NOUN SUBSTANTIVE. 25
Denote a place of rest, or a
point of time.
alatt, under (of time :
után, after [within)
iránt, against, towards
eUtt, before, in front of
között, between, among
mellett, by the side of ■) , . . -
' Denote rest, and position.
megett, behind >
nélkül, without (not having).
helyett, instead, in place of.
miatt, végett, on account of {giring a reason).
The dependent postpositions are : —
kívül, outside, besides. helul, within.
alul, below, lower down (in a vertical direction).
fölül, above, higher, further up (in a vertical direction).
till, beyond. közel, near, nigh.
Before közel the substantive takes the suffix -hoz or -hez ,-
before the rest -an, -en, or after a vowel -n.
All dependent postpositions can tahe the suffixes for direc-
tion, -ról, -vol, and the English rendering would be as given
above with the preposition " from" before each.
With the personal suffixes_, only kívül may be inflected, and is
then to be rendered in English with " besides" and the respective
pronoun; as: —
i.e., the mouse fears the cat, shuns it, and therefore takes to flight as
soon as she finds herself before the cat.
2(j A liUXGARIAN GP.AMMAi;.
h'vülejji, lívükd, li'vüle, 'kívülünk
besides me ; besides thee ; besides him ; besides us ;
kívületek kívü lak
besides you ; besides them.
THE ADJECTIVE.
The adjective never changes its form, if standing before the
substantive. But if the substantive whose quality it de-
termines is not written out in the sentence, but only under-
stood, the adjective will come into its place and take all the
suffixes of the substantive ; in fact, it becomes then a substantive
itself. In the sentence — Egy felur rózsát találtam, I have found
a white rose — the substantive is in the accusative, ró:sá-t. If
we ask, now, AVhat kind of a rose did you find ? the answer will
be, erjij feher-et^ a white one. Here the substantive "rose" has
been omitted, as it is already understood of what we speak. In
English the pronoun " one" is put in its place j but in Hungarian
it is represented by the adjective, which takes its suffixes. In
the present example, for instance, it took -ef, the termination of
the accusative case.
Adjectives are inflected the same as substantives. In forming*
the plural, however, they make the following exceptions : if
ending in /7, they take in the plural -ek ; and if ending in ?',
they take -ek or -ak, acccording as the word takes flat or sharp
suffixes (substantives take in both cases only -k). In all other
cases they follow the same rules as the substantive.
2^ote. — To adjectives are also reckoned the participles of the
THE ADJECTIVE. 27
verb, which, if used as adjectives, may be inflected in the same
manner.
Comparison of Adjectives.
Adjectives have three degrees of comparison : — 1, the positive ;
2, the comparative ; and 3, the superlative degree.
The comparative is formed by adding '■bb to adjectives ending
with a vowel, or -abb -ebb to those ending with a consonant.
After sibilants, which would admit the sound b to be heard
without an intermediate vowel, often a -b is only added to
form the comparative, but it is preferable to use a vowel, unless
it is not desirable to lengthen the word with a syllable, as, for
instance, in poetry. It is therefore equally grammatical to write
magasb (higher), or magasabb.
Note. — Final a and e become lengthened at the end of a Avord,
if the comparative sutiix -bb is joined to it — e.g., drága,
drágább; fekete, feketébb, &c. ; ó shortens its sound only in
jó ; jobb, legjobb.
The superlative is invariably formed by prefixing leg-'ov legesleg-
to the comparative. The first is rendered in English with the
superlative; the second by putting the adverb '^ very" before it.
The following are somewhat irregular : —
szép, beautiful • comparative : szebb
könnyű, easy, light (in weight) ; „ : könnyebb
i^J'^ youthful, young ; ,, : ifjfd)b
hosszii, long ; „ '• ^iosszabb
sok, much 5 5) • ^'^^^
But the superlative is formed regularly.
28
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
Proportionals are formed by affixing -es or -os to
the Multiplicatives ; kétszeres, hatszoros, &c.
^n
^
O
>-i
:o
Í-I)
N
-o
^i
cá
Ö
rJ^
N
CO
-1)
o
V}
c
NI
<V
UJ
^l- h|<m h|m
_H ^li'
-d
a>
to
ft
o
o
m
a;
-o
nD
5
--0
r^
o
rl4
N
Ph
to
S
o
o
■ ":;
c;
(D
C5
(U
!>^
ir-l
N
í3
C
'^
Ű
:0
rH
,14
^
^
^
'^
t3
--0
•Í4
M
rt
Ti
•Xj
Ü
r;
n3
-2
-2
o
rt
CD
(Ti
o
f>i
fl
:o
ri::
c
T3
■T3
nd
s
O)
. .
^^
o
o
OJ
r^
Tj
c
G
O)
<v
ir-!
N
N
N
ci
i^
Jr
C
fcű
O
-^
o
o
>.
Ü
Ü
'i^
cS
>-,
fc£)
-u
4j
o
a
<x>
03
(^
^n
<v
.1^
t;
'Oj
>-,
;^
N
N
N
^^
o
rlA
-^
Ph
-^
G
r^
-^J
-tj
-(-3
-^
I— 1
*
CO
^
»o
O
t^
CO
<r.
o
?-H
O
f7^
THE NUMERAL. 29
Proportionals are formed by affixing -es or -os to the
Multiplicatives ; kétszeres, hatszoros, &c.
""^
~~~"
o
f-l
C
^H
a>
S
Ol
i
iS
tS3
!-i
~=)
N
za
O
N
za
o
i
>
O
S
^1
s
i
to
VO
za
W
o
;_,
Si
G
(D
N
N
^(u
CD
o
O
3
0)
3
g
N3
zn
C3
>
o
o
N
to
O
ZJl
O
za
o
N
za
a
S5
>
'9
1
o
o
N
-1
N
za
r2
o
Id
1
M
■^
•^
C
s
:0
r^
,£::
c
15
Ü
""+3
2
.2
lo
-IS
-"i^
"^i-i*
-is
-is
-IS
-IS
■i-IC
lo
Ho
|o
|o
|o
lo
HO
o
"•á
1
^
■t:!
1-
|o
-"lo
|c
lo
|o
á
f-i
o
p-^
rr-!
■ts
H
H
a
K>^
>~^
^
--3
r^
to
c3
a>
CÍ
P
s
O
fcű
02
c3
P.
o
S3
3
1
Ű
o
>
c3
i
>
c3
•-3S
Ö
>
3
N
CD
N
a
N
O
r2
1
•""*
' '
'—'
'"'
"
■'
'~~'
' '
'"'
r^
za
o
""+3
zn
^
• ■
§
r»
'-is
P^
^
zn
o
N
^
i/<
'^3
r^
^
S
tí_
N
o
1-^
C
>
to
o
3
O
3
§
>•
--5
3
o
cS
'3
03
3
>
Ü
c3
N
N
p
N
O
O
s
r2
o3
2
o
in
CO
;_(
fcű
CD
i>
"o
^
N3
O
^N
juj
^
ii
rí
CÍ
S
CD
!o
2
o
>;>
15
za
N
za
S
>-.
>->
'CO
^
to
O
1
>>
Ü
>
>->
CJ
>
>•
a
N
CD
ts:
s
to
zn
za
^
bO
fcD
>
"o
^
3
N
O
N
^:^
-*-3
^
ÍJ
c3
o
o
Co
s
&>
13
en
N!
za
's
zn
*
.— t
<M
o
o
1— (
o
o
o
o
o
O
^
o
o
o
Í
<M
CM
CO
'^
-^
o
:-3
t^
CO
Ci
O
^
o
*
o
o
O
o^
""^
T— (
o"
o
so A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR,
Note. — The ending -iJc of the ordinals is sometimes dropped
if another word is joined to it. This is not universally done^
however, and is almost exclusively used to express age ; for
instance, másodi'ces, in the second year ; (" two years old"
would be kétéves).
Cardinals take — with the exception of tlie plural endings —
all suffixes of the substantive, if this is not written out — i.e.,
they follow the same rules as the adjectives. They form also
adverbs, which answer to the question, How many ? and the
resj^ective verb ; for instance, How many ran away ? hdnnan.'^
The terminations of the adverb are -an and ~en, as négy-eii^
oten^ &c.
£gy=egyedül; and lcett()=^hetten form their adverbs irregu-
larly. Három and ezer become contracted ; hárman^ er^.^^en.
The rest are regular.
Ordinals follow the same rules as cardinals — that is, they
are adjectives and declinable. They form their adverbs by
dropping the ending -ik^ and taking -sior or -szer instead.
EU6 is irregular, and its adverb is először. The English
rendering of the ordinals is as follows : —
* Kot hároman ; the o is here dropped for euphonic reasons.
THE NUMERAL. 31
Adjectives. Adverbs.
első., the first. először., firstly.
második., the second. másodszor, secondly.
harmadik., the third, &c. harmadszor, thirdly, &c.
Distributives are also adjectives, and therefore declinable,
but form no adverbs. They may be put in the plural, how-
ever ; as, negyedek, quarters {i.e., more than one quarter).
The niultiplicatives are adverbs, and, therefore, inflexible.
By affixing them with -es or -as adjectives are formed which
are called —
Proportionals, and are then declinable. There is also an-
other form of proportionals, constructed by combining the
cardinals with rctil : — egyrctil, kétrétű, hatrétü, single, double,
sixfold, &c. Both forms have adverbs, made by the affixes
-en or -an (those with -rctil always -en), and have a plural ;
a kétrétüek, the twofold ones.
Száz (100), ezer (1,000), and millióm may be used as substan-
tives, and form a plural if the number of thousands be unde-
fined, &c. ; as, százak, hundreds ; ez?'ek, thousands ; viillinuiok,
millions.
Temporal numerals are: évtized, decennium; század, cen-
tury; ezred or évezred, a thousand years. These are all
substantives.
32 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
The indefinite numerals are : sol-, much ; soJcan, many ; heves,
few ; anny'i, so much ; számtalan, innumerable ; egynehány, a
few, &c.
They are all adjectives, and some of them form also the
•degrees.
THE PEONOUN.
A pronoun supplies the place of a substantive.
There are five kinds of pronouns : —
I. Personal pronouns.
II. Reflective pronouns.
III. Demonstrative pronouns.
IV. Relative pronouns.
y. Interrogative pronouns.
I. Personal Pronouns.
The personal pronouns are used to supply the nam.es ot
persons. They are : én, I ; te, thou ; 6, he or she ; mi, we ; ti,
you ; ÖI-, they ; and are declined as shown p. 34,
Note. — As may be seen, there are two forms for the accusa-
tive plural ; and though both of them may be used in each
case, yet there is a shade of diff'erence in their meanings.
Benniinhet, henneteket, hennöJcet seem to be more emphatical,
and might be rendered in English thus : — all of us, all of you,
all of them {i.e., not one excepted).
THE PRONOUN. 33
The attributive and genitive cases of the personal pronoun
have not been given, but will be treated separately in the
following, as —
Possessive Pronouns. It has been shown that the sub-
stantive has two possessive forms, the one called attributive,
and the other genitive. The same is the case with the pronoun.
The attributive case of the personal pronoun is : —
Singular : nekem^ nehed, neki ;
Plural : nehimlc^ nehtelc, nekih.
It has been explained that the attributive suffix need not be
added to the substantive, if this is immediately followed by its
object. With regard to the pronoun this rule must be modified
thus : —
EuLE I. — That if the possessor is to be represented by a pro-
noun which governs the substantive (object possessed) directly,
that is without, the verb van^ "to be ;" the attributive pronoun
is never put before its object, as this — being suffixed with
the pronoun — expresses already the person to whom it
belongs ; as, Tcalapom, my hat ; Icalapod^ thy hat ; kalapja, his
hat, &c.
KuLE II. — Only in cases where emphasis is intended, the
uninflected personal pronouns may be put in place of the
attributive pronoun ; for instance, az én kalapom, my hat (not
yours).
D
34
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
^
I. II. III.
Person Plural.
nekik
to or for
them
ó'Z.-éí or
hennünket
them
ti
ye or you
nektek
to or for
ye or you
titeket or
henneteket
ye or you
CD
nekünk
to or for
us
minket or
hennünket
us
I. II. III.
Person Singular.
Ö
he or she
neki
to or for
him or her
ó'í or ó7íí
him or her
■^ o
neked
to or for
thee
téged
thee
-i HH
nekem
to or for me
engem
me
i
s
6
>
1
8
<
THE PRONOUN. 35
The attributive pronouns are only then written out, when
they stand as subjects with the verb van, and are then to be
transhited into EngHsh with the nominative (I, thou, he, &c.)
and the verb, "to have": nehen van, I have; neked van, thou
hast, &c.
Note. — To understand thoroughly the use of this pronoun,
the student is requested to read over once more the passage
in which the attributive case of the substantive has been
explained (p. 9). There a distinction has been made between
its being " attributive" or '^ subjective." According to this
distinction we might express the rules given above thus : The
attributive pronoun is always used in its inflected form {nekem,
nehed, &c.) when standing as subjective; and not written out
at all, or only in its uninflected form (Jn, te, ö, &c.) if standing
as attribute.
The genitive, or the second form of the possessive pronouns,
is: enyém, mine; tied, thine; oW, his; mienJc, ours; tietek,
yours ; övék, theirs. This pronoun is in every respect of the same
nature as the genitive case of the substantive, being, like this,
a contraction of both possessor and object possessed. On ex-
amining them closer, we find that they are formed — with a very
slight modification — of these two elements, viz., the personal
pronoun as possessor ; and the suffixes of the objective case as
thing possessed. For instance :
D 2
36 A HUXGARIAN GRAMMAR.
enyém = én hünyv-em.
tied = te Tcönyv-ed.
övé = ö könyv-e^ &c.
Like the genitive case of the substantive, they stand always
by themselves — ez enyém, this is mine ; enyém, it is mine, &c. —
and are equal to substantives. They will take all suffixes of
the latter, except those of the plural, which they form in the
same way as the personal suffixes — viz. :
Object possessed in the singular: enyém, tied, övé; mienk,
tietek, övék.
Object possessed in the plural: enyéim, tieid, övéi; mieink^
tieitek, övéik.
As the personal pronoun is to supply the absent substantive,
there must be forms to express all relations of the latter to
other nouns or the verb. We have now learned the five cases
of the pronoun, which answer exactly to the five cases of the
substantives. It remains now to give the forms of the pronoun
that would correspond to substantives inflected with the suffixes
for place or direction or which are modified by postpositions.
They are given in the following
EuLE. — Pronouns which are to supply a substantive with
a suffix for place and direction are formed by inflecting the
respective suffix with the personal suffixes. For instance, in
THE PRONOUN. 37
the sentence — A házra eset, It fell upon the house — hdz-ra is
inflected with the upward directing suffix -ra. This, inflected
with the personal suffixes, will give the corresponding pro-
noun; as,
rám, rád, rája, ránh, rátok, rájol\
upon me; upon thee; upon him; upon us; upon you; upon
them.
Ohs. 1. — The transmuting and demonstrative suffixes have
no pronouns, as with them the substantive must necessarily be
named.
Ohs. 2. — The limiting -ig is defective, and has only two
forms to supply the substantive ; as, eddig, to here, unto
here, for things near ; and addig, to there, unto there, for
things further ofE in space or time ; and are classed among the
adverbs.
S8
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
I— 1
1— 1
J4
•2,
f
1
g
+3
'oJ
l-H
S
2
'Ö3
!-^
o
's
h
^
vy
>
^
r^
A
.^
1
•^
á
M
t
o
M
413
^
o
o
ry
1
<x>
;!
3
-M
1
1
^2
1
1
— ^
5
^
'a
P^
^
M
•fl
hH
Ö
-Í
^
^o
^S
^
:S
llS
j5
1
?
'fl
^
,:=5
1
^
s
^
>
III.
;ular.
o
^
^
^c3
''fH
1
r2
2
o
o
r2
>
II.
Brson Sing
1
1
1
fl
1
1
^
1
^
3
1
3
>
^
^
i
i
^2
1
o
i
1
^
i
3
,a
^
rO
^^
1
^
■=2
43
'fl
-?
?
N
O
1
^
3
-43
-3
>
4—
w.
a
ca
^
o
a
o
o
.^5
^
o
•43
o
::
1
"S
^
o
CD
2
fcil
S
.a'
1
ft
.a
P
1
S
.>
b
1
3
1
I
'1
1
^
?3
1
1
f3
o
.2
*>
o
1
c3
Pi
<i
m
HH
fD
<
O
P
^
d
-§
l-H
(N
cc
-*
iO
^
!>•
CO
o
^
(N
1-^
^
THE PRONOUN.
39
The same as these suffixes are the independent postpositions
inflected, if their respective substantive is not written out. They
are inflected as follows : —
Sing. 1.
2.
8.
Plur. 1.
2.
3.
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
alá
alól
által
elé
előtt
fülütt
-m
-am
-am
-m
-em
-em
-d
-ad
-ad
-d
-ed
-ed
-ja
-a
-a
-jé
-e
-e
-nk
-link
-unk
-nk
-unk
-unk
-tok
-atok
-atok
-tek
-etek
-etek
-jok
-ok
-uk
-jok
-ok
-ük
As example 1, are declined; alá.
2,
„ alól, után, miatt, irántj alatt.
,, által.
„ elé, fölé, mellé, közé.
5, ,, „ előtt, elől, nélkül.
6, „ „ fölött, között, mellett, még'ett,
Jiel yett, végett.
Courtesy, in addressing persons of distinction, or persons
with whom we are not on familiar terms, has introduced, in
place of the pronoun for the second person, some conventional
words, which may also be regarded as personal pronouns.
Their use is like that of " yoii" in English for " thou" : —
Singular : ön or kegyed. Plural : önök or kegyetek.
^0 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
And maga^ or plural magulc, wliich is used by the peasantry-
only, and not admissible in better society.
They are declined throughout like substantives, with the
exception of the personal suffixes ; as, önneh, önt^ önre^ öntől,
&c. They may also be determined by postpositions, like
any substantive — ön után, ön előtt, &c. — and govern the verb
or their object in the third person ; as, önnek halap-ja, your
hat (here J:alap-ja is in the third person).
II. Eeflexive Peonouns.
Reflexive pronouns are so called because they turn back or
'' reflect" their meaning to the subject of the sentence. They
are:
magam, magad, maga, magunh, magatok, magulc,
myself; thyself; himself ; ourselves ; yourselves; themselves.
Note. — \\nien the relation is not reflective, but reciprocal,
they are called reciprocals ; as, egymást, each other, or one
another.
B oth reflectives and reciprocals are inflected like substantives,
and in the attributive case govern their object in the third
person singular, without regard to number of the pronoun
itself; for instance, magam"^ Jcönyve, my o-^vn book (literally,
the book of myself) ; or, magunh könyve, our own book
* The attributive suffix -nak is here omitted, because the object
ollows immediately.
THE PRONOUN. 41
(literally, the book of ourselves). ^ö?2?/ve is in both instances
in the third person singular.
Note. — The reflective pronoun is often — ungrammatically- -
used to express solitude j as, magam vagjjoJc^ instead of egyede. ,
vagyok — I am by myself.
III. Demonstrative Pronouns.
Of demonstrative pronouns there are three kinds : —
{a) those which point to a substantive (thing or person) are
called substantival \
(b) those which refer to the quality or seme peculiarity of the
substantive, called adjectival ; and
(c) those which point to the quantity of the substantive,
called numerical.
Examples of class a are : *
ez, this : emez, this here ; ugyanez, this same ; for things
near ; and
«;<;,* that ; amaz, that there ; ugyanaz, that same ; for things
at a distance.
There are, further : ezen, ugyanezen ; and azon, ugyanazon ;
which are in meaning the same as^ ez, iigyanez ; or az, ugyanaz,
in so far as each points to a thing (near or distant) out of many.
There is, however, a shade of distinction among these two
* ÁZ, article, and az, pronoun, are distinguished: (a) that the pronoun
stands always before the article ; (b) that the pronoun is capable of
inflection, and the article is not.
42 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
forms : ez and az — whether alone or prefixed with ugyan —
point to a certain thing among other 1iomoge7ieous things ;
while ezen, azon, refer to a thing among other heterogeneous
things ; for instance, if we say ez a halap a legszebb, it means,
this hat is the prettiest (among all other hats) ; but ezek a
JcalapoJ: nem szépelc, de ezen sapha csinos, would be, these hats
are not pretty, but this cap is nice.
Ezen and azoii stand before the substantive, and cannot take
the article ; but az and ez are immediately followed by it. (See
the examples given above.) A further distinction is that eze7i
and azon are incapable of inflection; while az and ez are
inflected like substantives.
Before suffixes beginning with a consonant, az and ez change
their final z into the first letter of such sufifix : thus
instead of az-naJc, we have annah
,, az-ba ,, abba
„ az-ra „ arra, &c.
Of the auxiliary suffix -val, -vel ; and the transmuting -vci,
-ve, it has been said that ney change their v into a letter like
the final consonant of the word to which it is joined. When
these suffixes are to be combined with az, ez, either rule may be
followed. It is equally grammatical to write azzal or avval,
ezzel or evvel ; but ezvel or azval are not grammatical.
The pronouns az and ez — alone or in combination with
THE PKONOUN.
4B
ugyan — must always agree in number, case, or any other suffix
(personal suffixes excepted) with its substantive ; in other
words, it has to be inflected with the same suffix as the sub-
stantive which it determines : annah az emhernek, to that man
{j-nah and -nek are both suffixes of the dative case) ; azok az
emberek (both in plural) ; arra a házra, upon that house (both
with the suffix for direction upwards), &c.
Demonstrative pronouns for adjectives are : Hi/, ilycn, such
as this ; emily, einilyen, such as this other ; for things near.
The correspondings for things at a distance are: oly, olyan^
amoly, amolyan. Ilyetén is the adverbial form of the first classy
olyatén of the second.
The adjectival pronouns are declined if neither the substan-
tive nor the adjective, at whose quality they point, are written
in full.
Examples.
1. Ilyen szép könyvet láttam, I have seen a book as pretty
as this. Here are both adjective and substantive written in
full, the latter only being inflected with the accusative.
2. Ilyen szépet láttam, I have seen one as pretty as this.
Here the adjective is inflected, the substantive being omitted.
3. Ilyent láttam, I have seen such a one. Here both adjec-
tive and substantive being absent, the pronoun has taken the
suffix.
The adverbial forms of these pronouns — ilyetén, olyatén — are
44 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
inflexible^ and determine only the verb. Ilyetén fogom varni^
I will sow it in this w^ay or such a manner (as that to which
it refers).
ly. Relative Pronouns.
Pronouns which refer or " relate" to things gone before are
called relative pronouns. They are :
1. /v7, who ; ?we/y, which; mi, ^\\\üit\ for substantives.
Note. — Ki relates to persons ; mely to names of things ; mi to
matters.
2. minö^ milyen, such as ; for adjectives.
3. ahány, aJcárhány, mennyi, amennyi, as many as, ail of them
which ; for numerals.
They are all inflected like substantives.
V. Interrogative Pronouns.
Interrogative pronouns ask a question. They are of four
kinds :
1. For persons: Jci? Jcicsoda? who? — melyiJc ? which? — the
answer to which will be names of persons or their substitutes.
2. For things: mi? 7nicsoda? what? — melyik? which? —
to these any substantive will answer except names of persons.
3. Milyen? minő? micsodás? mily féle ? = \\\mt kind? what
sort? — inquire after quality; and the answer will be an adjective.
4. To : hány ? mennyi ? - how many ? — the cardinal numbers,
and to hányadik ? = in which place ? — ordinals, will answer*
THE VERB. 45
The question for multiplicatives is : hányszor ? = how often ?
or, how many times ?
THE VERB.
Words which express some action, motion, or suffering of the
substantive, are called verbs.
The Hungarian language has two kinds of verbs : active and
medial.
Active verbs express always some action of the substantive.
If this action passes on to a noun following, the verb is called
transitive ; as, hajtok (lovakat), I drive (horses).
If the action does not pass over to another noun, but remains
in the acting subject itself, the verb is called intransitive, as
járok, I walk.
Verbs which are at the same time active and passive — that
is, if the subject acting is at the same time the substantive
acted upon — are called medial.
According as action, or the state of being acted upon, are
predominant, they are said to be of an active or passive
character ; for instance : eszik — he is eating — is active ; and
vérzik — he is bleeding — is passive.
If neither is the case — that is, if action and suffering are
both implied — they are called neuter verbs j as, alszik, he is
sleeping.
Note. — Medial verbs with an active signification might be
46 A HUNGARIAN GKAMMAR.
called " deponent verbs," being like the Latin deponent verbs,
passive in form, and active in meaning.
All medial verbs end in the third person singular of the
present tense (indicative mood), in -ik ; the active verbs —
intransitive and transitive — have no distinguishing sign, but
stand in the third person in their primitive form (root of the
verb).
On account of this characteristic of the two forms, Hungarian
grammarians call them frequently z'/jes andiktelen ige — i.e.^ verbs
with -ih and verbs without -ik.
The division of the Hungarian verbs is therefore —
I. Active Verbs
(without -ik).
{a) transitive j (h) intransitive.
II. Medial Verbs
(with -ik).
(a) active or deponent ; (b) passive ; (c) neuter.
These two classes follow each a different conjugation.
Of Moods.
There are five moods : —
1. The indicative mood makes a positive assertion without
any clauses or conditions ; as, írok, I write.
THE VERB. 47
2. The imperative commands or entreats ; as, irj ! write ! or,
please write !
3. The third mood is called the subjunctive, because it is
subjoined to another clause; as, atyám hivdnja hogy irjalc — my
father wishes that I shall write. In form the subjunctive is
the same as the imperative, and is only distinguished from it by
always having a conjunction — /io<7?/ = that ; or ha^^ii — before
it ; wherefore it is sometimes called also the conjunctive mood.
4. The conditional puts a condition to the clause ; as, írnéhj
ha volna tollam, I would write^ had I a pen.
The conditional can express a wish, request, doubt, or con-
dition, according to the modulation of the voice or the context.
5. The infinitive has no tenses and takes only the personal
suffixes, which express number at the same time. Without
suffixes it is known by its termination -ni ; as irni, to write.
Infinitives, being the crude expression of the action itself, are
equal in meaning to substantives in the nominative case, and
may be used as such. For instance : (1) lopni hűn, to steal is a
sin ; or lojyds hiln, stealing is a sin ; (2) élni johl mint meghalni^
to live is better than to die ; or élet johh mint halál, life is
better than death.
Of the Tenses of the Verb.
There are five tenses or "times" expressing the time at
which the action takes place : —
48 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
1. Present; as, {rok,l write.
2. Imperfect; as, íréh^ T wrote.
3. Perfect or past; as, irtam^ I have written.
4. Pluperfect ; as, írtam vcda, I had written.
5. Future ; as, írni fogok, I will or shall write.
The Hungarian has no future past, but expresses it by the
perfect tense, preceded by adverbs denoting a future time ;
as, akJcorch^a, until then, by that time ; egi/ hét mulva, in a
week's time, &c.
Note. — The earlier Hungarian writers made a future past
in imitatiDn of the Latin by putting légyen after the past
tense ; but this is quite against the spirit of the Hungarian
language, and is now hardly — if ever — used.
The future is seldom used, and is generally expressed by the
present tense, especially when an adverb expressing future
time stands before it ; as, holnap barátomhoz megyei:, to-morrow
I (will) go to my friend's ; instead of holnap barátomhoz fogok
menni. The first form is more commendable, and the latter
(compound) form only used, if the verb is not preceded or
followed by words already expressing the time.
Of Numbers, Person, and Form.
Verbs have two numbers — singular and plural; and three
persons in each number.
THE VERB. 49
Singular. Plural.
verek J I beat verünk^ we beat
versz, thou beatest vertek, you beat
ver, he beats vernek, they beat
A verb can express an action in different ways ; these are
called its forms ; as —
Primitive Form : ir, he writes.
Factitive Form : írat, he causes, orders, or commands to write
(he has something written by a third person).
Frequentatives : irogat ; indicates a repetition of the action ex-
pressed in the primitive. They are also called
repetitive diminutives, because they express
the action in a lesser degree, as, for instance :
he is writing little by little (by fits and starts).
Diminutives : irkál, he is scribbling ; signifies a playful action
of the verb.
Permissives : írhat, he may or can write.
All these forms are conjugated like the primitive form.
I. Active Verbs.
Transitive and causal verbs have — according as the sub-
stantive which suffers the action is definite or indefinite — two
significant terminations : the indefinite, as, verek, I beat (some-
body) ; and the definite, as verem (a lovat), I beat (the horse).
E
50
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
The transitive verb is always in the definite form, if the
substantive acted upon has the definite article, or the demon-
strative pronouns azon, ezen, or is the name of a person.
In the definite there are also to be distinguished the person
acting and the person acted upon.
If the first person acts upon the second person, the
distinguishing termination of the verb will be, in all moods and
tenses, -lah (for flat words), or -leh (for sharps) ; as, verleh, I beat;
thee; vdrlahy I expect thee. But when acting upon a substantive
in the third person, the general rule is to be followed; for
instance : —
Indefinite.
Definite.
ver-eh, I beat
ver-szj thou beatest
ver, he beats
ver-ünk, we beat
ver-tek, you beat
ver-nelc, they beat
tn
o
ver-Wk, I beat thee
ver-em, I beat
mr-ed, thou beatest
ver-i, he beats,
ver-jiik, we beat
ver-itelc, you beat
ver-ik, they beat
>
o
n3
c3
o
^
•5
r^
-<-=>
0
I
a>
-»j
'3
Co
CO
.s
TS
U
o
03
t4-l
Participles.
The participle is derived from the verb, and is of an
adjectival character. There are three participles: —
THE VERB. 51
1 . The present participle, ending in -6, -ő; as, eg?/ arató ember j
a reaping man (a man tliat reaps).
2. The past participle, ending in -i, -oíí, -ett, or -öíí, with a
passive character ; as, az aratott gahona^ the reaped corn.
3. The participle for the future tense, which ends in -andó^
-endö, and is in most cases also of a passive character ; as az ara-
tandó bihaj the wheat to be reaped.
Of these, the first two have adverbial forms ; for the present,
ending in -va, -ve^ as sétálva, walking ; and for the past tense,
ending in -van, -vén, as sétálván, having been walking.
The following examples will explain the use of the five
participles : —
1. Egy szenvedő ember, a suffering man.
2. Egy szenvedett ember, a suffered man.
3. Egy szenvedendő ember, a man to be suffered.
4. Az ember szenvedve volt, the man was suffered.
5. Az ember szenvedvén, the man having been suffering.
The participles ending in -van, -vén, express always a reason or
condition by which another clause is determined ; for instance.
Pénzét elhöltvén, ismét haza tért, having spent his money, he went
home again.
Adverbial participles may have either an active or passive
signification, but, like other adverbs, they are not inflected ;
E 2
52 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.'
while the adjectival participles are inflected as adjectiveSj and,
like these, may stand for the substantive ; for instance —
1. Egy szenvedő emher, a suffering man;
2. Egy szenvedő^ a sufferer.
Note. — The present participle may be used either as adjec-
tive or substantive. In the first case it is translated into Eng-
lish with the present participle (as shown above in sentence 1) :
in the second by the substantive derived from the respective
verb by inflecting it with -er ; for instance, szenvedő^ sufferer ;
irój writer ; látogató, visitor, &c.
Before other verbs can be conjugated, it is necessary to learn
the irregular verb lenni, to be.
Indicative Mood.
Present Tense, Imperfect Tense.
vagyok,
I am.
valék,
I was.
vagy,
thou art.
valid,
thou wast.
van or vagyon,
he is.
vala.
he was.
vagyunk,
Ave are.
V alánk,
we were.
vagytok,
you are.
vakítok,
you were.
vannak or vágynak,
they are.
valónak
, they were.
Perfect or Past Tense.
voltain, I have been. voltunk, we have been.
voltál, thou hast been. voltatok, you have been.
volt, he has been. voltak, they have been.
THE VERB.
53
Pluperfect Tense.
voltam vala, I had been.
voltál vala, thou hadst been, lészsz,
volt vala, he had been.
voltunk vala, we had been. leszünk,
voltatok vala, you had been. lesztek,
voltak vala, they had been. lesznek.
Future Tense.
leszek, I will be.
thou wilt be.
lesz or leszen, he will be.
we will be.
you will be.
they will be.
Imperative Mood.
Present Tense.
légij, be thou.
legyünk, be we, or let us be.
legyetek, be you.
legyen, be he, or let him be. legyenek, be they, or let them be'
Subjunctive Mood.
Present Tense.
Bogy-
legyek, that I shall be.
Past Tense.
légy,
that thou shalt be.
voltál
"íi
legyen.
that he shall be.
volt
V
legyünk^
that we shall be.
voltunk
5)
legyetek,
that you shall be.
voltatok
J)
legyenek, that they shall be. voltak
Hogy—
voltam légyen, that I have been,
that thou hast been,
that he has been,
that we have been,
that you have been,
that they have been.
54 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
Future (conditional) Tense.
Ha — Ha —
leendekj if I shall be. leendünh, if we shall be.
leendeszj if thou wilt be. leendeteh, if you will be.
leend, if he will be. leendenelc, if they will be.
Conditional Mood.
Present Tense.
volnék^ I would or should be.
vobial, thou wouldst be.
volna, he would be.
volnánk J we would be.
volnátok, you would be.
volnának, they would be.
Past Tense.
voltam volna, I would or should have been.
voltál volna, thou wouldst have been.
volt volna, he would have been.
voltunk volna, we would have been.
voltatok volna, you would have been.
voltak volna, they would have been.
Infinitive Mood.
lenni, to be.
THE VERB. 55
With the Personal Suffixes."^
lennem^ I — to be. lennünk, we — to be.
lenned, thou — to be. lennetek, you — to be.
leymie, he — to be. lenniök, they — to be.
Participles.
Present. Past. Future.
való, levő, lévő, being. volt, been. leendő, about to be.
Adverbial Participles.
leve, being. levén, having been.
Potential Form.
lehet, may or can be.
In conjugating a verb, the same euphonic rules are to be
observed as has been the case with the nouns. Verbs follow
three classes of inflections. To the first class belong all flat-
sounding verbs ; to the second belong verbs whose vowel, or
(if polysyllable) whose last vowel, is e ; and to the third class
belong verbs with ö or ü in the last syllable. Verbs with neuter
vowels (e or i) belong to Class 1 or 2. For further particulars,
see the following examples : —
Conjugation of the Transitive Verbs.
First Conjugation : varni, to sow.
* For the better understanding of the infinitive with the personal
sufSx the student may add the verb ^-eZZene, " ought," to it; as, lennem
Tcellene, I ought to be, &c.
56
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
Indicative Mood.
Present Tense.
Indefinite Form.
var-oh, I sow.
var-szj thou sowest.
var, he sows.
var-unk, we sow.
var-toky you sow.
var-nak, they sow.
Definite Form.
var-oMy I sow (it).
var-od, thou sowest (it).
var-ja, he sows (it).
var-juky we sow (it).
var-jdtoJc, you sow (it).
var-jdkj they sow (it).
Imperfect Tense.
Indefinite Form.
var-ék, I sowed.
var-dl, thou sowedst.
var-a, he sowed.
var-dnk, we sowed.
var-dtoh, you sowed.
var-dnah, they sowed.
Indefinite Form.
varrtam, I have sown.
var-tdl, thou hast sown,
uar-i, he has sown.
var-tunk, we have sown,
Definite Form.
var-dm, I sowed (it).
var-dd, thou sowedst (it).
var-d, he sowed (it).
var-ók, we sowed (it).
var-dtok, you sowed (^it).
var-dkf they sowed (it).
Past Tense.
Definite Form.
var-fam, I have sown (it).
var-tad, thou hast sown (it).
var-ta, he has sown (it).
var-tuky we have sown (it).
THE VERB.
57
Indefinite Form.
var-tatokj you have sown.
var-taky they have sown.
Definite Form.
var-tdtoh, you have sown (it).
var-tdk, they have sown (it).
Pluperfect Tense.
This is the same as the past tense, after which volt or vala is
put ; as —
vártam vala (or volt), I had sown.
vartál vala (or volt), thou hadst sown, &c.
Future Tense.
Indefinite Form.
varni fogoJc, I shall sow.
„ fogsz, thou wilt sow.
,, fog, he will sow.
„ fogunk, we will sow.
„ fogtok, you will sow.
„ fognak, they will sow.
Definite Form.
varni fogom, I shall sow (it).
„ fogod, thou wilt sow (it).
„ fogja, he will sow (it).
,, fogjuk, we will sow (it).
„ fogjdtok, you will sow (it).
„ fogják: , they will sow (it).
Imperative Mood.
Present Tense.
Indefinite Form.
varj, do thou sow.
várjon, let him sow.
varjúnk, let us sow.
varjatok, sow you.
varjának, let them sow.
Definite Form.
várjad, sow thou (it).
varja, let him sow (it).
varjuk, let us sow (it).
varjátok, you sow (it).
ják, let them sow (it).
58
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
Subjunctive Mood.
Indefinite Foi
Hogy— ^
varjak,
Present Tense,
^m. Definite Form.
Hogy—
várjam
varj,
várjad
várjon
that I might or should sow.
varja
varjúnk
that thou mightest or shouldst sow.
varjuk
varjato k
varjátok
varjának /
V varjak
Past Tense.
hogy vártam légyen, that I should or might have been sowing.
This tense is formed by putting légyen after the past tense of
the indicative, and the conjunction hogy set before it; for
the sake of brevity, therefore, only the first person will be put
down in the following examples, as the student can complete the
rest after the rules given here : —
hogy variam légyen hogy vártam légyen
hogy vartál légyen hogy vártad légyen
hogy vart légyen, &c. hogy várta légyen, &c.
Future Tense.
ha varandok, if I should sow
„ varandasz, if thou shouldst sow
„ varand, if he should sow ,, varandja
,, varandunk, if we should sow „ varandjuk
ha varandom
„ varandod
THE VEKB.
5^
ha varandotohf if you should sow ha varandjátoh
„ varandanaJcj if they should sow „ varandják
Conditional Mood.
Present Tense.
varnéhy
/ várnám
varnál
varnád
várna
might, should,
várná
varnánlc
or would sow.
varnak
várnátok
várnának /
várnátok
\ várnák
vártam volna x
vartál „
vart „ &c.
Past Tense.
should or would
have sown.
l vártam volna
vártad „
várta „
The past tense of the indicative mood with volna.
Infinitive,
varni, to sow.
With the Personal Suffixes: —
Singular : várnom, vamod, várnia.
Plural : vamunk, vamotok, varniok.
Participles.
Present : va7^ó. Past : varott. Future : várandó.
sowing. sown. to be sown.
Adverbial Participles : varva ; várván.
Second Conjugation : verni, to beat.
Note. — In the following examples the English rendering has
not been given, as the student can supply it for himself.
60
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
Indicative Mood.
Prese
Qt Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
definite.
Definite.
Indefinite.
Definite.
verek
verem
verek
verem
versz
vered
verél
vered
ver
veri
vére
véré
verünk
verjük
verénk
verők
vertek
veritek
veretek
veretek
vernek
verik
vérének
verek
Past Tense.
Future Tense.
vertem
vertem
veimi fogok
verni fogom
vertél
verted
„ fogsz
„ fogod
vert
verte
„ fog
,1 fogja
vertünk
vertük
,, fogunk
„ fogjuk
vertetek
vertétek
„ fogtok
„ fogjátok
vertek
vertek
„ fognak
„ fogjdk
Pluperfect : as past tense wiili volt or vala.
Imperative Mood.
Present Tense.
Indefinite.
verj
verjen
verjünk
verjetek
verjenek
Definite.
verjed
verje
verjük
verjétek
ve
THE VERB.
61
Subjunctive Mood.
Present Tense.
Future
3 Tense.
liog^
/ verjek
Jiogy verjem
ha verendek
lia verendem
verj
„ verjed
„ verendesz
„ ver ended
verjen
„ verje
„ ver end
„ verendi
verjünk
„ verjük
j, verendünk
„ verendjük
verjetek
„ verjétek
„ verendetek
„ verenditek
verjenek
„ verjék
„ verendenek
„ verendik
Past Tense : hogy vertem légyen, &c.
Conditional Mood.
Present Tense.
Past Tense.
vernék
verném
vertem volna
vertem volna
vernél
vernéd
vertél ,5
verted „
verne
verné
vert ,,
verte „
vernénk
vernők
vertünk „
vertük „
vernétek
vernétek
vertetek „
vertétek ,,
vernének
vernék
vertek „
-yeríe'y^ „
Infinitive.
verm.
With tlie Personal Pronoun : —
Singular : vernéin, verned, vernie.
Plural : vernünk, vernetek, verniök.
62
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
Parti cÍ2:>Ies.
Present : verő. Past : vert. Future : verendő.
Adverbial Participles : verve ; vervén.
The Third Conjugation differs írom the Second only in the
present tense of the indicative mood, and in the infinitive mood,
which are as follows : tő7mi, to break : —
Indicative Mood,
törők töröm
törsz tőröd
tőr töri
törünh törjük
tőrtök töritök
törnek törik
Infinitive.
törnöm
törnöd
törnie
törnünk
tömőtök
törniők
In the third person singular of the imjoerative and subjunc-
tive (present tense), the forms also differ in the indefinite ; as,
törjön (not tőrjén). All other forms are the same as in the
second conjugation.
Verbs ending with s, sz, or z, double their final letter in place
of taking a J in the imperative and subjunctive mood; and in
the present tense of the indicative mood of the definite form;
for instance —
hoz-zak, not lioz-jak;
Jioz-za „ hoz-ja, &c.
THE VERB. 63
Verbs ending with t preceded by i or a liquid consonant take
in the imperative and subjunctive mood an s instead of ^*; as
gytijteni, to collect : —
Imperative and Subjunctive.
gyűjtsek, not gyüjtjelc,
gyűjts, „ gyiijtj;
güjtsön, „ gyűjtőn, &c.
But in the present tense of the indicative mood these retain
thej.
Monosyllabic verbs ending in t preceded by a vowel other
than {, and all causal verbs, change their final t into s in the
imperative and subjunctive present tense.
If a verb ends with t which is preceded by sz, the final t is
dropped in the imperative and subjunctive, and sz is then
doubled.
If a verb ends with a double consonant, or with a single hard
consonant, that would not admit an easy pronunciation of the
ending -m, the infinitive ending will then be -am or eni ; instead
of -ni ; as, hallani, to hear. In such cases all inflections begin-
ning with a consonant are joined to the verb with a vowel ;
for instance, liall-ott, not liall-t, &c.
These rules will be better explained by the following ex-
amples : —
64
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
Synopsis of the Conjdcation
Note. — The first three shoiv the regular forms, and
1.— rar-ííí, to sow.
2.—ver-ni, to beat.
S.—tör-ni, to break.
4. — hoz-ni.
Indefinite.
Definite.
Indefinite.
Definite.
Indefinite.
Definite.
Indefinite,
(takes "z" in-
var-ok
var -om
ver -ek
ver -em
tör -ök
tör -öm
hoz -ok
.
sz
- -od
— -sz
— -ed
— sz
--öd
— -asz
g
_
--ja
—
— -i
—
— -i
—
— -unk
--juk
— -ünk
--jük
ünk
--jük
unk
— -tok
- -játok
--tek
- -itek
--tök
— -itök
--tok
i
— -nak
- -ják
— -nek
— -ik
--nek
— -ik
— -nak
— -tk
— -ám
--ék
--ém
^
--ál
— -ád
— -él
--éd
t>
1
— -a
- -ánk
— -á
--ók
— -e
--énk
é
--ök
Ás No. 2.
ÁS
c
— -átok
— -átok
- -étek
- -étek
— -ának
- -ák
- -ének
— -ék
— -tarn
— -tara
— -tem
tem
-
- -tál
- -tad
- -tél
--ted
—
Qh
— -t
— -tünk
— -ta
tuk
— -t
— -tünk
- -te
- -tük
As No. 2,
--ott
The rest
— -tatok
tatok
— etetek
— -tétek
— -tak
— -ták
--tek
- -ték
o
--jak
— -jam
--jek
— -jem
—
—
--zak
.—
-■j
--jad
--j
--jed
—
—
z
CO
o
— -jon
--ja
— -jen
--je
törjön
—
zon
^
Ph
- -junk
--juk
— -jünk
--jük
—
—
— -zunk
a
a
— -játok
- -janak
- -játok
--ják
- -Jetek
— -jenek
— -jétek
- -jék
The rest like No. 2.
zatok
— -zanak
- -nék
— -nám
— -nék
ném
-5
— -nál
--nád
- -nél
--néd
.2
o
c
— -na
— -nánk
— -nátok
ná
— -nók
— -nátok
ne
— -nénk
— -nétek
né
- -n6'k
— -nétek
As No. 2.
As
nának
--nák
nének
nék
lufinit.
var-nom,
•nunk, -no
-nod, -nia ;
tok, -niok.
ver-nem, -
nünk, -ne
ned, -uie ;
tek, -niök.
tör-nöm, -nöd, nie ;
-nünk, -nőtök, -niök.
As
THE VERB.
65
OF THE Verb Active.
the rest the euphonic changes of letters.
C to bring,
I to fetch.
d.—tanit-ani, to teach.
Q.—halaszt-ani, to delay.
7.—lát-ni, to see.
Indefinite. | Definite.
i
Dcfmitc.
stead of "j")
(takes "s"histead of "j"
n the hnper. and " a " before
suffix with a consonant.)
Indefinite, i Definite.
Indefinite.
Definite.
hoz -om
tanit -ok
tanit -om
halaszt -ok
— -od
— -asz
- -od
— -asz
— -za
- -ja
— -juk
--zuk
— -unk
— -unk
As No. 1.
AsNo.l.
zátok
— -atok
— -játok
- -ótok
— -zák
— -anak
- -ják
— -anak
No. 1.
As No. 1.
As No. 1.
As No. 1.
— -ottam
— -ottam
— -tarn
—
— -ottál
— -ottad
- -tál
-
— -ott
— -ottunk
— -otta
— -ottuk
As No. 5.
- -ott
— -tünk
AsNo.l.
as No. 1.
— -ottatok
— -ottak
— -tatok
— -ottak
— -ottuk
- -tak
zam
- -sak
— -sam
(drops the " t")
(changes "t" into "s")]
— -zad
— -s
— -sad
halasz -szak
halasz -szám
lás -sak
las -sam
za
--zuk
— -zátok
— -son
— -sunk
— -satok
— -sa
— -suk
— -sutok
— -sz
— -szón
— -szunk
— -szátok
— -szád
— -sza
— -szúk
— -szátok
— s
— son
sunk
- -satok
sad
sa
suk
- -sátok
--zák
— -sanak
— -sák
— -szanak
— -szák
— -sanak
--sák
— -anék
— -anám
— -anal
anád
No. 1.
— -ana
— -anánk
— -anátok
— -anának
— -aná
— -anók
— -anátok
— -anák
As No. 5.
As No. 1.
As No. 1, with the vowel
No. 1.
"a," as, tanit-a-nom, &c.
As No. 5.
As No. I.
€6
A IIUNGAIIIAN GRAMMAR.
All other moods and tenses are conjugated regularly.
The intransitive active verbs are conjugated like the in-
definite form of the transitives.
II. Medial Verbs (with -tie).
Medial verbs, as has been said already, are of three kinds :
deponent, passive, and neuter. The two last mentioned have
only an indefinite form ; the deponents, however, if they are of
such a meaning that they may be used in a transitive sense,
can be declined also in the definite form of the active verb.
Such verbs are, for instance : lal'yii^ to dwell (neuter sense);
and lalni, to inhabit (transitive sense, because there must be
an object which is inhabited). In the indefinite form these
are always conjugated like neuter (medial) verbs, and in the
definite like the active verb ; as —
Indefinite.
lakom, I dwell
lalol, thou dwellest
laJjil:, he dwells
lakurú-, we dwell
laktol-j you dwell
lalnal', they dwell
Definite.
lakom, I inhabit
\
m O
I o <v
a o
lakod, thou inhabitest
lakja, he inhabits
lakjuk, we inhabit
lakjátok, you inhabit
lakják, they inhabit
The conjugation of ihe neuter (medial) verbs differs only in
the singular from that of the active verbs ; the j^lural being
throughout the same.
The same euphonic rules are to be observed here as with
the active verbs.
THE VERB.
'67
Examples of Conjugation.
Indicative Mood,
Present.
ütköz-
ütkőz-
üt köz-
út kőz-
ütköz-
ütkOz-
ütköz-
üt köz-
út köz-
ütköz-
úf köz-
út köz-
ibe past tense, pluperfect, and future are the
indefinite of the active verb.
Imperative and Subjunctive 3Iood,
1.
2.
lak-om -^
vétkez-em \
lak-ol
vetkez-el
lak-ik
6
vetkez-ik
í
lak-unk
1
vétkez-únk
II
T3
<-*
lak-tok
1— (
vétkez-tek
%
lak-nak '
vétke z-nek 1
Imperfect.
lak-dm \
vétkez-ém ^
lak-dl
vétkez- él
lak-ék
Ó
vétkez-ék
lak-dnk
vétkez-énk
'c/2
--0
lak-dtok
1— (
vétkez-étek
rt
^
lak-dnak ^
rétkez-ének j
t— (
o
fcű .
C ü
um
öl
ik
ünk
tök
nek )
etn
él
ék
énk
étek
ének ' «
same as the
fcD
"S c§
bo
lak-jam
lak-jcd
lak-jék
lak-junk
lak-jatok
lak-janak
vétkez-zem
vétkez-zél
vétkez-zék
vétkez-zünk
vétkez-zetek
vétkez-zenek
w 2
iitköz-zem
ütköz-zel
ütköz-zék
ütköz-zünk
útköz-zetek
ütküz-zenek
68
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
Conditional Mood.
lak-nőm
vétkez-ném
ütköz-ném
lak-ndl
rétkez-nél
ütköz-nél
lak-7iék
vétkez-nék
ütköz-nék
laJc-nánk
rétkez-nénk
ütköz-nénk
lak-nátok
vétkez-nétek
tríköz netek
lak-nának
vétkez-néneh
Infinitive Mood.
utköz-nének
lakni
vétkezni
ütközni
■which are suffixed like the active verbs.
Participles.
lakó
vétkező
ütköző
lakott
vétkezett
ütközött
lakandó
vétkezendő
ütközendő
lakva
vétkezve
ütközve
lakván
vétkezvén
ütközvén
The greatest difficulty experienced by students of the Hun-
garian language has been these two forms of the verb — viz.,
to know which verbs are conjugated in the neuter and which
in the active form. Of course the best method of acquiring
this knoAvledge is to observe the native practice, as many
of the so-called neuter verbs are in other languages considered
to be "active." It wdll be, however, a great help to the
student if he bears in mind that the ending -ik expresses
either an involuntary action; as, for instance, to sleep, to fall,
to stumble, &c. ; or if voluntary, the meaning of the veifb
THE VERB.
69
cannot be purely active, but is at the same time to a certain
extent passive; as, ef^zil-, he is eating; ugriky he is jumping,
or he jumps, &c.
This may be more clearly seen in verbs which have both
forms — active and passive — as ;
omol^ he melts something (by his own action; for instance,
ice).
omlilc, it is melting (by itself, or in consequence of the
influence of an unseen power, heat, &c.).
romolj he spoils (the wine purposely).
romlik, it is getting spoilt (by long standing, &c.).
Of active as well as of medial verbs may be formed causal
verbs by adding -at -tat, to flat-sounding ; -et -tet, to sharp-
sounding verbs.
The meaning of the causal verb diifers from the primitive
form in that the action is not done by the agent itself, but that
the latter causes something or somebody else to do it. In
English there is no corresponding form. In German, it is ex-
pressed by the infinitive and the verb, lassen, as —
olvastatni = lesen lassen, to cause to read.
All causal verbs— whether derived from active or neuter
verbs — are transitive, and conjugated like these in the indefinite
and definite form.
The Hungarian has, properly speaking, no passive voice for
-active verbs, but grammarians have introduced a so-called
70
A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
passive voice for transitive verbs which is, however, not gene-
rally used, but is restricted to a few verbs only. The root or
the primitive of the passive is the same as the causal verb, but
is conjugated like the neuter verbs ; as, szeretni^ to love ; olvasni y
to read.
Passive.
Indefinite.
1 szeret-tet-em
2 szeret-tet-el
3 szeret-tet-ik
1 szeret-tet-ünh
2 szeret-tet-tek
o szeret'tet-neh
1 I am beloved.
2 thou art beloved.
3 he is „
1 we are .,
2 you are „
3 they are „
Indicative Mood.
Present Tense.
Indefinite.
1 olvas-tat-ok
2 olvas-tat-sz
3 olvas-tat
1 olvas-tat-unh
2 olvas-tat-toL
3 olvas-tat-nah
Factitive.
Definite.
1 olvas-tat-om
2 olvas-tat-od
3 olvas-tat-ja
1 olvas-tat-juk
2 olvas-tat-jdtoh
3 olvas-tat-jdk
1 I cause to read.
2 thou causest to read.
3 he causes „
1 we cause .,
2 you cause ,^
3 they cause „
Compound Verbs.
The Hungarian abounds in compound verbs, as well as in
compound words in general. They are made by prefixing to
the verb postpositions, adverbs, or sufiixes for place and direc-
THE VERB,
•71
tion, which modify then the action expressed in its crude form
accordingly ; as, venni, to. take ; elvenni j to take away ; fölvenni,.
to take up; levenni, to take down.
The verb is inflected in the same manner as when it stands
by itself.
Note. — These particles or adverbs can also be written sepa-
rately; as, elvenni akarta or el akarta venni, he would take it
aAvay.
Irregular Verbs.
There are in Hungarian — as in nearly all languages — certain
verbs, which vary from the general rule, and are called irregular-
The so-called irregular verbs of the Hungarian language are
only seemingly irregular, inasmuch as they take the same inflec-
tions as the regular verbs, and change only the final consonant
of the root or shorten their last vowel when inflected. All these
changes occur in the root of the verb, and are purely euphonic.
Native grammarians style them 5c eniji'sztö, and gij enyészf.ö,.
igék — i.e., verbs mortifying sz, and verbs mortifying gy — because
they " mortify," or cause the disappearance {enycszt) of these
consonants.
The verbs mortifying gy are only two in number : vagyon, to
be ; and megyén, to go.
Of these, the vagyon is not only irregular, but also imperfect,
as it borrows its forms for the future tense of the indicative
mood, and the imperative, from lenni, to become. It has already
been conjugated, p. 52.
72 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
Megyén is only irregular in that it has two primitive forms
(or roots) for the present tense, indicative mood ; as —
megy eh or meneh, I go;
mégy „ mész^ thou goest ;
megyén „ mén^ he goes ;
megyünk ,, meniinh^ we go;
menteJ:^ you go ;
menneky they go.
The second and third person plural of the form megyén are
wanting. In all other moods and tenses this verb takes mén as
its root (infinitive menni) ^ and is conjugated regularly as an in-
transitive verb.
Sz mortifying verbs are those whose verbal root terminates in
sZj but which retain this sz only in the present tense of the indi-
cative mood, while they drop or change it to other letters in all
other cases. These, as has been already said, are mere euphonic
modifications.
They are conjugated as follows : —
hinni^ to believe.
Indicative Mood.
Present Tense.
Indefinite. Definite.
hisz-ek, I believe. hisz-em, I believe it.
Imz-esz, thou believest. hisz-ed, thou believest it.
hisz, he believes. hisz-i, he believes it.
THE VERB.
73
Present Tense.
Indefinite. Definite.
hisz-ünk, we believe. hisz-szükj we believe it.
hisz-tekj you believe. Msz-itek, you believe it.
hisz-nekj they believe. hisz-ik, they believe it.
Imperfect Tense.
hi-v-ek
hi-v-él
hi-v-e
lii-v-énk
hi-v-éteh
M-v-ének
hl
hi
Here a v has been put
between the two vowels in
place of sz, which has been
mortified — t.e.j dropped.
^ hi-v-em
hirV-éd
hi-v-é
hi-v-ők
hi-v-étek
\ hi-v ék
Past Tense.
'-t-tem
t-tél
t-t
■t-tünk
■t-tetek
hittem^ &c.
Ili
lii-t-tek
Future Tense.
hinni fogok ^ &c.
hinni fogom y &c.
Imperative and Subjunctive Mood.
Present Tense.
higyek higyem
higy higyed
V4 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
Imperative and Subjunctive Mood.
Present Tense.
higuen higije
higyünk higyük
higyetek higyéiek
higyenek hi gyek
Past Tense.
hittem legyen hittem légyen
hittél „ &c. hitted „ &c..
Future Tense.
hiendek, &c. Inendem^ &c.
Conditional Mood.
Present Tense.
hinnék, &c. hinném^ &c.
Past Tense.
hittem volna hittem volna,
hittél volna, &c. hitted volna ^ &c.
Infinitive Mood,
hinni.
Infinitive Inflected.
hinnem, hinned, hinnie;
hinnünk, hinnetek, Idnniök.
THE VERB.
Participles.
Present :
Past:
Future ;
hivő.
hitt.
hiendő.
1h
Adverbial Participles.
lave, hiven.
Permissive Verb : — hihet, he may or can believe.
Pactitive ,, hitet J he makes believe.
Sz- mortifying medial verbs follow the same euphonic changes
as the sc- mortifying active verbs, and are then inflected like
other medial or neuter verbs.
Ijipersgnal Verbs.
Impersonal verbs are those which are used only in a general
sense without any person as nominative case, and which take in
English the word '• it " before them.
Impersonal verbs are of two kinds: (1) those which express
mere action and cannot be referred to any object or person;
as villámlik, it lightens : (2) those verbs which are used in the
third person only (all so-called impersonal verbs are used in the
third person singular), but may relate to the first, second, or
third person, governing in the dative or accusative case, accord-
ing to the sense of the verb ; for instance, illik nekem, it is
becoming for me, it is meet for me ; engem illet, it concerns
me ; fáj nekem, it pains me {nekem is here in the dative case,
and the sentence fáj nekem means literally, it gives me pains).
76 a hungarian grammar.
Defective Yerbs.
Defective verbs are those which have only certain particular
tenses and persons. They are :
1. nines or nincsen (negative of van)^ is not, or has not.
Plural : nincsenek, are not, or has none.
Note. — If the agent is in the nominative case, nincsen is to be
translated (like van) by the verb "to be" with the negative "not";
with the attributive case, it is to be rendered by "to have"
negatived; as —
nehein nines I have not.
neked nincs thou hast not.
nehi nines he has not, &c.
Nines is a contraction of nem, " not," and van, " is."
If used in the sense o£ "to be," this contracted form can be
used only in the third person singular and third person plural :
in all other tenses and persons they are to be separated ; as —
atyám nines itt, my father is not here.
atyám nem volt itt, my father was not here.
Ö 7iines, he is not.
én 7iem vagyol:, I am not.
2. Sifies, sincsen — plural: sincsenelc — are contractions oi sem,
neither, and nines, nincsen, or nincsenek ; for instance, a bátyám
nincs itthon, my elder brother is not at home ; anyám sines, nor
THE VERD. 77
(is) my mother (at home). Sines follows the same rules as
ni?ics.
3. Jer, come thou along !
Jei'ünk, let us go, or go we !
jertek, come you along !
are the only three forms of this verb. They are imperative, and
command to go along with the speaker — i.e., to accompany him.
Some grammarians reckon the words ne, nesze, neteh also
among these verbs, but they really belong rather to the
interjections, as they do not express action in themselves^
but rather call the attention of the person addressed to
the action of the speaker; as, ne or nesze pénz! "look,
money !" or, "here, money !" is an idiomatic phrase, and in itself
without meaning. It may imply, " I give you money," or
" take this money," or both. The speaker's intention is here
merely to call the attention of the person thus addressed to the
money, with which he knows already what to do, or what it is
meant for. The sentence, were it written in full, would be :
nesze ! vedd el ezt a pénzt, here ! take this money 5 or, nesze !
adoh pénzt, here ! I give you money, &c.
ADVERBS.
An adverb is a part of speech which determines or qualifies
the verb as to the manner, place, time, and number of its
action.
78 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAll.
Adverbs of place answer to the questions : liol, where ? hon-
nan, whence Viorn, whither ? meddig, till where ? as —
(a) hoi ? — itt, itten, here; ott, ottan, there; sehol, nowhere; nvís-
hol, másutt, somewhere else; r«^a/<o^, somewhere ; mindenhol^
mindenütt, everywhere, &c., and all substantives inflected with
suffixes denoting a place of rest — a házon, upon the house ;
a házban, in the house ; &c.
(h) Jionnanl — innen, hence; onnan, thence; and substantives
with the corresponding suffixes — a házról, a szobából ; &c.
(c) hová ? — ide, hither ; oda, thither (implying motion) ; er/Y,
this way, in this direction ; aiva, that way, in that direction ;
valahová, to somewhere ; and substantives with inward direc-
tion, upward direction, &c.
(d) meddig ? — This question asks for a limit, as its ending
-fg (limiting suffix) clearly shows ; and the answer will also
terminate in -ig ; as, addig, as far as there ; eddig, as far as
here ; and all nouns suffixed with -ig.
Note. — Some adverbs relating to place and direction may be
prefixed to the verb, which is then called a compound verb ; but
these can always be separated, if it is desirable ; as, lement, he
went down ; le alart menni, or lemenni al-art, he desired to go
down.
The principal adverbs of time are : ma, to-day ; holnap, to-
morrow ; most, mostan, now ; máskor, another time ; mindig^
íilways (made of mind, all, and -ig, until, i.e., until all
ADVEHBS. 79
times); soha, nevev ; azonnal, at once; estve, in the evening;
reggel, in the morning ; Qiappal, in day-time ; ejszal'a, in the
night-time ; az idea, this year ; múltkor^ the other day ; ?milt-
han, in the past; jövőben, in the future;* idŐ7ikénf, from time
to time ; cvenlx'/if, yearly, Otc.
Adverbs of manner are mostly derived from adjectives, by
suffixing -an or -en to primitive adjectives; or -úl, ill to
negative adjectives. The primitive adverbs for manner are :
(gy, so (for things near) ; úgy, so (for things distant) ; emígy, in
this way, or manner ; amúgy, in that way, or manner.
Adverbs of number or quantity are all derivatives of
numerals.
Interrogative, affirmative, and negative adverbs : — Interroga-
tive are those which ask a question. They are direct, if their
primitive meaning implies already a question ; as, hogyan, how?
hoi, where ? &c. ; and indirect, if their meaning is made dependent
upon the interrogative modulation of the voice but can be used as
well as answer : itt .? here ? igen, itt, yes, here. To the interroga-
five adverbs must also be reckoned the interrogative suffix -e,
which is joined to words in order to make a question; as,
szt'p-e, is it pretty ? meglialt-e 2 did lie die ? It is in meaning
the same as the Latin -ne, and can be put after any word with
which a question is to be asked. It is written separately, but
joined to the w^ord by a hyphen ; thus : szép-e ?
* Mülthan and Jöi?őie>i are made of the substantives tnidt^ the past, and
ÖVV, the future, with the retaining suffixes -Ian, -hen.
80 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
Affirmatives are : igen^ yes.
Negatives : we, not; nem, no, not ; sem, neither, not even.
Note. — Ne is used only before the imperative and subjunctive
moods of the verbs ; in all other cases nem is used ; as, liogy ne
irjaL; That I shall not write ; nem irok, I don't write.
Comparison of Adverbs.
The comparative of derivative adverbs is made in the same
manner as that of the adjectives from which they are derived,
their significant termination being put after the suffix of com-
parison : as —
Adjective : szép szebb legszebb
Adverb : szépen szebben legszebben
Of primitive adverbs only a few admit of the comparative ;
some will take the comparative or the superlative only, and are
therefore defective ; as —
1. Távol, distant; távolabb legtávolabb
2. Erre, this way ; errébb (has no superl.)
Ö. Elől, in front; legelöl, iovemost (has no compar.)
An exception is inknhh, which has no positive, but is used
only in the comparative and superlative : inkább, sooner, rather ;
lerjfinJcábbj soonest, especially (both used to express preference).
CONJUNCTIONS. "81
CONJUNCTIONS. '
A conjunction is a part of speech that joins together words
or sentences ; as, anyám és atyúiriy my father and my mother.
They are : —
1. Copulative: és (abbrev. '5), and; is, also; meg, and;
pedig, but, yet ; mégis, still, and yet ; ismét, again ; hogy, that ;
sem, neither.
2. Disjunctive : vagy, or. Here are to be mentioned which
are repeated or united in the same clause ; as, vagy — vagy, either
— or ; álcár — akcir, whether — or ; sem — sem, neither — nor.
3. Opposing : de, hanem, but ; ámde, though ; egyébiránt,
besides ; különben, else.
4. Explanative : azaz, that is ; vagyis, or.
5. Causal : mivel, mert, because ; minthogy, since, as, because.
6. Conclusive : hcit, tehát, azért^ therefore.
7. Concessive : bcir, cünbár, habár, noha, jóllehet, although
(granted that it is so).
8. Exceptive : csak, csakis, csupán, mindazáltal, nevertheless,
in spite of that,
9. Conditional : ha, hogyha, hacsak^ if.
10. Emphatic : sőt, inkább, sőt7nég. These have no corre-
sponding form in English, but are construed thus : sot
szeretni fogom., on the contrary, I will like it.
11. Locative: oíí-/io?, there- where ; «/iömia?i, whence.
12. Final : hcit, tehát, therefore ; egyébiránt, otherwise,
although ; elvégre, utoljára, concluding, at last, finally.
82 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
' INTERJECTIONS.
Interjections are words which signify a sudden emotion oi
the mind, —
For grief : 0 ! oh ! jaj ! alas.
?) joy : j'uh ! juhuhu ! &c.
GENDER.
The Hungarian has no grammatical gender. NainiLJ applying >^
tojnale4^j;»OB#'Rre'ma8oulii^, and those of íeeitdow fcHiiuiiie. "i
To names or titles of male persons the ending ~né is affixed to
denote the wife of that person : as, Deákné^ the wife of Deák ;
szinészné, the wife of an actor. But if she herself were an
actress it would be színész ( = actor or actress). In such cases
often the word 7iő ( = woman) is joined to it, to denote that the
person spoken of is a woman; e.g., színésznő, an actress.
The gender of animals is expressed by putting Jii?n ( = male),
or nőstény = (female), before the respective name ; as —
kirn farkas, a he- wolf.
nőstény farkas, a she- wolf.
But these apply of course, only to animals.
ETYMOLOGY.
Etymology treats of the forming of words.
"Words are formed in two ways : (a) by means of affixes
called formatives ; (h) by putting together of words. The first
class are called derivatives ; the latter compounds.
ETYMOLOGY.
83
Formatives (Hungarian : képző) are particles or affixes which
are joined to the word in order to give it another signification.
A distinction is to be made between the affixes used for
declension and conjugation, and the formatives (affixes for
forming new words). Those modify only the meaning ex-
pressed in the crude (uninflected) form ; while the latter create
new ideas ; as, ház^ house ; házaló^ pedlar ; házasság^ matri-
mony, marriage, &c.
Furthermore, a word being inflected cannot take a formative,
and so form new ideas ; while a word with a formative affix
constitutes a new word, capable of being inflected according to
the part of speech to which it then belongs.
Derivatives may also take formatives and form again new
words, in which case the derivative is called the primitive of
the new word. In the following example each preceding word
is the primitive or stem-word of the following derivative : —
hare (substantive), battle.
harci (adjective), pertaining to battle.
harcias (adjective), valorous, warlike.
harciaskod-(ni) (verb), to battle, to be engaged in war.
harciaskodds (abstract substantive), struggle, the state of
being in war, challenging.
harciaskoddsi (adjective), pertaining to struggle, war or
fighting.
84 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
By this it will be seen how rich the Hungarian language is in
its capacity for forming words and expressing the finer shades of
meaning.
In the following the principal formatives only are given. To
give all of them would exceed the limits of this book, and would
be, moreover, quite superfluous, as most of the derivatives are
to be found in the dictionaries.
I. Substantives are formed :
{a) by adding sag, séf to adjectives; as, szépség, beauty • jóság,
goodness.
(b) by adding -as, -és to verbs : alvás, sleeping j állás (from
áll(m) to stand), position, standing ;
(c) by adding -as, -es, -as, or -ár, -ér to substantives, new
substantives are formed ; as —
asztal, table; asztalos, joiner.
kés, knife ; késes, cutler.
kád, coop, tub ; Mdár, cooper.
(d) All present participles of the verb may be used as sub-
stantives : —
olvasó, reader ; arató, reaper.
(e) Diminutives of substantives are formed in different ways.
The principal forms are : —
-ka, -ke ; lány-ka, a little girl.
-ocska, ecske; aUak-ocska, a small window.
ETYMOLOGY.
85
II. Adjectives are formed by adding : —
(a) -as, -OS, -es, -ős, to substantives ; as —
hel?/, place ; helves, proper (i.e. in the right place).
ág?/, bed ; f'ff^cis, furnished with beds.
a7'any, gold ; aranyos, golden, or covered with gold.
(h) -talan or -telen are the negatives of the foregoing ; as —
helytelen, improper.
ágytalan, without beds.
aránytalan, without gold,
(c) -i, mostly used after names of places. It denotes " per-
taining to," or may be rendered in English by " of"; as —
Budapesti, of Budapest, or pertaining to Budapest,
házi, domestic.
((/) Diminutives are derived by adding -s, to adjectives end-
ing with a vowel ; or -es, -ás, -os to those ending in a con-
sonant ; as —
sárga, yellow ; sárgás, yellowish.
öreg, old; öreges, elderly.
III. Verbs are formed by adding : —
(«) -al, -ol, -el, or -oz, -ez, to substantives, which become then
active verbs ; as —
házal{ni), "^ to peddle. vasal(ni), to iron.
ablakoz{ni), to furnish with windows.
* The ending -ni belongs to the class of suffixes, and not to the for-
matives.
86 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
(b) it, -ÚI, -Ül, to adjectives ; the former for transitive, and
the latter for intransitive verbs ; as —
kékit, he makes blue ;
kékül, it is getting blue (by itself).
(c) -oz, -ÖZ, -ez, -áz, to postpositions ; as —
aláz{ni), to humble.
túlozni, to exaggerate : &c.
(d) -etlen, atlan, will negative a verb ; as, váratlan, unsown ;
and the word becomes then an adjective.
These are the principal formatives, and all which is necessary
to know, all other derivatives being found in the dictionaries.
Derivatives may also be formed by the putting together of
words. But a distinction must then be made between com-
pounds and derivatives. To the former belong all compounds
retaining the primitive meaning of the respective words ; as, for
instance, vasajtó, an iron door (made of ras = iron, and ajtó —
door) .
To the derivatives belong compounds forming new ideas;
e.g.,—
Szépanya, great-grandmother.
If written separately — széj') anya — it would mean ^' a pretty
mother."
Nagybátya, uncle ; but nagy bátya means " a tall (elder)
brother."
SYNTAX. 87
SYNTAX.
Syntax teaches us how to put words together so as to form
sentences.
The meanings of the different forms of the noun and verb
having been fully explained in the Accidence, there remains but
little to say about this part of the subject. The following rules
will, however J be found useful : —
The elements of the sentence are the agent, the predicate, and
the object.
Nouns and verbs, having in each case a significant termina-
tion, are independent of their place in the sentence, and therefore
the construction of Hungarian is very free. As a principal and
leading rule it may be given, that the words follow the same
order as the ideas occur.
In the sentence — János szereti Marit, John loves Mary — the
words might be placed in any order without altering the mean-
ing of the sentence.
The emphasis rests chiefly on the first word ; and accordingly
as we want to impress upon the hearer the person who loves, or
the person (object) that is loved, or the fact that the person we
speak of is in love, the respective word would be put in the first
place. Thus the example given above would admit of six
different arrangements : 12 3, 13 2, 213, 312, 321, 231,
all of which would be equally grammatical and of the same
meaning, although the emphasis would differ in each case.
88 A HUNGARIAN GRAMMAR.
If the predicate is an adjective or a substantive, it is put
after the subject without any copula ; as —
A leány szep, the girl is pretty.
Az épület szálloda, the building is an hotel.
But if these statements are not true at the time of speaking,
but have been at some past, or presumably will be at some
future period, the time is expressed by putting the appropriate
tense of the verb van, " to be" after the predicate; e.g. —
A leány szép volt, the girl was pretty.
As épület szálloda fog lenni, the building will be an hotel.
The verb van, when used as a copula between subject and
predicate, stands always immediately after the latter. Thus, for
instance, if the order of subject and predicate were reversed
the above sentence would be : szép volt a leány.
There may be also parenthetical clauses in English for which
no other rules need be given than those to be found in English
grammars.
THE END.
PRIXTED EY BALLAXTYNE. HAXSOX AND CO.
LONDOX AND EDINBURGH
CATALOGUE OP IMPORTANT WORKS,
PUBLISHED BY
TIRTJBISrEIEi Sz: CO-
57 AND 59 LUDGATE HILL.
ABEL.— Linguistic Essays. By Carl Abel. Contents: Language as the Expres-
sion of National Modes of Thought — The Conception of Love in some Ancient and
Modern Languages— The English Verbs of Command— The Discrimination of
Synonyms — Philological Methods — The Connection between Dictionary and Gram-
mar— The Possibility of a Common Literary Language for the Slav Nations —
Coptic Intensification — The Origin of Language — The Order and Position of Words
in the Latin Sentence. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 282, cloth. 1882. 9s.
ABRAHAMS. — A Manual of Scripture History for Use in Jewish Schools and
Families. By L. B. Abrahams, B.A., Princiiial Assistant Master, Jews' Free
School. "With Map and Appendices, Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 152, cloth. 1882.
Is. 6d.
AGASSIZ.— An Essay on Classification. By Louis Agassiz. 8vo, pp. vii. and
381. cloth. 1859. 12s.
AHLWARDT.— The Divans of the Six Ancient Arabic Poets, EnnIbiga, 'Antara,
Tharafa, Zuhair, 'Alquama, and Imruulquais ; chiefly according to the MSS.
of Paris, Gotha, and Leyden, and the Collection of their Fragments, with a
List of the various Readings of the Text. Edited by W. Ahlwardt, Professor
of Oriental Languages at the University of Greifswald. Demy 8vo, pp. xxx. and
340, sewed. 1870. 12s.
AHN. —Practical Grammar op the German Language. By Dr. F. Ahn. A New
Edition. By Dr. Dawson Turner, and Prof, F, L. Weinmann. Crown 8vo, pp.
cxii. and 430, cloth, 1878, 3s. 6d.
AHN.— New, Practical, and Easy Method of Learning the German Language. By
Dr. F. Ahn. First and Second Course. Bound in 1 vol. 12mo, pp. 86 and 120,
cloth. 1866. 3s.
AHN. —Key to Ditto. 12mo, pp. 40, sewed. 8d.
AHN. — Manual of German and English Conversations, or Vade Mecum for Eno--
lish Travellers. 12mo, pp. x. and 137, cloth. 1875. Is. 6d.
AHN. — German Commercial Letter Writer, with Explanatory Introductions in
English, and an Index of Words in French and English. By Dr. F. Ahn. 12mo,
pp. 248, cloth. 1861. 4s. 6d.
AHN,— New, Practical, and Easy Method of Learning the French Language.
By Dr. F. Ahn. First Course and Second Course. 12mo, cloth. Each Is. 6d. The
Two Courses in 1 vol. 12mo, pp. 114 and 170, cloth. 1865. 3s,
AHN,— New, Practical, and Easy Method of Learning the French Language.
Third Course, containing a French Eeader, with Notes and Vocabulary. By H.
W. Ehrlich. 12mo, pp. viii. and 125, cloth. 1866. Is. 6d.
A
2 A Catalogue of Important Works,
AHN.— Manual op French and English Conversations, for the use op Schools
AND Travellers. By Dr. F. Aim. 12mo, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1862. 2s. 6d.
AHN. — French Commercial Letter "Writer. By Dr. F. Aim. Second Edition.
12mo, pp. 228, cloth. 1866. 4s. 6d.
AHN,— New, Practical, and Easy Method op Learning the Italian Language,
By Dr. F. Ahn. First and Second Course. 12mo, pp. 198, cloth. 1872. 3s. 6d.
AHN.— Key to Ditto. 12mo, pp. 22, sewed. 1865. Is.
AHN. — Kew, Practical, and Easy Method op Learning the Dutch Language,
being a complete Grammar, with Selections. By Dr. F. Ahn. 12mo, pp. viii.
and 166, cloth. 1862. 8s. 6d.
AHN. — Ahn's Course. Latin Grammar for Beginners. By W. Ihne, Ph.D. 12mo,
pp. vi. and 184, cloth. 1864. 3s.
ALABASTER.— The "Wheel op the Law: Buddhism illustrated from Siamese
Sources by the Modern Buddhist, a Life of Buddha, and an Account of the Phra
Bat. By Henry Alabaster, Esq., Interpreter of Her Majesty's Consulate-General
in Siam, Member of the Koyal Asiatic Society. Demy 8vo, pp. Iviii. and 32J,
cloth. 187L 14s.
ALLEN.— The Colour Sense. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library,
Vol. X.
ALLIBONE.— A Critical Dictionary of English Literature and British and
American Authors (Living and Deceased). From the Earliest Accounts to the
latter half of the 19th century. Containing over 46,000 Articles (Authors), with
40 Indexes of subjects. By S. Austin Allibone. In 3 vols, royal 8vo, cloth.
£5, 8s.
ALTHAUS.— The Spas op Europe. By Julius Althaus, M.D. Svo, pp. 516, cloth.
1862. 7s. 6d.
AMATEUR Mechanic's Workshop (The). A Treatise containing Plain and Concise
Directions for the Manipulation of Wood and Metals ; including Casting, Forg-
ing, Brazing, Soldering, and Carpentry. By the Author of " The Lathe and its
Uses." Sixth Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. vi. and 148, with Two Full-Page Illus-
trations, on toned ipaper and numerous Woodcuts, cloth. 1880. 6s.
AMATEUR MECHANICAL SOCIETY.— Journal op the Amateur Mechanical
Society. 8vo. Vol. i. pp. 344 cloth. 1871-72. 12s. Vol. ii. pp. vi. and 290,
cloth. 1873-77. 12s. Vol. iii. pp. iv. and 246, cloth. 1878-79. 12s. 6d.
AMERICAN Almanac and Treasury of Facts, Statistical, Financial, and
Political. Edited by Ainsworth E. Spofford, Librarian of Congress. Crown
8vo, cloth. 1878, 1879, 1880, 1881, 1882. 7s. 6d. each.
AMERY. — Notes on Forestry. By C. F. Amery, Deputy Conservator X. W. Pro-
vinces, India. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 120, cloth. 1875. 5s.
AMBERLEY.— An Analysis of Eeligious Belief. By Viscount Amberley. 2 vols,
demy 8vo, pp. xvi. and 496 and 512, cloth. 1876. 30s
i AMONGST MACHINES. A Description of Various Mechanical Appliances used in
the Manufacture of Wood, Metal, and other Substances. A Book for Boj^s,
copiously Illustrated. By the Author of "The Young Mechanic." Second
Edition. Imperial 16mo, pp. viii. and 336, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d.
Published hy Trühnei' <Sj Co. 3
ANDERSON.— Peactical Mercantile Correspondence. A Collection of Modern
Letters of Business, with Notes, Critical and Explanatory, and an Appendix,
containing a Dictionary of Commercial Technicalities, pro forma Invoices, Ac-
count Sales, Bills of Lading, and Bills of Exchange ; also an Explanation of the
German Chain Rule. 24th Edition, revised and enlarged. By William Anderson.
12mo, pp. 288, cloth. 5s.
ANDERSON and TUGMAN.— Mercantile Correspondence, containing a Collection
of Commercial Letters in Portuguese and English, with their translation on opposite
pages, for the use of Business Men and of Students in either of the Languages, treat-
ing in modern style of the system of Business in the principal Commercial Cities
of the "World. Accompanied by pro forma Accounts, Sale?;. Invoices, Bills of
Lading, Drafts, &c. With an introduction and copious Notes. By William
Anderson and James E. Tugman. 12mo, pp. xi. and 193, cloth. 1867. 6s.
APEL. — Prose Specimens for Translation into German, with copious Vocabularies
and Explanations. By H. Apel. 12mo, pp. viii. and 246, cloth, 1862. 4s. 6d.
APPLETON (Dr.)— Life and Literary Relics. See English and Foreign Philoso-
phical Library, Vol. XITI.
ARAGO.— Les Aeistocraties. A Comedy in Verse. By Etienne Arago. Edited,.
with English Notes and Notice on Etienne Arago, by the Rev. E. P. H. Brette, B. D. ,
Head Master of the French School, Christ's Hospital, Examiner in the University
of London. Fcap. 8vo., pp. 244, cloth. 1868. 4s.
ARNOLD.— The Light of Asia ; or. The Great Renunciation (Mahábhinish-
kramana). Being the Life and Teaching of Gautama, Prince of India, and Founder
of Buddhism (as told in verse by an Indian Buddhist). By Edwin Arnold,
M.A., C.S.I.,&c. Ninth Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. xiii. and 238, limp parchment.
1882. 2s. 6d.
ARNOLD.— The Iliad and Odyssey op India. By Edwin Arnold, M.A., F.R.G.S.,
&c, , &c. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 24, sewed. Is.
ARNOLD. — A Simple Transliteral Grammar of the Turkish Language.
Compiled from Various Sources. With Dialogues and Vocabulary. By Edwin
Arnold, M.A., C.S.L, F.R.G.S. Post 8vo, pp. 80, cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d.
ARNOLD.— Indian Poetry. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
ARTOM.— Sermons. By the Rev. B. Artom, Chief Rabbi of the Spanish and Por-
tug\iese Congregations of England. Fh'st Series. Second Edition. Crown 8vo,
pp. viu. and 314, cloth. 1876. 6s.
ASHER. — On the Study of Modern Languages in general, and of the English Lan-
guage in particular. An Essay. By David Asher, Ph.D. 12mo, pp. viii. and
80, cloth. 1859. 2s.
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL. List of Publications on application.
ASIATIC SOCIETY.— Journal op the Royal Asiatic Society op Great Britain
AND Ireland, from the Commencement to 1863. First Series, complete in 20 Vols.
8vo, with many Plates. £10, or in parts from 4s. to 6s. each.
ASIATIC SOCIETY.— Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society op Great Britain
AND Ireland. New Series. 8vo. Stitched in wrapper. 1864-82.
Vol. I., 2 Parts, pp. iv. and 490, 16s.— Vol. II., 2 Parts, pp. 522, 16s.— Vol. III., 2 Parts,
pp. 516, with Photograph, 22s.— Vol. IV., 2 Parts, pp. 521, 16s.— Vol. V.. 2 Parts, pp. 463, with
10 full-page and folding Plates, 18s.— Vol. VI., Part 1, pp. 212, with 2 Plates and a Map, 8s.—
Vol. VI. Part 2, pp. 272, with Plate and Map, 8s.— Vol. VII., Part 1, pp. 194, with a Plate,
8s.— Vol. VII., Part 2, pp. 204. with 7 Plates and a Map, 8s.— Vol. VIII., Part 1, pp. 156, with
4 A Catalogue of Im'portant Works,
3 Plates and a Plan, 8s.— Vol. VIII., Part 2, pp. 152, Ss.— Vol. IX., Part 1, pp. 154, with a
Plate, 8s.— Vol. IX., Part 2, pp. 292, with 3 Plates, 10s. 6d.— Vol. X., Part 1, pp 156, with 2
Plates and a Map, 8s.— Vol. X., Part 2, pp. 146, 6s.— Vol. X., Part 3, pp. 204, bs.— Vol. XI.,
Part 1, pp. 128, 5s.— Vol. XL, Part 2, pp. löS. with 2 Plates, 7s. 6d. — Vol. XL, Part 3, pp. 250,
83.— Vol. XII., Part 1, pp. 152, 5s.— Vol. XII., Part 2, pp. 182, with 2 Plates and Map, 6s.—
Vol. XII., Part 3, pp. 100, 4s.— Vol. XII., Part 4, pp. x., 152., cxx., 16, 8s.— Vol. XIII., Part 1,
pp. 120, 5s.— \^ol. XIII., Part 2, pp. 170, with a Map, 8s.— Vol. XIII., Part 3, pp. 178, with a
Table, 7s. 6d.— Vol. XIII., Part 4, pp. 282, with a Plate and Table, 10s. 6d.— Vol. XIV., Part 1,
pp. 124, with a Table and 2 Plates, 5s.— Vol. XIV., Part 2, pp. 164, with 1 Table, 7s. 6d.l
ASPLET,— The Complete French Course. Part II. Containing all the Rules of
French Syntax, &c., &c. By Georges C. Asplet, French Master, Frome. Fcap.
8vo, pp. XX. and 276, cloth. 1880. 2s. 6d.
ASTON. — A Short Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language. By AY. G. Aston,
M.A. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 96, cloth. 1873. 12s.
ASTON.— A Grammar of the Japanese Written Language. By W. G. Aston,
M.A., Assistant Japanese Secretary H.B.M.'s Legation, Yedo, Jajjan. Second
Edition. 8vo, pp. 306, cloth. 1877. 28s.
ASTONISHED AT AMERICA. Being Cursory Deductions, &c,, &c. By Zigzag.
Fcap. 8vo, pp. XVÍ.-108, boards. 1880. Is.
AUCTORES SANSCRIT!
Vol. I. The Jaiminíya-Nyáya-Málí-Vistara. Edited for the Sanskrit Text
Society, under the supervision of Theodor Goldstiicker. Large 4to, pp. 582,
cloth. £3, 13s. 6d.
Vol. II. The Institutes of Gautama. Edited, with an Index of Words, by A.
F. Stenzler, Ph.D., Prof, of Oriental Languages in the University of Breslau.
8vo, pp. iv. and 78, cloth. 1876. 4s. 6d. Stitched, 3s. 6d.
Vol. III. VaitAna Sutra : The Ritual of the Atharva Veda. Edited, with
Critical Notes and Indices, by Dr. K. Garbe. 8vo, pp. viii. and 120, sewed.
1878. 5s.
Vol. I V. — Vardh amana's Ganaratnamahodadhi, with the Author's Commentary.
Edited, with Critical Notes and Indices, by Julius Eggeling, Ph.D. 8vo.
Part I., pp. XÜ. and 240, wrapper. 1879. 6s. Part II., pp. 240, wrapper. 1881.
6s.
AUGIER. — Diane. A Drama in Verse. By Emile Augier. Edited with English
Notes and Notice on Augier. By Theodore Karcher, LL.B., of the Royal Military
Academy and the University of London. 12mo, pp. xiii. and 146, cloth. 1867.
2s. 6d.
AUSTIN.— A Practical Treatise on the Preparation, Combination, and Applica-
tion of Calcareous and Hydraulic Limes and Cements. To which is added many
useful Recipes for various Scientific, Mercantile, and Domestic Purposes. By
James G. Austin, Architect. 12mo, pp. 192, cloth, 1862. 5s.
AXON.— The Mechanic's Friend. A collection of Receipts and Practical Sug-
gestions relating to Aquaria, Bronzing, Cements, Drawing, Dyes, Electricity,
Gilding, Glass-working, &c. Numerous Woodcuts. Edited by W. E. A. Axon,
M.R.S.L., F.S.S. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 339, cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d.
BABA. — An Elementary Grammar of the Japanese Language, wáth easy pi-ogressive
Exercises. By Tatui Baba. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 92, cloth. 1873. os,
BACON.— The Life and Times of Francis Bacon. Extracted from the Edition of
his Occasional Writings by James Spedding. 2 vols, post 8vo, pp. xx., 710, and
xiv., 708, cloth. 1878. 21s.
BADEN-POWELL.— Protection and Bad Times, with Special Reference to the
Political Economy of English Colonisation. By George Baden-Powell, M.A.,
F.R. A.S., F.S.S., Author of "New Homes for the Old Country," &c., &c. 8vo,
pp. xii. -376, cloth. 1879. 6s. 6d.
Published by TrUbner & Co. 5
BADER. — The Natural and Morbid Changes of the Hum^n Eye, and their
Treatment. By C. Bader, Medium 8vo, pp. viii, and 506, cloth. 1868. 16s.
BADER. — Plates illustrating the Natural and Morbid Changes op the Human
Eye. By 0. Bader. Six chromo-lithographic Plates, each containing the figures
of six Eyes, and four lithographed Plates, with figures of Instruments. With an
Explanatory Text of 32 pages. Medium 8vo, in a portfolio. 21s. Price for Text
and Atlas taken together, £1, 12s.
BADLEY. —Indian Missionary Record and Memorial Volume. By the Rev. B.
H. Badley, of the American Methodist ]\Iission. 8vo, pp. xii. and 280, cloth.
1876. 10s. 6d.
BALFOUR. — Waifs AND Strays prom the Far East; being a Series of Disconnected
Essays on Matters relating to China. By Frederick Henry Balfour. ] vol. demy
8vo, pp. 224, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d.
BALFOUR.— The Divine Classic of Nan-Hua ; being the Works of Chuang Tsze,
Taoist Philosopher. With an Excursus, and Copious Annotations in English and
Chinese. By F. H. Balfour, F.R.G.S., Author of "Waifs and Strays from the
Far East," &c. Demy 8vo, pp. xlviii. and 426, cloth. 1881. 14s.
BALL.— The Diamonds, Coal, and Gold op India ; their Mode of Occurrence and
Distribution. By V. Ball, M.A., F.G.S., of the Geological Survey of India.
Fcap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 136, cloth. 1881. 5s.
BALL.— A Manual OF the Geology OP India. Part III. Economic Geology. By
V. Ball, M.A., F.G.S. Royal 8vo, pp. xx. and 640, with 6 Maps and 10 Plates,
cloth. 1881. 10s. (For Parts I. and II. see Medlicott.)
BALLAD SOCIETy — Subscriptions, small paper, one guinea; large paper, two guineas
per annum. List of publications on application.
BALLANTYNE. — Elements op Hindi and Braj Bhakha Grammar. Compiled for
the use of the East India College at Haileybury. By James R. Ballantyne. Second
Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 38, cloth. 1868. 5s.
BALLANTYNE.— First Lessons in Sanskrit Grammar ; together with an Introduc-
tion to theHitopadela. New Edition. By James R. Ballantyne, LL.D., Librarian
of the India Office. 8vo, pp. viii. and 110, cloth. 1873. 3s. 6d.
EARANOWSKI.— Vade Mecum de la Langue Fran^aise, rédigé d'aprés les Dic-
tionnaires classiques avec les Exemples de Bonnes Locutions que donne l'Académie
Fran^aise, on qu'on trouve dans les ouvrages des plus célébres auteurs. Par J. J.
Baranowski, avec I'approbation de M. E. Littré, Sénateur, &c. 32mo, pp. 224.
1879. Cloth, 2s. 6d. ; morocco, 3s. 6d. ; morocco tuck, 4s.
BARENTS' RELICS.— Recovered in the summer of 1876 by Charles L. W. Gardiner,
Esq., and presented to the Dutch Government. Described and explained by J.
K. J. de Jonge, Deputy Royal Architect at the Hague. Published by command
of His Excellency, W. F. Van F.R.P. Taelman Kip, Minister of Marine. Trans-
lated, with a Preface, by S. R. Van Campen. With a Map, Illustrations, and a
fac-simile of the Scroll. 8vo, pp. 70, cloth. 1877. 5s.
BARRIÉRE and CAPENDU.— Les Faux Bonshommbs, a Comedy. By Theodore
Barriere and Ernest Capendu. Edited,, with English Notes and Notice on Bar-
riére, by Professor Ch. Cassal, LL.D., of University College, London. 12mo, pp.
xvi. and 304, cloth. 1868. 4s.
BARTH.— The Religions of India. See Trübner's Oriental Series.
6 A Catalogue of Important Works,
BARTLETT.— Dictionary of Americanisms. A Glossary of Words and Phrases
colloquially used in the United States. By John Russell Bartlett. Fourth
Edition, considerably enlai'ged and improved. 8vo, pp. xlvi. and 814, cloth.
1877. 20s.
BATTYE.— What is Vital Force? or, a Short and Comprehensive Sketch, includ-
ing Vital Physics, Animal Morphology, and Epidemics ; to which is added an
Appendix upon Geology, Is the Dentrital Theory of Geology Tenable ? By
Eicbard Fawcett Battye. 8vo, pp. iv. and 33G, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.
BAZLEY. — Notes on the Epicyclodial Cutting Frame of Messrs. Holtzapffel &
Co. With special reference to its Compensation Adjustment, and with numerous
Illustrations of its Capabilities. Bv Thomas Sebastian Bazley, M.A. 8vo pp.
vi and 192 cloth. Illustrated. 1872. 10s. 6d.
BAZLEY. —The Stars in Their Courses : A Twofold Series of Maps, with a
Catalogue, showing how to identify, at any time of the year, all stars down to the
5.6 magnitude, inclusive of Heis, which are clearly visible in English latitudes.
By T. S. Bazley, M.A., Author of "Notes on the Epicycloidal Cutting Frame."
Atlas folio, pp. 46 and 24, Folding Plates, cloth. 1878. 15s.
BEAL.— Travels of Fah-Hian and Sunq-Yun, Buddhist Pilgrims, from China to
India (400 A. D. and 518 A. d. ) Translated from the Chinese. By Samuel Beal, B. A. ,
Trin. Coll., Cam., &c. Crown 8vo, pp. Ixxiii. and 210, with a coloured Map,
cloth, ornamental. 1869. 10s. 6d.
BEAL.— A Catena of Buddhist Scriptures prom the Chinese. By S. Beal, B.A.,
Trinity College, Cambridge ; a Chaplain in Her Majesty's Fleet, &c. 8vo, pp.
xiv. and 436, cloth. 1871. 15s.
BEAL. — The Romantic Legend of Sakya Buddha. From the Chinese-Sanskrit.
By the Rev. Samuel Beal. Crown 8vo., pp. 408, cloth. 1875. 12s.
BEAL.— Dhammapada. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
BEAL.— Buddhist Literature in China : Abstract of Four Lectures, Delivered by
Samuel Beal, B.A., Professor of Chinese at University College, London. Demy
8vo, pp. XX. and 186, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d.
BEAMES.— Outlines of Indian Philology. With a Map showing the Distribution
of Indian Languages. By John Beames, M.R.A.S., Bengal Civil Service, Member
of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, the Philological Society of London, and the
Société Asiatique of Paris. Second enlarged and revised Edition. Crown 8vo,
pp. viii. and 96, cloth. 1868. 5s.
BEAMES. — A Comparative Grammar of the Modern Aryan Languages op India,
to wit, Hindi, Panjabi, Sindhi, Gujarati, Marathi, Oriya, and Bengali. By John
Beames, Bengal Civil Service, M.R.A.S., &c., &c. Demy 8vo. Vol. I. On Sounds.
Pp. xvi. and 360, cloth. 1872. 16s.— Vol. 11. The Noun and the Pronoun.
Pp. xii. and 348, cloth. 1875. 16s.— Vol. III. The Verb. Pp. xii. and 316, cloth.
1879. 16s.
BELLEW. — From the Indus to the Tigris. A Narrative of a Journey through the
Countries of Balochistan, Afghanistan, Khorassan, and Iran in 1872 ; together
with a complete Synoptical Grammar and A^ocabulary of the Brahoe Language, and
a Record of the Bleteorological Observations and Altitudes on the IMarch from the
Indus to the Tigris. By Henry AValter Belle w, C.S.I., Surgeon, Bengal Staff
Corps. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 496, cloth. 1874. 14s.
BELLEW. — Kashmir and Kashghar ; a Narrative of the Journey of the Embassy
to Kashghar in 1873-74. By H. W. Bellew, C.S.I. Demy 8vo, pp. xxxii. and
420, cloth. 1875. 16s.
Published by Trllbner éű Co. 7
BELLEW. —The Races of Afghanistan. Being a Brief Account of the Principal
Nations Inhabiting that Country. By Surgeon-Major H. W. Bellew, C.S.I., late
uu Special Political Duty at Kabul. 8vo, pp. 124, cloth. 1880. 7s. Gd.
BELLOWS.— English Outline Vocabulary for the use of Students of the Chinese,
Japanese, and other Languages. Arranged by John Bellows. With Notes on the
"Writing of Chinese with Roman Letters, by Professor Summers, King's College,
London. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 368, cloth. 1867. 6s.
BELLOWS. — Outline Dictionary for the use of Missionaries, Explorers, and
Students of Language. By Max Miiller, M.A., Taylorian Professor in the Uni-
versity of Oxford. "With an Introduction on the proper use of the ordinary
English Alphabet in transcribing Foreign Languages. The "Vocabulary compiled
by John Bellows. Crown 8vo, j)p. xxxi. and 368, limp morocco. 1867. 7s. 6d.
BELLOWS. — Tous les Verbes. Conjugations of all the Verbs in the French and
English Languages. By John Bellows. Revised by Professor Beljame, B.A.,
LL.B., of the University of Paris, and OfiScial Interpreter to the Imperial Court,
and George B. Strickland, late Assistant French Master, Royal Naval School,
London. Also a New Table of Equivalent Values of French and English Money,
Weights, and Measures. 32mo, 76 Tables, sewed. 1867. Is.
BELLOWS.— French and English Dictionary for the Pocket. By John Bellows.
Containing the French-English and English-French divisions on the same page ;
conjugating all the verbs ; distinguishing the genders by different types ; giving
numerous aids to pronunciation ; indicating the liaison or non-liaison of terminal
consonants ; and translating units of weight, measure, and value, by a series of
tables differing entirely from any hitherto published. The new edition, which is
but six ounces in weight, has been remodelled, and contains many thousands of
additional words and renderings. Miniature maps of France, the British Isles,
Paris, and London, are added to the Geograi^hical Section. Second Edition. 32mo,
pp. 608, roan tuck, or persian without tuck. 1877. 10s. 6d. ; morocco tuck, 12s. 6d.
BENEDIX. — Der Vetter. Comedy in Three Acts. By Roderich Benedix. With
Grammatical and Explanatory Notes by F. Weinmann, German Master at the
Royal Institution School, Liverpool, and G. Zimmermann, Teacher of Modern
Languages. 12mo, pp. 128, cloth. 1863. 2s. 6d.
BENFEY. — A Practical Grammar op the Sanskrit Language, for the use of Early
Students. By Theodor Benfey, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Göttin-
gen. Second, revised, and enlarged Edition. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 296, cloth.
1868. 10s. 6d.
BENTHAM. — Theory of Legislation. By Jeremy Bentham. Translated from the
French of Etienne Dumont by R. Hildreth. Fourth Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xv.
and 472, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.
BETTS. - See Yaldes.
BEVERIDGE.— The District of Bakarganj. Its History and Statistics. By H.
Beveridge, B.C.S., Magistrate and Collector of Bakai'ganj. 8vo, pp. xx. and
460, cloth. 1876. 21s.
BICKNELL.— Á'ee Hafiz.
BIGANDET.— The Life of Gaud ama. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
BIRCH.— Fasti Monastici Aevi Saxonici ; or. An Alphabetical List of the Heads of
Religious Houses in England previous to the Norman Conquest, to which is pre-
fixed a Chronological Catalogue of Contemporary Foundations. By Walter de
Gray Birch. 8vo, pp. vii. and 114, cloth. 1873. 5s.
8 A Catalogue of ImpoiHant Works,
BIRD.— Physiological Essays. Drink Craving, Differences in Men, Idiosyncrasy, and
the Origin of Disease. By Kobert Bird, M.D. demy 8vo, pp. 246, cloth. 1870. 7s. 6d.
BLACK.— Young Japan, Yokohama and Yedo. A Narrative of the Settlement
and the City, from the Signing of the Treaties in 1858 to the Close of the Year
1879 ; with a Glance at the Progress of Japan during a Period of Twenty-one
Years. By John R. Black, formerly Editor of the "Japan Herald" and the
"Japan Gazette." Editor of the "Far East." 2 vols, demy 8vo, pp. xviii. and
418 ; xiv. and 522, cloth. 1881. £2, 2s.
BLADES. — Shakspere and Typography. Being an Attempt to show Shakspere's
Personal Connection with, and Technical Knowledge of, the Art of Printing ; also
Remarks upon some common Typographical Errors, with especial reference to the
Text of Shakspere. By William Blades. 8vo, pp. viii. and 78, with an Illustra-
tion, cloth. 1872. 3s.
BLADES.— The Biography and Typography of William Caxton, England's First
Printer. By William Blades. Founded to a great extent upon the Author's
"Life and Typography of William Caxton." Brought up to the Present Date,
and including all Discoveries since made. Elegantly and appropriately printed in
demy 8vo, on hand-made paper, imitation old bevelled binding. 1877. £1, Is.
Cheap Edition. Crown 8vo, cloth. 1881. 5s.
BLADES.— The Enemies of Books. By William Blades, Typograph. Crown 8vo,
pp. xvi. and 112, parchment wrapper. 1880. 5s.
BLAKEY.— Memoirs of Dr. Robert Blakey, Professor of Logic and Metaphysics,
Queen's College, Belfast, Author of "Historical Sketch of Moral Science," &c.,
&c. Edited by the Rev. Henry Miller, of St. Andrews (Presbyterian Church of
England), Hammersmith. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 252, cloth. 1879. 5s.
BLEEK.— REYN4RD THE Fox IN SouTH Africa ; or, Hottentot Fables and Tales,
chiefly Translated from Original Manuscripts in the Library of His Excellency Sir
George Grey, K.C.B. By W. H. L Bleek, Ph.D. Post 8vo, pp. xxvi. and 94,
cloth. 1864. 3s. 6d.
BLEEK.— A Brief Account of Bushman Folk Lore, and other Texts. By W. H.
I. Bleek. Ph.D. Folio, pp. 21, paper. 2s. 6d.
BOEHMER.— Spanish Reformers of Two Centuries, from 1520, their Lives and
Writings. Described by E. Boehmer, D.D., Ph.D. Vol. i. royal Svo, pp. 232,
cloth. 1874. 12s. 6d. Roxburghe, 15s.
BOEHMER.— Ő-fe Yaldes.
BOJESEN.— A Guide to the Danish Language. Designed for English Students.
By Mrs. Maria Bojesen. 12mo, pp. 250, cloth. 1863. 5s.
BOLIA.— The German Caligraphist : Copies for German Handwriting. By C.
Bolia. Oblong 4to, sewed. Is.
BOY ENGINEERS.— See under Lukin.
BOYD.— NágÁnanda ; or, the Joy of the Snake World. A Buddhist Drama in Five
Acts. Translated into English Prose, with Explanatory Notes, from the Sanskrit
of Sá-Harsha-Deva. By Palmer Boyd, B.A., Sanskrit Scholar of Trinity College,
Cambridge. With an Introduction by Professor Cowell. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi.
and 100, cloth. 1872. 4s. 6d.
BRAMSEN. —Japanese Chronological Tables, showing the Date, according to
the Julian or Gregorian Calendar, of the First Day of each Japanese Month.
From Tai-Kwa, 1st year, to Mei-ji, 0th year (645 A. D. to 1873 a.d.). With an
Introductory Essay on " Japanese Chronology and Calendars. By W. Bramsen.
Oblong fcap. 4to, pp. 50-84, cloth. 1880. 14s.
Published hy Trííbner é Co. 9
BRAMSEN— The Coins of Japan. By W. Bramsen. Part I. The Copper, Lead,
and Iron Coins issued by the Central Government. 4to, pp. 10, with Plates of 74
Coins, boards. 1880. 5s.
BRAMSEN.— Japanese Weights, with their Equivalents in French and English
Weights. Compiled by W. Bramseu. Fcap. folio sheet. 1877. Is.
BRAMSEN.— Japanese Lineal Measures, with their Equivalents in French and
English Measures. Compiled by W. Bramsen. Fcap. folio sheet. 1877. Is.
BRENTANO.— On the History and Development of Gilds, and the Origin of
Trade-Unions. By Lujo Brentano, of Aschaffenburg, Bavaria, Doctor Juris
Utriusque et Philosophise. 1. The Origin of Gilds, 2. Keligious (or Social)
Gilds. 3. Town-Gilds or Gild-Merchants. 4. Craft-Gilds. 5. Trade-Unions.
8vo, pp. xvi. and 136, cloth. 1870. 3s. 6d.
BRETSCHNEIDER.— Early European Researches into the Flora of China.
By E. Bretschneider, M.D., Physician of the Russian Legation at Peking. Demy
8vo, pp. iv. and 194, sewed. 1881. 7s. 6d.
BRETSCHNEIDER.— BOTANICON Sinicum. Notes on Chinese Botany, from Native
and Western Sources. By E. Bretschneider, M.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 228, wrapper.
1882. 10s. 6d.
BRETTE.— French Examination Papers set at the University of London from
1839 to 1871. Arranged and edited by the Rev. P. H. Ernest Brette, B.D.
Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 278, cloth. 3s. 6d. ; interleaved, 4s. 6d.
BRITISH MUSEUM.— List -of Publications of the Trustees of the British
Museum, on application.
BROWN.— The Dervishes ; or. Oriental Spiritualism. By John P. Brown,
Secretary and Dragoman of the Legation of the United States of America at Con-
stantinople. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 416, cloth, with 24 Illustrations. 1868. 14s.
BROWN.— Sanskrit Prosody and Numerical Symbols Explained. By Charles
Philip Brown, M.R.A.S., Author of aTelugu Dictionary, Grammar, &c.. Professor
of Telugu in the University of London. 8vo, pp. viii. and 56, cloth. 1869. 3s. 6d.
BROWNE.— How to USE the Ophthalmoscope; being Elementary Instruction in
Ophthalmoscopy. Arranged for the use of Students. By Edgar A. Browne, Sur-
geon to the Liverpool Eye and Ear Infirmary, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. xi. and 108,
with 35 Figures, cloth. 1876. 3s. 6d.
BROWNE.— A BÁNGÁLI Primer, in Roman Character. By J. F. Browne, B.C.S.
Crown 8vo, pp. 32, cloth. 1881. 2s.
BROWNE.— A Hindi Primer in Roman Character. By J. F. Browne, B.C.S.
Crown 8vo, pp. 36, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d.
BRUNNOW.— ^See Scheffel.
BRUNTON.— Map of Japan. See under Japan.
BÜCHNER.— Force and Matter : Empirico-Philosophical Studies intelligibly ren-
dered. With an additional Introduction expressly written for the English edition.
By Dr. Louis Büchner. Edited by J. Frederick Collingwood, F.R.S.L., F.G.S.
Second English, completed from the Tenth German Edition. AVith a Portrait of
the Author. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 284, cloth. 1881. 5s.
BUDGE.— Archaic Classics. Assyrian Texts ; being Extracts from the Annals of
Shalmaneser II., Sennacherib, and Assur-Bani-Pal. With Philological Notes. By
Ernest A. Budge, B.A., M.R.A.S., Assyrian Exhibitioner, Christ's College,
Cambridge. Small 4to, pp. viii. and 44, cloth. 1880. 7s. 6d.
10 A Catalogue of Important Works,
BUDGE.— History of Esarh addon. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
BURGESS :-
Archaeological Survey of Western India : —
Report of the First Season's Operations in the Belgám and Kaladi
Districts. January to May 1874. By James Burgess, F. E.G. S. With 56
Photographs and Lithographic Plates. Eoyal 4to, pp. viii. and 45; half
bound. 1875. £2, 2s.
Report on the Antiquities of Káthiáwad and Kachh, being the result of
the Second Season's Operations of the Archaeological Survey of Western
India, 1874-75. By James Burgess, F.R.G.S. Royal 4to, pp. x. and 242,
with 74 Plates ; half bound. 1876. £3, 3s.
Report on the Antiquities in the Bidar and Aurangabad Districts, in
the Territories of His Highness the Nizam of Haiderabad, being the result
of the Third Season's Operations of the Archaeological Survey of AYestern
India, 1875-76. By James Burgess, F.R.G.S., M.R.A.S., Arch^ological Sur-
veyor and Reporter to Government, AVestern India. Royal 4to, pp. viii. and
138, with 63 Photographic Plates ; half bound. 1878. £2, 2s.
Report on the Buddhist Cave Temples and their Inscriptions ; contain-
ing Views, Plans, Sections, and Elevation of Facades of Cave Temples ;
Drawings of Architectural and Mythological Sculptures ; Facsimiles of In-
scriptions, &c. ; with Descriptive and Explanatory Text, and Translations of
Inscriptions, &c., &c. By James Burgess, LL.D., F.R.G.S., &c. Super-royal
4to, half-morocco, gilt top, with numerous Plates and Woodcuts. £3, 3s.
[/?i preparation.
BURMA.— The Bhttish Burma Gazetteer. Compiled by Major H. R. Spearman,
under the direction of the Government of India. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. 764 and 878,
with 11 Photographs, cloth. 1880. £2, 10s.
BURNELL.— Elements of South Indian Palaeography, from the Fourth to the
Seventeenth Century A.D., being an Introduction to the Study of South Indian
Inscriptions and MSS. By A. C. Burnell. Second enlarged and improved
Edition. 4to, pp. xiv. and 148, Map and 35 Plates, cloth. 1878. £2, 12s. 6d.
BURNELL.— A Classified Index to the Sanskrit MSS. in the Palace at
Tanjore. Prepared for the Madras Government. By A. C. Burnell, Ph.D., &c.,
&c. 4to, stiff wrapper. Part I., pp. iv.-80, Vedic and Technical Literature.
Part II., pp. iv.-SO, Philosophy and Law. Part III., Drama, Epics, Puranas, and
Zantras; Indices. 1879. 10s. each.
BURNEY. — The Boys' Manual op Seamanship and Gunnery, compUed for the use
of the Training-Ships of the Royal Navy. By Commander C. Burney, R.N.,
F.R.G.S., Superintendent of Greenwich Hospital School Seventh Edition. Ap-
proved by the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty to be used in the Training-
Ships of the Royal Navy. Crown 8vo, ])p. xxii. and 352, with numerous Illus-
trations, cloth. 1879. 6s.
BURNEY.— The Young Seaman's Manual and Rigger's Guide. By Commander
C. Burney, R.N., F.R.G.S. Sixth Edition. Revised and corrected. Approved
by the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. Crown Svo. pp. xxxviii. and 592,
cloth. With 200 Illustrations and 16 Sheets of Signals. 1878. 7s. 6d.
BURTON. — Captain Richard F. Burton's Handbook for Overland Expeditions ;
being an English Edition of the "Prairie Traveller," a Handbook for Overland
Expeditions. With Illustrations and Itineraries of the Principal Routes between
the Mississippi and the Pacific, and a Map. By Captain Randolph B. Marcy (now
General and Chief of the Staff, Army of the Potomac). Edited, Avith Notes, by
Captain Richard F. Burton. Crown 8vo, pp. 270, numerous Woodcuts, Itinera-
ries, and Map, cloth. 1863. 6s. 6d.
Published hy Triíbner dt Co. 11
BUTLER.— The Spanish Teacher and Colloquial Phrase-Book. _ An easy and
agreeable method of acquiring a Spealiing Knowledge of the Spanish Language.
By Francis Butler. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xviii. and 240, half -roan. 2s. Cd.
BUTLER.— Hungarian Poems and Fables for English Readers. Selected and
Translated by E. D. Butler, of the British Museum ; with Illustrations by A. G.
Butler. Foolscap, pp. vi. and 88, limp cloth. 1877. 2s.
BUTLER.— The Legend of the "Wondrous Hunt. By John Arany. With a few
Miscellaneous Pieces and Folk- Songs. Translated from the Magyar by E. D.
Butler, F.R.G.S. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 70. Limp cloth. 2s. 6d.
CAITHNESS. — Serious Letters to Serious Friends. By the Countess of Caith-
ness, Authoress of " Old Truths in a New Light." Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 352,
cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.
CAITHNESS.— Lectures on Popular and Scientific Subjects. By the Earl of
Caithness, F.R.S. Delivered at various times and jjlaces. Second enlarged
Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1879. 2s. 6d.
CALCUTTA REVIEW.— Selections from Nos. I.-XVIL 5s. each.
CALDER.— The Coming Era. By Alexander Calder, Officer of the Legion of
Honour, and Author of "The Man of the Future." 8vo, pp. 422, cloth. 1879.
10s. 6d.
CALDWELL.— A Comparative Grammar of the Dravidian or South Indian
Family of Languages. By the Rev. R. Caldwell, LL.D. A second, corrected,
and enlarged Edition. Demy 8vo, jip. 804, cloth. 1875. 28s.
CALENDARS OF STATE PAPERS. List on application,
CALL. — Reverberations. Revised. "With a chapter from My Autobiography.
By "W. M. W. Call, M.A., Cambridge, Author of "Lyra Hellenica" and
" Golden Histories." Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d.
CALLAWAY. -Nursery Tales, Traditions, and Histories of the Zulus. In
their own words, with a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev. Canon
Callaway, M.D. Yol. I., 8vo, pp. xiv. and 378, cloth. 1868. 16s.
CALLAWAY.— The Religious System of the Amazulu.
Part I.— Unkulunkulu ; or. The Tradition of Creation as existing among the
Amazulu and other Tribes of South Africa, in their own words, with a Transla-
tion into English, and Notes. By the Rev. Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo, pp.
128, sewed. 1868. 4s.
Part II.— Amatongo; or, Ancestor-AVorship as existing among the Amazulu, in
their own words, with a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev.
Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo, pp. 127, sewed. 1869. 4s.
Part III. — Izinyanga Zokubula ; or, Divination, as existing among the Amazulu,
in their own words, with a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev.
Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo, pp. 150, sewed. 1870. 4s.
Part IV.— On Medical Magic and Witchcraft. 8vo, pp. 40, sewed. Is. 6d.
CAMERINI. — L'Eco Italiano ; a Practical Guide to Italian Conversation. By E.
Camerini. With a Vocabulary. 12mo, pp. 98, cloth. 1860. 4s. 6d.
CAMPBELL.— The Gospel of the World's Divine Order. By Douglas Camp-
bell. New Edition. Revised. Crown 8vo, pp. viii, and 364, cloth. 1877. 4s. 6d.
CANDID Examination of Theism. By Physicus. Post 8vo, pp. xviu. and 198,
cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d.
CANTICUM CANTICORUM, reproduced in facsimile, from the Scriverius copy in the
British Museum. With an Historical and Bibliographical Introduction by I. Ph.
Berjeau. Folio, pp. 36, with 16 Tables of Illustrations, vellum. 1860. £2, 2s.
12 A Catalogue of Important Works,
CAREY.— The Past, the Present, and the Future, By H. C. Carey. Second
Edition. 8vo, pp. 474, cloth. 1856. 10s. 6d.
CARNEGY.- Notes on the Land Tenures and Revenue Assessments of Upper
India. By P. Carnegy. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 136, and forms, cloth. 1874. 6s.
CATHERINE II., Memoirs of the Empress. Written by herself. "With a Preface
by A, Herzen. Trans, from the French. 12mo, pp. xvi. and 352, bds. 1859.
7s. 6d.
CATLIN. — 0-Kee-Pa. A Religious Ceremony ; and other Customs of the Mandans.
By George Catlin. With 13 coloured Illustrations. Small 4to, pp. vi. and 52,
cloth. 1867. 14s.
CATLIN. —The Lifted and Subsided Rocks of Ajierica, with their Influence on
the Oceanic, Atmospheric, and Land Currents, and the Distribution of Races.
By George Catlin. With 2 Maps. Cr. 8vo, pp. xii. and 238, cloth. 1870. 6s. 6d.
CATLIN.— Shut tour Mouth and Save tour Life. By George Catlin, Author of
" Notes of Travels amongst the North American Indians," &c., &c. With 29 Illus-
trations from Drawings by the Author. Eighth Edition, considerably enlarged.
Crown 8vo, pp. 106, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d.
CAXTON.— The Biographt and Ttpographt of. See Blades.
CAXTON CELEBRATION, 1877.— Catalogue of the Loan Collection of Anti-
quities, Curiosities, and Appliances Connected with the Art of Printing.
Edited by G. BuUen, F.S.A. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 472, cloth, 3s. 6d.
CAZELLES.— Outline of the Evolution-Philosopht. By Dr. W. E. Gazelles.
Translated from the French by the Rev. O. B. Frothingham. Crown 8vo, pp.
156, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d.
CESNOLA.— Salaminia (Cyprus). The History, Treasures, and Antiquities of Sa-
lamis in the Island of Cyprus. By A. Palma di Cesnola, F.S.A., &c. With an
Introduction by S. Birch, Esq., D.C.L., LL.D., Keeper of the Egyptian and Ori-
ental Antiquities in the British Museum. Royal 8vo, pp. xlviii. and 325, with
upwards of 700 Illustrations and Map of Ancient Cyprus, cloth. 1882. 31s. 6d.
CHALMERS.— The Speculations on Metaphtsics, Politt, and Moralitt of
" The Old Philosopher," Lau-tsze. Translated from the Chinese, with an Intro-
duction by John Chalmers, M.A. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xx. and 62, cloth, 1868. 4s. 6d.
CHAMBERLAIN.— The Classical Poetrt of the Japanese. By Basil Hall
Chamberlain, Author of " Yeigo Henkaku, Ichirail." Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 228,
cloth. 1880. 7s. 6d.
CHAPMAN.— Chloroform and other Anaesthetics : Their History and L^se dur-
ing Childbirth. By John Chapman, M.D. 8vo, pp. 51, sewed. 1859. Is.
CHAPMAN. — DiARRHCEA AND Cholera : Their Nature, Origin, and Treatment
through the Agency of the Nervous System. By John Chapman, M.D,,
M.R.C.P., M.R.C.S. 8vo, pp. xix. and 248, cloth. 7s. 6d.
CHAPMAN.— Medical Charity : its Abuses, and how to Remedy them. By John
Cliapman, M.D. 8vo, pp. viii. and 108, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d.
CHAPMAN.— Sea-Sickness, and how to Prevent it. An Explanation of its
Nature and Successful Treatment, through the Agency of the Nervous System,
by means of the Spinal Ice Bag ; with an Introduction on the General Principles
of Neuro-Therapeutics. By John Chapman, M.D., M.R.C.P., M.R.C.S. Second
Edition. 8vo, pp. viii. and 112, cloth. 1SG8. 3s.
CHAPTERS ON Christian Catholicitt. By a Clergyman. 8vo, pp. 282, cloth.
1878. 5s.
Published by Triibner & Co. 13
CHARNOCK. — A Glossary of the Essex Dialect. By Richard Stephen Charnock,
Ph.D., F.S.A, Fcap., pp. xii. and 64, cloth. 1880. 3s. 6d.
CHARNOCK. — Prcenomina ; or, The Etymology of the Principal Christian Names
of Great Britain and Ireland. By R. S. Charnock, Ph.D., F.S.A. Crown 8vo,
pp. xvi. and 128, cloth. 1882. 6s.
CHATTOPADHYAYA. — The YatrIs ; or. The Popular Dramas of Bengal. By N.
Chattopadhyaya. Post 8vo, pp. 50, wrapper. 1882. 2s.
CHAUCER SOCIETY.— Subscription, two guineas per annum. List of Publications
on application.
CHILDERS.— A Pali-English Dictionary, with Sanskrit Equivalents, and with
numerous Quotations, Extracts, and References. Compiled by Robert Csesar
Childers, late of the Ceylon Civil Service. Imperial 8vo, double columns, pp.
648, cloth. 1875. £3, 3s.
CHILDERS.— The Mahaparinibbanasutta of the Sutta PitaKxV. The Pali Text.
Edited by the late Professor R. C. Childers. Svo, pp. 72, limp cloth. 1878. 5s.
CHINTAMON.— A Commentary on the Text of the Bhagavad-Gitá ; or, the
Discourse between Khrishna and Arjuna of Divine Matters. A Sanskrit Philoso-
phical Poem. With a few Introductory Papers. By Hurrychund Chintamou,
Political Agent to H. H. the Guicowar Mulhar Rao Maharajah of Baroda. Post
Svo, pp. 118, cloth. 1874. 6s.
CHRONICLES and Memorials of Great Britain and Ireland during the
Middle Ages, List on application.
CLARK.— A Forecast of the Religion op the Future. Being Short Essays on
some important Questions in Religious Philosophy. By W. W. Clark. Post
Svo, pp. xii. and 238, cloth. 1879. 3s. 6d.
CLARKE.— The Early History of the Mediterranean Populations, &c., in
their Migrations and Settlements. Illustrated from Autonomous Coins, Gems,
Inscriptions, &c. By Hyde Clarke. Svo, pp. 80, cloth. 1882, 5s.
CLAUSEWITZ.— OnWar. By General Carl von Clausewitz. Translated by Colonel
J. J. Graham, from the third German Edition. Three volumes complete in one.
Fcap 4to, double columns, pp. xx. and 564, with Portrait of the author, cloth.
1873. £1, Is.
CLEMENT AND HUTTON.— Artists of the Nineteenth Century and their
Works. A Handbook containing Two Thousand and Fifty Biographical Sketches,
By Clara Erskine Clement and Lawrence Hutton. 2 vols, crown Svo, pp. Ixxxvii.
386 and 44, and Ivii. 374 and 44, cloth. 1879. 21s.
COLEBROOKE.— The Life and Miscellaneous Essays of Henry Thomas Cole-
BROOKE. The Biography by his Son, Sir T. E. Colebrooke, Bart., M.P. 3 vols.
"Vol. I. The Life. Demy Svo, pp. xii, and 492, with Portrait and Map, cloth.
1873. 14s. Vols. II. and III. The Essays. A new Edition, with Notes by E.
B. Cowell, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge. Demy Svo,
pp. xvi. and 544, and x. and 520, cloth. 1873. 28s.
COLENSO.— Natal Sermons. A Series of Discourses Preached in the Cathedral
Church of St Peter's, Maritzburg. By the Right Rev. John William Colenso,
D.D., Bishop of Natah Svo, pp. viii. and 373, cloth. 1866. 7s. 6d. The Second
Series. Crown 8vo, cloth. 1868. 5s.
COLLINS.— A Grammar and Lexicon of the Hebrew Language, Entitled Sefer
Hassoham. By Rabbi Moseh Ben Yitshak, of England. Edited from a MS. in
the Bodleian Library of Oxford, and collated with a MS. in the Imperial Library
of St. Petersburg, with Additions and Corrections, by G. W. Collins, M.A. Demy
4to, pp. viii. and 20, wrappei'. 1882. 3s. §
14 A Catalogue of Important Works,
COLYMBIA. Crown 8vo, pp. 200, cloth. 1873. 5s.
" The book is amusing as well as clever." — AthencBum. " Many exceedingly humorous pas-
sages."—PufciiC Opinion. "Deserves to be read.'' — Scotsman. " Neatly done." — Graphic.
"Very amusing." — Examiner.
COMTE.— A Genekal View of Positivism. By Augiiste Comte. Translated by
Dr. J. H. Bridges. 12mo, pp. xi. and 426, cloth. 1865. 8s. 6d.
COMTE. — The Catechism of Positive Keligion : Translated from the French of
Auguste Comte. By Ptichard Congreve. 18mo, pp. 428, cloth. 1858. Cs. 6d.
COMTE.— The Eight Circulars of Auguste Comte. Translated from the French,
under the auspices of R. Congreve. Fcap. 8vo, pp. iv. and, 90 cloth. 1882. Is. 6d.
COMTE. — The Positive Philosophy of Auguste Comte. Translated and condensed
by Harriet Martineau. 2 vols. Second Edition. 8vo, cloth. Vol. L, pp. xxiv.
and 400 ; Vol. II., pp. xiv. and 468. 1875. 25s.
CONGREVE. —The Roman Empire op the "West. Four Lectures delivered at the
Philosophical Institution, Edinburgh, February 1855, by Richard Congreve, M.A.
8vo, pp. 176, cloth. 1855. 4s.
CONGREVE.— Elizabeth of England. Two Lectures delivered at the Philosophi-
cal Institution, Edinburgh, January 1862. By Richard Congreve. 18mo, pp. 114,
sewed. 1862. 2s. 6d.
CONTOPOULOS.— A Lexicon of Modern Greek-English and English Modern
Greek. By N. Contopoulos. Part I. Modern Greek-English. Part II. English
Modern Greek. 8vo, pp. 460 and 582, cloth. 1877. 27s.
CONWAY.— The Sacred Anthology : A Book of Ethnical Scriptures. Collected
and Edited by Moncure D. Conway. Fifth Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 480,
cloth. 1876. 12s.
CONWAY.— Christianity. By Moncure D. Conway, M.A., Minister of South
Place Chapel, and at the Athenaeum, Camden Road. 18mo, pp. 146, stitched in
wrapper. 1876. Is.
CONWAY.— Human Sacrifices in England. Four Discourses by Moncure D.
Conway. 18mo, pp. 64, sewed. 1876. Is.
CONWAY. — Idols and Ideals. With an Essay on Christianity. By Moncure D.
Conway, JSLA., Author of " The Eastern Pilgrimage," &c. Crown 8vo, pp. 352,
cloth. 1877. 5s.
COOMARA SWAMY.— The Dathavansa ; or. The History of the Tooth Relic of
Gotama Buddha, in Pali verse. Edited, with an English Translation, by Mutu
Coomara Swamy, F.R.A.S. Demy 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1874. 10s. 6d. English
Translation. With Notes, pp. 100. 6s.
COOMARA SWAMY.— SuTTA Nipata ; or. Dialogues and Discourses of Gotama
Buddha (2500 years old). Translated from the original Pali. With Notes and
Introduction. By Mutu Coomara Swaray, F.R.A.S. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxvi. and
160, cloth. 1874. 6s.
CORNELIA. A Novel. Post 8vo, pp. 250, boards. 1863. Is. 6d.
COTTA.— Geology and History. A popular Exposition of all that is known of the
Earth and its Inhabitants in Pre-historic Times. By Bernhard Von Cotta, Pro-
fessor of Geology at the Academy of Mining, Freiberg, in Saxony. 12mo, pp.
iv. and 84, cloth. 1865. 2s.
COUSIN. — The Philosophy of Kant. Lectures by Victor Cousin. Translated from
the French. To which is added a Biographical and Critical Sketch of Kant's
Life and Writings. By A. G. Henderson. Large post 8vo, pp. xciv. and 194,
cloth. 1864. 6s.
Puhlished hy Triibner é Co. 15
COUSIN. —Elements of Psychology : included in a Critical Examination of Locke's
Essay ou the Human Understanding, and in additional pieces. Translated from
the French of Victor Cousin, with an Introduction and Notes. By Caleb S.
Henry, D.D. Foui'th improved Edition, revised according to the Author's last
corrections. Crowii 8vo, pp. 5G8, cloth. 1871. 8s.
COWELL.— Prakrita-Prakasa; or, The Prakrit Grammar of Vararnchi, ivith the
Commentary (Mauorama) of Bhamaha ; the first complete Edition of the Original
Text, v^ith various Readings from a collection of Six MSS. in the Bodleian Library
at Oxford, and the Libraries of the Eoyal Asiatic Society and the East India
House ; with Copious Notes, an English Translation, and Index of Prakrit "Words,
to which is i)refixed an Easy Introduction to Prakrit Grammar. By Edward
Byles Cowell, of Magdalen Hall, Oxford, Professor of Sanskrit at Cambridge.
New Edition, with New Preface, Additions, and Corrections. Second, Issue.
8vo, pp. xxxi. and 204, cloth. 1868. 14s.
COWELL. — A Short Introduction to the Ordinary Prakrit op the Sanskrit
Dramas. With a List of Common Irregular Prakrit Words. By E. B. Cowell,
Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge, and Hon. LL.D. of the
University of Edinburgh. Crown 8vo, pp. 40, limp cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d.
COWELL.— The Sarvadarsana Samgraha. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
COWLEY.— Poems. By Percy Tunnicliff Cowley. Demy 8vo, pp. 104, cloth.
1881. 5s.
CRAIG.— The Irish Land Labour Question, Illustrated in the History of Eala-
hine and Co-operative Farming. By E. T. Craig. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 202,
cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d. Wrappers, 2s.
CRANBROOK.— Credibilia ; or, Discourses on Questions of Christian Faith. By
the Bev. James Cranbrook, Edinburgh. Reissue. Post 8vo, pp. iv. and 190,
cloth. 1868. 3s. 6d.
CRANBROOK.— The Founders of Christianity; or. Discourses upon the Origin
of the Christian Religion. By the Rev. James Cranbrook, Edinburgh. Post 8vo,
pp. xii. and 324. 1868, 6s.
CRAVEN.— The Popular Dictionary in English and Hindustani, and Hindu-
stani AND English. With a Number of Useful Tables. Compiled by the*
Rev. T. Craven, M.A. 18mo, pp. 430, cloth. 188L 3s. 6d.
CRAWFORD. —Recollections of Travel in New Zealand and Australia. By
James Coutts Crawford, F.G.S., Resident Magistrate, Wellington, &c., kc. With
Maps and Illustrations. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 468, cloth. 1880. 18s.
CROSLAND.— Apparitions ; An Essay explanatory of Old Facts and a New Theory.
To which are added Sketches and Adventures. By Newton Crosland. Crown 8vo,
pp. viii. and 166, cloth. 1873. 2s. 6d.
CROSLAND.— Pith : Essays and Sketches Grave and Gay, with some Verses
and Illustrations. By Newton Crosland. Crown 8vo, pp. 310, cloth. 1881. 5s.
CUBAS.— The Republic of Mexico in 1876. A Political and Ethnographical
Division of the Population, Cliaracter, Habits, Costumes, and Vocations of its
Inhabitants. Written in Spanish by A. G. Cubas. Translated into English by
G. E. Henderson. Illustrated with Plates of the Principal Types of the Ethno-
graphic Families, and several Specimens of Popular Music. 8vo, pp. 130, cloth.
1881. 5s.
CUMMINS.— A Grammar of the Old Friesic Language. By A. H. Cummins,
A.M. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 76, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d.
16 A Catalogue of Imporlant Works,
CUNNINGHAM.— The Ancient Geography of India. I. The Buddhist Period,
including the Campaigns of Alexander and the Travels of Hwen-Thsang. By-
Alexander Cunningham, Major-Gcneral, Royal Engineers (Bengal Eetired). With
13 Maps. 8vo, pp. xx. and 590, cloth. 1870. £1, 8s.
CUNNINGHAM.— The Stupa of Bharhdt : A Buddhist Monument ornamented with
numerous Sculptures illustrative of Buddhist Legend and History in the Third
Century B.C. By Alexander Cunningham, C.S.I. , C.I.E., Maj.-Gen., R.E. (B.E,.),
Dir.-Gen. Archseol. Survey of India. Royal Svo, j)p. viii. and 144, with 57 Plates,
cloth. 1879. £3, 3s.
CUNNINGHAM.— Arch^ological Survey of India, Reports from 1862-75. By
A. Cunningham, C.S.I., C.I.E., Major-General, R.E. (Bengal Retired), Director-
General, Archajological Survey of India. With numerous Plates, cloth. Vols. I.-
XII. 10s. each.
CUSHMAN.— Charlotte Cushman : Her Letters and Memories of her Life.
Edited by her friend, Emma Stehbins. Square 8vo, pp. viii. and 308, cloth.
With Portrait and Illustrations. 1879. 12s. 6d.
CUST. — Languages of the East Indies. See Trübner's Oriental Series.
CUST.— Linguistic and Oriental Essays. See Trübner's Oriental Series.
CUST.— Pictures of Indian Life, Sketched with the Pen from 1852 to 1881. By
R. N. Cust, late I.C.S., Hon. Sec. Royal Asiatic Society. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and
346, cloth. With Maps. 1881. 7s. 6d.
DANA.— A Text-Book of Geology, designed for Schools and Academies. By James
D. Dana, LL.D., Professor of Geology, &c., at Yale College. Illustrated. Crown
8vo, pp. vi. and 354, cloth. 1876. 10s.
DANA. — Manual of Geology, treating of the Principles of the Science, with special
Reference to American Geological History ; for the use of Colleges, Academies,
and Schools of Science. By James D. Dana, LL.D. Illustrated by a Chart of the
World, and over One Thousand Figures. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 800, and Chart, cl. 21s.
DANA. — The Geological Story Briefly Told. An Introduction to Geology for
the General Reader and for Beginners in the Science. By J. D. Dana, LL.D.
Illustrated. 12mo, pp. xii. and 264, cloth. 7s. 6d.
DANA. — A System of Mineralogy. Descriptive Mineralogy, comprising the most
Recent Discoveries. By J. D. Dana, aided by G. J. Brush. Fifth Edition, re-
written and enlarged, and illustrated with uj^wards of 600 Woodcuts, with two
Appendixes and Corrections. Royal 8vo, pp. xlviii. and 892, cloth. £2, 23.
DANA.— A Text Book of Mineralogy. With an Extended Treatise on Crystallo-
graphy and Physical itlineralogy. By E. S. Dana, on the Plan and with the
Co-operation of Professor J. D. Dana. Third Edition, revised. Over 800 Wood-
cuts and 1 Coloured|Plate. 8vo, j^p. viü. and 486, cloth. 1879. 18s.
DANA.— Manual of Mineralogy and Lithology ; Containing the Elements of
the Science of Minerals and Rocks, for the Use of the Practical Mineralogist and
Geologist, and for Instruction in Schools and Colleges. By J. D. Dana. Third
Edition, rearranged and rewritten. Illustrated by numerous Woodcuts. Crown
8vo, pp. vüi. and 474, cloth. 1879. 7s. 6d.
DATES AND Data Relating to Religious Anthropology and Biblical Archíe-
OLOGY. (Primieval Period.) 8vo, pp. viii. and 106, cloth. 1876. 5s.
DAUDET. —Letters from my Mill. From the French of Alphonse Daudet, by
Mary Corey. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 160. 1880. Cloth, 3s.; boards, 2s.
Published by TrUbner <& Co. 17
DAVIDS. —Buddhist Birth Stories. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
DA VIES. —Hindu Philosophy. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
-DAVIS.— ISTarrative of the North Polar Expedition, U.S. Ship Polaris, Cap-
tain Charles Francis Hall Commanding. Edited under tlie direction of the Hon.
G. M. Kobeson, Secretary of the Navy, by Rear- Admiral C. H. Davis, U.S.N.
Third Edition. "With numerous Steel and Wood Engravings, Photolithographs,
and Maps. 4to, pp. 696, cloth. 1881. £1, 8s.
DAY.— The Prehistoric Use of Iron and Steel; with Observations on certain
matter ancillary thereto. By St. John V. Day, C.E., F.R.S.E., &c. 8vo, pp.
xxiv. and 278, cloth. 1877. 12s.
DE FLANDRE. — MoNOGRABis OF Three or More Letters, Designed and Drawn
on Stone. By C. De Flandre, F.S.A. Scot., Edinburgh. With Indices, showing
the place and style or period of every Monogram, and of each individual Letter.
4to, 42 Plates, cloth. 1880. Large paper, £7, 7s. ; small paper, £3, 3s.
DELEPIERRE.— Histoire Ijtteraire DES Fous. Par Octave Delepierre. Crown
8vo, pp. 184, cloth. 1860. 5s.
DELEPIERRE.— Macaronean A Andra ; overum Nouveaux Melanges de Litterature
Macaronique. Par Octave Delepierre. Small 4to, pp. 180, printed by Whitting-
iiam, and handsomely bound in the Roxburghe style. 1862. 10s. 6d.
DELEPIERRE. — Analyse des Travaux de la Societe des Philobiblon de Lon-
DRES. Par Octave Delepierre. Small 4to, pp. viii. and 134, bound in the Rox-
burghe style. 1862. 10s. 6d.
DELEPIERRE.— Revue Analytique des Ouvrages Écrits en Centons, depuis les
Temps Anciens, jusqu'au xixi^me giecle. Par un Bibliophile Beige. Small 4to,
pp. 508, stiff covers. 1868. £1, 10s.
DELEPIERRE.— Tableau de la Litterature du Centon, chez les Anciens et chez
les Modernes. Par Octave Delepierre. 2 vols, small 4to, pp. 324 and 318.
Paper cover. 1875. £1, Is.
DELEPIERRE.— L'Enfer: Essai Philosophique et Historique sur les Légendes de
la Vie Future. Par Octave Delepierre. Crown 8vo, pp. 160, paper wrapper.
1876. 6s. Only 250 copies printed.
DENNYS.— A Handbook of the Canton Vernacular op the Chinese Language.
Being a Series of Introductory Lessons for Domestic and Business Purposes. By
N. B. Dennys, M.R.A.S., &c. Royal 8vo, pp. iv. and 228, cloth. 1874. 30s.
DENNYS,— A Handbook of Malay Colloquial, as spoken in Singapore, being a
Series of Introductory Lessons for Domestic and Business Purposes. By N. B.
Dennys, Ph. D. , F. R. G. S. , M. R. A. S. Impl. 8vo, pp. vi. and 204, cloth. 1878. 21s .
DENNYS,— The Folk-Lore op China, and its Affinities with that op the
Aryan and Semitic Races. By N. B. Dennys, Ph.D., F.R.G.S., M.R.A.S.
8vo, pp. 166, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d.
DE VALDES.-See Valdes.
DE VERE.— Studies in English ; or. Glimpses of the Inner Life of our Language.
By M. Scheie de Vere, LL.D. 8vo, pp. vi. and 365, cloth. 1867. 10s. 6d.
B
18 A Catalogue of Important Works,
DE VERE.— Americanisms : The English of the New World. By M. Scheie de
Vere, LL.D. 8vo, pp. 685, cloth. 1872. 20s.
DE VINNE.— The Invention of Printing: A Collection of Texts and Opinions.
Description of Early Prints and Playing Cards, the Block-Books of the Fifteenth
Century, the Legend of Lourens Janszoon Coster of Haarlem, and the Works of
John Gutenberg and his Associates, Illustrated with Fac-similes of Early Types
and Woodcuts, By Theo. L, De Vinne. Second Edition. In royal 8vo, elegantly
printed, and bound in cloth, with embossed portraits, and a multitude of Fac-
similes and Illustrations. 1877. £1, Is.
DEWEY. — Classification and Subject Index for cataloguing and arranging the
books and pamphlets of a Library. By Melvil Dewey. 8vo, pp. 42, boards.
1876. 5s.
DICKSON, — Who WAS Scotland's first Printer? Ane Compendious and breue
Tractate, in Commendation of Androw Myllar, Compylit be Robert Dickson,
F,S,A. Scot. Fcap. 8vo, pp, 24, parchment wrapper. 1881. Is.
DOBSON.— Monograph of the Asiatic Chiroptera, and Catalogue of the Species
of Bats in the Collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, By G-. E, Dobson,
M.A., M.B,, F.L.S., &c. 8vo, pp. vüi. and 228, cloth, 1876. 12s,
D'ORSEY.— A Practical Grammar of Portuguese and English, exhibiting in a
Series of Exercises, in Double Translation, the Idiomatic Structure of both Lan-
guages, as now written and spoken. Adapted to Ollendorff's System by the Rev.
Alexander J, D. D'Orsey, of Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, and Lecturer on
Public Reading and Speaking at King's College, London. Third Edition. 12rao,
pp. vüi. and 298, cloth. 1868. 7s.
D'ORSEY. — Colloquial Portuguese ; or. Words and Phrases of Every-day Life.
Compiled from Dictation and Conversation. For the Use of English Tourists in
Portugal, Brazil, Madeira, &c. By the Rev, A. J. D. D'Orsey. Third Edition,
enlarged. 12mo, pp. viii. and 126, cloth. 1868. 3s. 6d.
DOUGLAS.— Chinese-English Dictionary of the Vernacular or Spoken Lan-
guage of Amoy, with the principal variations of the Chang-Chew and Chin-
Chew Dialects. By the Rev. Carstairs Douglas, M.A., LL.D., Glasg., Missionary
of the Presbyterian Church in England. High quarto, double columns, pp. 632,
cloth. 1873. £3, 3s.
DOUGLAS. — Chinese Language and Literature. Two Lectures delivered at the
Royal Institution, by R. K. Douglas, of the British Museum, and Professor of
Chinese at King's College. Crown 8vo, pp. 118, cloth. 1875. 5s.
DOUGLAS. — The Life of Jenghiz Khan. Translated from the Chinese. With an
Introduction. By Robert K. Douglas, of the British Museum, and Professor of
Chinese at King's College. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxvi. and 106, cloth. 1877. 5s.
DOUSE.— Grimm's Law. A Study ; or, Hints towards an Explanation of the so-
called " Lautverschiebung ;" to which are added some Remarks on the Primitive
Indo-European K, and several Appendices. By T. Le Marchant Douse. 8vo,
pp. xvi. and 232, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d.
DOWSON.— Dictionary of Hindu Mythology, &c. See Trübner's Oriental
Series.
DOWSON,— A Grammar of the Urdu or Hindustan! Language. By John Dow-
son, M.R.A.S., Professor of Hindustani, Staff CoUege, Sandhurst. Crown 8vo,
pp. xvi. and 264, with 8 Plates, cloth. 1872. 10s. 6d.
Fublished hy Trühner & Co. 19
DOWSON.— A Hindustani Exercise Book; containing a Series of Passages and
Extracts adapted for Translation into Hindustani. By John Dowson, M.R.A.S.,
Professor of Hindustani, Staff College, Sandhurst. Crown 8vo, pi^. 100, limp
cloth. 1872. 2s. 6d.
DUNCAN. — Geography of India, comprising a Descriptive Outline of all India,
and a Detailed Geographical, Commercial, Social, and Political Account of each
of its Provinces. With Historical Notes. By George Duncan. Tenth Edition
(Revised and Corrected to date from the latest Official Information). 18mo, pp.
viii. and 182, limp cloth. 1880. Is. 6d.
DUSAR.— A Grammar of the German Language ; with Exercises. By P. Friedrich
Dusar, First German Master in the Military Department of Cheltenham College.
Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 208, cloth. 1879. 4s. 6d.
EARLY ENGLISH TEXT SOCIETY.— Subscription, one guinea per annum. Extra
Series. Subscriptions — Small paper, one guinea; large jjaper, two guineas, per
annum. List of publications on application.
EASTWICK. — Khirad Aproz (the Illuminator of the Understanding). By Maulavi
Hafizu'd-din. A New Edition of the Hindustani Text, carefully revised, with
Notes, Critical and Explanatory. By Edward B. Eastwick, F.R.S., F.S.A.,
M.R.A.S., Professor of Hindustani at Haileybury College. Imperial 8vo, pp.
xiv. and 319, cloth. Reissue, 1867. 18s.
EASTWICK.— The Gulistan. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
ECHO (Deutsches). The German Echo. A Faithful Mirror of German Conver-
sation. By Ludwig Wolfram. With a Vocabulary. By Henry P. Skelton.
Post 8vo, pp. 130 and 70, cloth. 1863. 3s.
ECHO FRAN^AIS. A Practical Guide to Conversation. By Fr. de la Fruston.
With a complete Vocabulary. By Anthony Maw Border. Post 8vo, pp. 120 and
72, cloth. 1860. 3s.
ECO ITALIANO (L'). A Practical Guide to Italian Conversation. By Eugene
Camerini. With a complete Vocabulary. By Henry P. Skeltpn. Post Svo, pp.
vi., 128, and 98, cloth. 1860. 4s. 6d.
ECO DE MADRID. The Echo of Madrid. A Practical Guide to Spanish Con-
versation. By J. E. Hartzenbusch and Henry Lemming. With a complete
Vocabulary, containing copious Explanatory Remarks. By Henry Lemming.
Post 8vo, pp. xii., 144, and 83, cloth. 1860. 5s,
EDDA S^MUNDAR HiNNS Froda. The Edda of Ssemund the Learned. Translated
from the Old Norse, by Benjamin Thorpe. Complete in 1 vol. fcap. 8vo, pp. viii.
and 152, and pp. viii. and 170, cloth. 1866. 7s. 6d.
EDKINS.— China's Place in Philology. An attempt to show that the Languages
of Europe and Asia have a common origin. By the Rev. Joseph Edkins. Crown
8vo, pp. xxiii. and 403, cloth. 1871. 10s. 6d.
EDKINS.— Introduction to the Study of the Chinese Characters. By J. Edkins,
D.D., Peking, China. Royal 8vo, pp. 340, paper boards. 1876. 18s.
EDKINS.— Religion in China. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library,
Vol. XIII.
EDKINS.— Chinese Buddhism. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
20 A Catalogue of Important Works,
EDWARDS.— Memoirs of Libraries, together witli a Practical Handbook of Library
Economy. By Edward Edwards. Numerous Illustrations. 2vols. rovalSvo, cloth.
Vol. i. pp. xxviii. and 841 ; Vol. ii. pp. xxxvi. and 1104. 1859. £2, 83.
Ditto, large paper, imperial 8vo, cloth. £4, 4s.
EDWARDS. —Chapters of the Biographical History of the French Academy.
1629-1863. AVith an Appendix relating to the Unpublished Chronicle " Liber de
Hyda." By Edward Edwards. 8vo, pp. 180, cloth. 1864. 6s.
Ditto, large paper, royal 8vo. 10s. 6d.
EDWARDS.— Libraries and Founders of Libraries. By Edward Edwards. 8vo,
pp. xix. and 506, cloth. 1865. 18s.
Ditto, large paper, imperial 8vo, cloth. £1, 10s.
EDWARDS.— Free Town Libraries, their Formation, Management, and History in
Britain, France, Germany, and America. Together with Brief Notices of Book
Collectors, and of the respective Places of Deposit of their Surviving Collections.
By Edward Edwards. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 634, cloth. 1869. 21s.
EDWARDS, — Livt:s of the Founders of the British Museum, with Notices of its
Chief Augmentors and other Benefactors. 1570-1870. By Edward Edwards.
With Illustrations and Plans. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. xii. and 780, cloth. 1870. 30s.
EDWARDES.— See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. XVII.
EGER AND GRIME.— An Early English Romance. Edited from Bishop Percy's
Folio Manuscripts, about 1650 a.d. By John W. Hales, M.A., Fellow and late
Assistant Tutor of Christ's College, Cambridge, and Frederick J. Furnivall, M.A.,
of Trinity Hall, Cambridge. 4to, large paper, half bound, Roxburghe style, pp.
64. 1867. 10s. 6d.
EGGELING.— See Auctores Sanskrit:, Vol. !V.
EGYPTIAN GENERAL STAFF PUBLICATIONS :-
Provinces of the Equator: Summary of Letters and Reports of the Governor-
General, Part 1. 1874. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 90, stitched, with Map.
1877. 5s.
General Report on the Province of Kordofan. Submitted to General C. P.
Stone, Chief of the General Staff Egyptian Army. By Major H. G. Prout,
Corps of Enginers, Commanding Expedition of Reconnaissance. Made at E1-
Obeiyad (Kordofan), March 12th, 1876. Royal 8vo, pp. 232, stitched, with
6 Maps. 1877. 10s. 6d.
Report on the Seizure by the Abyssinians of the Geological and Mineralo-
gical Reconnaissance Expedition attached to the General Staff of the Egyptian
Army. By L. H. Mitchell, Chief of the Expedition. Containing an Account
of the subsequent Treatment of the Prisoners and Final Release of the Com-
mander. Royal 8vo, pp. xii. and 126, stitched, with a Map. 1878. 7s. 6d.
EGYPTIAN CALENDAR for the year 1295 a.h. (1878 a.d,) : Corresponding with the
years 1594, 1595 of the Koptic Era. 8vo, pp. 98, sewed. 1878. 2s. 6d.
EHRLICH.— French Reader : With Notes and Vocabulary. By H. W. Ehrlich.
12mo, pp. viii. and 125, limp cloth. 1877. Is. 6d.
EITEL. — Buddhism : Its Historical, Theoretical, and Popular Aspects. In Three
Lectures. By E. J. Eitel, M.A., Ph.D. Second Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. 130.
1873. 5s.
EITEL. — Feng-Shui ; or. The Rudiments of Natural Science in China. By E, J.
Eitel, M.A., Ph.D. Royal Svo, pp. vi. and 84, sewed. 1873. 6s.
Published by Trilhner dt Co. 21
EITEL,— Handbook for the Student of Chinese Buddhism. By the Rev. E. J.
Eitel, of the London Missionary Society. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 224, cloth.
1870. 18s.
ELLIOT.— Memoirs on the History, Folk-Lore, and Distribution op the Races
OF the North-Western Provinces of India. By the late Sir Henry M. Elliot,
K.C.B. Edited, revised, and rearranged by John Beames, M.R.A.S., &c., &c. In
2 vols, demy 8vo, pp. xx. , 370, and 396, with 3 large coloured folding Maps, cloth.
1869. £1, 16s.
ELLIOT.— The History of India, as told by its own Historians. The Muhammadan
Period. Edited from the Posthumous Papers of the late Sir H. M. Elliot, K.C.B.,
East India Company's Bengal Civil Service, Revised and continued by Professor
John Dowson, M.R.A.S., Staff College, Sandhurst. 8vo. Vol. I. o.p.— Vol. II.,
pp. X. and 580, cloth. 18s.— Vol. III., pp. xii. and 627, cloth. 24s.— Vol. IV.,
pp. xii. and 564, cloth. 1872. 21s.— Vol. V., pp. x. and 576, cloth. 1873.
21s.— Vol. VI., pp. viii. 574, cloth. 21s.— Vol. VII., pp. viii. -574. 1877. 21s.
Vol. VIII., pp. XXXÍÍ.-444. With Biogtaphical, Geographical, and General
Index. 1877. 24s.
ELLIS.— Etruscan Numerals. By Robert Ellis, B.D,, late Fellow of St. John's
College, Cambridge. 8vo, pp. 52, sewed. 1876. 2s. 6d.
ENGLISH DIALECT SOCIETY.— Subscription, 10s. 6d. per annum. List of publica-
tions on application.
ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY (THE).
Post 8vo, cloth, uniformly bound.
I. to III. — A History of Materialism, and Criticism of its present Importance.
By Professor F. A. Lange. Authorised Translation from the German
by Ernest C. Thomas. In three volumes. Vol. I. Second Edition,
pp. 350. 1878. 10s. 6d.— Vol. II., pp. viii. and 398. 1880, 10s. 6d.
—Vol. IIL, pp. viii. and 376. 1881. 10s. 6d.
IV. — Natural Law : an Essay in Ethics. By Edith Simcox. Second
Edition. Pp. 366. 1878. 10s. 6d.
V. and VI. — The Creed of Christendom ; its Foundations contrasted with Super-
structure. By W. R, Greg. Sixth Edition, with a New Introduction.
• In two volumes, pp. 280 and 290. 1879. 15s.
VII.— Outlines of the History of Religion to the Spread op the
Universal Religions. By Prof. C. P. Tiele. Translated from
the Dutch by J. Estlin Carpenter, M.A., with the author's assist-
ance. Second Edition. Pp. xx. and 250. 1880. 7s. 6d.
VIII. — Religion in China; containing a brief Account of the Three Religions
of the Chinese; with Observations on the Prospects of Christian
Conversion amongst that People. By Joseph Edkins, D.D., Peking.
Second Edition. Pp. xvi. and 260. 1878. 7s. 6d.
IX.— A Candid Examination op Theism. By Physicus. Pp. 216.
1878. 7s. 6d.
X. — The Colour-Sense ; its Origin and Development ; an Essay in Com-
parative Psychology. By Grant Allen, B.A., author of " Phy-
siological esthetics." Pp. xii. and 282. 1879. 10s. 6d.
XL— The Philosophy of Music ; being the substance of a Course of
Lectures delivered at tlie Royal Institution of Great Britain in
February and March 1877. By William Pole, F.R.S., F.R.S.E.,
Mus. Doc.,Oxon. Pp.336. 1879. 10s. 6d.
XII.— Contributions to the History of the Development of the Human
Race : Lectures and Dissertations, by Lazarus Geiger. Translated
from the Second Gei'man Edition, by David Asher, Ph.D. Pp.
X. and 156. 1880. 6s.
22 A Catalogue of Important Works,
ENGLISH AND FOREIGN PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRAHY— continued.
XIII.— Dr. Appleton : his Life and Literary Eelics. By J. H. Appleton,
M.A., and A. H. Sayce, M.A. Pp. 350. 1881. 10s. 6d.
XIV.— Edgar Quinet: His Early Life and Writings. By Eichard Heath.
AVith Portraits, Illustrations, and an Autograph Letter. Pp. xxiii.
and 370. 1881. 12s. 6d.
XV.— The Essence OF Christianity. By Ludwig Feuerbach. Translated
from the Second German Edition by Marian Evans, translator of
Strauss's " Life of Jesus," Second English Edition. Pp. xx. and
340. 1881. 7s. 6d.
XVI.— AuGUSTE COMTE AND POSITIVISM. By the late John Stuart Mill,
M.P. Third Edition. 8vo, pp. 200. 1882. 3s. 6d.
XVII. — Essays and Dialogues of Giacomo Leopaedi. Translated by
Charles Edwardes. With Biographical Sketch. Pp. xliv. and 216.
1882. 7s. 6d.
XVIII.— Religion and Philosophy in Germany: A Fragment. By Hein-
rich Heine. Translated by J. Snodgrass. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and
178, cloth, 1882. 6s.
Extra Series.
I. and II. — Lessing : His Life and Writings. By James Sime, M.A. Second
Edition. 2 vols., pp. xxii. and 328, and xvi. and 358, with por-
traits. 1879. 21s.
III.— An Account of the Polynesian Eace: its Origin and Mgrations,
and the Ancient History of the Hawaiian People to the Times of
Kamehameha I. By Abraham Fornander, Circuit Judge of the
Island of Maui, H.I. Vol. I., pp. xvi. and 248. 1877. 7s. 6d.
IV. and v.— Oriental Religions, and their Relation to Universal Religion —
India. By Samuel Johnson. In 2 vols., pp. viii. and 408; viii.
and 402. 1879. 21s.
VI.— An Account of the Polynesian Race : its Origin and Migration,
and the Ancient History of the Hawaiian People to the Times of
Kamehameha I. By Abraham Fornander, Circuit Judge of the
Island of Maui, H.I. Vol. IL, pp. viu. and 400, cloth. 1880. 10s. 6d.
ETHERINGTON.— The Student s Grammar of the Hindí Language. By the Rev.
W. Etherington, Missionary, Benares. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv.,
255, and xiii. , cloth. 1873. 12s.
EYTON. —Domesday Studies : An Analysis and Digest of the Staffordshire
Survey. Treating of the Method of Domesday in its Relation to Staffordshire,
&c., with Tables, Notes, &c. By the Rev. Robert W. Eyton, late Rector of
Ryton, Salop. 4to, pp. vii. and 135, cloth. 1881. £1, Is.
FABER.— The Mind of Mencius. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
FALKE.— Art in the House. Historical, Critical, and JEsthetical Studies on the
Decoration and Furnishing of the Dwelling. By Jacob von Falke, Vice-Director
of the Austrian Museum of Art and Industry at Vienna. Translated from the Ger-
man. Edited, with Notes, by Charles C. Perkins, M.A. Royal 8vo, pp. xxx.
356, cloth. With Coloured Frontispiece, 60 Plates, and over 150 Illustrations in
the Text. 1878. £3.
FARLEY.— Egypt, Cyprus, and Asiatic Turkey. By J. Lewis Farley, author of
"The Resources of Turkey," &c. Svo, pp. xvi. and 270, cloth gilt. 1878.
10s. 6d.
FEATHERMAN.— The Social History of the Races of Mankind. Vol. V.
The Aram^ans. By A. Featherman. Demy 8vo. pp. xvii. and 664, cloth.
1881. £1, Is.
Published by Trübner é Co. 23
FENTON.— Early Hebrew Life: a Study in Sociology. By John Fenton. 8vo,
pp. xxiv. and 102, cloth. 1880. 5s.
FERGUSON AND BURGESS.— The Cave Temples of India. By James Ferguson,
D.C.L., F.R.S., and James Burgess, F.R.G.S. Impl. 8vo, pp. xx. and 536, with
98 Plates, half bound. 1880. £2, 2s.
FER6USS0N.— Chinese Eesearches. First Part. Chinese Chronology and
Cycles. By Thomas Fergusson, Member of the North China Branch of the
lioyal Asiatic Society. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 274, sewed. 1881. 10s. 6d.
FEUERBACH,— The Essence of Christianity. By Ludwig Feuerbach. Translated
from the Second German Edition by Marian Evans, translator of Strauss's " Life
of Jesus." Second English Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 340, cloth. 1881.
7s. 6d.
FICHTE.— J. G. Fichte's Popular Works : The Nature of the Scholar— The Voca-
tion of Man — The Doctrine of Religion. With a Memoir by William Smith, LL.D.
Demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 564, cloth. 1873. 15s.
FICHTE.— The Characteristics of the Present Age. By Johann Gottlieb Fichte.
Translated from the German by William Smith. Post 8vo, pp. xi. and 271, cloth.
1847. 6s.
FICHTE.— Memoir of Johann Gottlieb Fichte. Bv William Smith. Second
Edition. Post 8vo, pp. 168, cloth. 1848. 4s.
FICHTE.— On the Nature of the Scholar, and its Manifestations. By Johann
Gottlieb Fichte. Translated from the German by AVilliam Smith. Second Edi-
tion. Post 8vo, pp. vii. and 131, cloth. 1848. 3s.
FICHTE.— The Science of Knowledge. By J. G. Fichte. Translated from the
German by A. E. Kroeger. Crown 8vo, pp. 378, cloth. 1868. 10s.
FICHTE.— The Science of Rights. By J. G. Fichte. Translated from the German
by A. E. Kroeger. Crown 8vo, pp. 506, cloth. 1869. 10s.
FICHTE.— New Exposition of the Science of Knowledge. By J. G. Fichte.
Translated from the German by A. E. Kroeger. 8vo, pp. vi. and 182, cloth. 1869. 68.
FIELD.— Outlines of an International Code. By David Dudley Field. Second
Edition. Royal 8vo, pp. iii. and 712, sheep. 1876. £2, 2s.
FIGANIERE.— Elva : A Story of the Dark Ages. By Viscount de Figaniére, G.C.
St. Anne, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 194, cloth. 1878. 5s.
FISCHEL.— Specimens OF Modern German Prose and Poetry; with Notes,
Grammatical, Historical, and Idiomatical. To which is added a Short Sketch of
the History of German Literature. By Dr. M. M. Fischel, formerly of Queen's
College, Harley Street, and late German Master to the Stockwell Grammar School.
Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 280, cloth. 1880. 4s.
FISKE.— The Unseen World, and other Essays. By John Fiske, M.A., LL.B.
Crown 8vo, pp. 350. 1876. 10s.
FISKE.— Myths and Myth-Makers; Old Tales and Superstitions, interpreted by
Comparative Mythology. By John Fiske, M.A., LL.B., Assistant Librarian, and
late Lecturer on Philosophy at Harvard University. Crown 8vo, pp. 260, cloth.
1873. 10s. 6d.
FITZGERALD.— Australian Orchids. By R. D. Fitzgerald, F.L.S. Folio.— Part I.
7 Plates.— Part IL 10 Plates.— Part III. 10 Plates.— Part IV. 10 Plates.—
Part V. 10 Plates.— Part VI. 10 Plates. Each Part, Coloured 21s.; Plain, 10s. 6d.
24 A Catalogue of Important Works,
FITZGERALD.— An Essay on the Philosophy of Self-Consciousness. Com-
]>iising an Analysis of Reason and the Rationale of Love. By P. F. Fitzgerald.
Demy 8vo, pp. xvi. and 196, cloth. 1882. 5s.
FORJETT.— External Evidences OF Christianity. By E. H. Forjett. 8vo, pp.
114, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d.
FORNANDER.— The Polynesian Race. See English and Foreign Philosophical
Library, Extra Series, Vols. III. and VI.
FORSTER. — Political Presentments. — By "William Forster, Agent-General for
New South Wales. Crown 8vo, pp. 122, cloth. 1878. 4s. 6d.
FOULKES,— The Daya Bhaga, the Law of Inheritance of the Sarasvati Vilasa.
The Original Sanskrit Text, with Translation by the Rev. Thos. Foulkes, F.L.S.,
M.R.A.S., F.R.G.S., Fellow of the University of Madras, &c. Demy 8vo, pp.
xxvi. and 194-162, cloth. 1881. 10s. 6d.
FOX.— Memorial Edition op Collected Works, by W. J. Fox. 12 vols. 8vo,
cloth. £3.
FRANKLYN,— Outlines of Military Law, and the Laws of Evidence. By H. B.
Franklyn, LL.B. Crown 16mo, pp. viii. and 152, cloth. 1874. 3s. 6d.
FRIEDRICH. — Progressive German Reader, with Copious Notes to the First Part.
By P. Friedrich. Crown 8vo, pp. 166, cloth. 1868. 4s. 6d.
FRIEDRICH.— A Grammatical Course op the German Language. By P. Fried-
rich. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 102, cloth. 1877. 3s. 6d.
FRIEDRICH.— A Grammar op the German Language, with Exercises. See
under DusAR.
FRIEDERICI.— Bibliotheca Orientális, or a Complete List of Books, Papers,
Serials, and Essays, jjublished in England and the Colonies, Germany and
France ; on the History, Geography, Religions, Antiquities, Literature, and
Languages of the East. Compiled by Charles Friederici. 8vo, boards. 1876,
pp. 86, 2s. 6d. 1877, pp. 100, 3s. 1878, pp. 112, 3s. 6d. 1879, 3s. 1880, 3s.
FRCEMBLING.— Gradated German Reader. Consisting of a Selection from the
most Popular Writers, arranged progressively ; with a complete Vocabulary for
the first part. By Friedrich Otto Froembling. Sixth Edition. 12mo, pp. viii. and
306, cloth. 1879. 3s. 6d.
FRCEMBLING.- Graduated Exercises for Translation into German. Consist-
ing of Extracts from the best English Authors, arranged progressively ; with an
Appendix, containing Idiomatic Notes. By Friedrich Otto Frcembling, Ph.D.,
Principal German Master at the City of London School. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv, and
322, cloth. With Notes, pp. 66. 1867. 4s. 6d. Without Notes, 4s.
FROUDE.— The Book of Job. By J. A. Froude, M.A., late Fellow of Exeter Col-
lege, Oxford. Reprinted from the Westminster Revieio. 8vo, pp. 38, cloth. Is.
FRUSTON.— Echo Fran^ais. A Practical Guide to French Conversation. By F.
de la Fruston. With a Vocabulary. 12mo, pp. vi. and 192, cloth. 3s.
FRYER. —The Khyeng People of the Sandoway District, Arakan. By G. E.
Fryer, Major, M.S. C, Deputy Commissioner, Sando way. With 2 Plates. 8vo
pp. 44, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d.
FRYER.— PXli Studies. No. I. Analysis, and Páli Text of the Subodhálankara, or
Easy Rhetoric, by Sangharakkhita Thera. 8vo, pp. 35, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d.
PMished hy Trühner & Co. 25
FURNIVALL.— Education in Eakly England. Some Notes used as forewords to
a Collection of Treatises on "Manners and Meals in Olden Times," for the Early
English Text Society. By Frederick J. Furnivall, M. A. 8vo, pp. 4 and Ixxiv. ,
sewed. 1867. Is.
GALLOWAY.— A Treatise on Fuel. Scientific and Practical. By Kobert Gallo-
way, M.R.I. A., F.C.S., &c. With Illustrations. Post 8vo, pp. x. and 136,
cloth. 1880. 6s.
GALLOWAY.— Education : Scientific and Technical; or. How the Inductive
Sciences are Taught, and How they Ought to be Taught. By Robert Galloway,
M.R.I. A., F.C.S. 8vo, pp.[xvi. and 462, cloth. 1881. 10s. 6d.
GAMBLE. — A Manual of Indian Timbers : An Account of the Structure, Growth,
Distribution, and Qualities of Indian Woods. By J. C. Gamble, M.A., F.L.S.
8vo, pp. XXX. and 522, with a Map, cloth. 1881. 10s.
GARBE.- See Auctores Sanskriti, Vol. III.
GARFIELD.— The Life and Public Service of James A. Garfield, Twentieth
President of the United States. A Biographical Sketch. By Captain F. H. Mason,
late of the 42d Regiment, U.S.A. With a Preface by Bret Harte. Crown 8vo.
pp. vi. and 134, cloth. With Portrait. 1881. 2s. 6d.
GARRETT.— A Classical Dictionary of India : Illustrative of the Mythology,
Philosophy, Literature, Antiquities, Arts, Manners, Customs, kc, of the Hindus.
By John Garrett, Director of Public Instruction in Mysore. 8vo, pp. x. and 794,
cloth. With Supplement, pp. 160. 1871 and 1873. £1, 16s.
GAUTAMA.— The Institutes of. See Auctores Sanskriti, Vol. II.
GAZETTEER of the Central Provinces of India. Edited by Charles Grant,
Secretary to the Chief Commissioner of the Central Provinces. Second Edition.
With a very large folding Map of the Central Provinces of India. Demy 8vo, pp.
clvii. and 582, cloth. 1870. £1, 4s.
GEIGER. — A Peep at Mexico; Narrative of a Journey across the Republic from
the Pacific to the Gulf, in December 1873 and January 1874. By J. L. Geiger,
F.R.G.S. Demy 8vo, pp. 368, with Maps and 45 Original Photographs. Cloth,
24s.
GEIGER.— Contributions to the History of the Development of the Human
Race : Lectures and Dissertations, by Lazarus Geiger. Translated from the
Second German Edition, by David Asher, Ph.D. Post 8vo, pp. X.-1.56, cloth.
1880. 6s.
GELDART,— Faith and Freedom. Fourteen Sermons. By E. M. Geldart, M.A.
Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 168, cloth. 1881. 4s. 6d.
GEOLOGICAL MAGAZINE (The) : or, Monthly Journal of Geology. With
which is incorporated "The Geologist." Edited by Henry Woodward, LL.D.,
F.R.S., F.G.S., &c., of the British Museum. Assisted by Professor John Morris,
M.A.,F.G.S., &c., and Robert Etheridge, F.R.S., L. & E., F.G.S., &c., of the
Museum of Practical Geology. 8vo, cloth. 1866 to 1881. 20s. each.
GILES.— Chinese Sketches.— By Herbert A. Giles, of H.B.M.'s China Consular
Service. 8vo, pp. 204, cloth. 1875. 10s. 6d.
GILES.— A Dictionary of Colloquial Idioms in the Mandarin Dialect. By
Herbert A. Giles. 4to, pp. 65, half bound. 1873. 28s.
GILES.— Synoptical Studies IN Chinese Character. By Herbert A. Giles. 8vo,
pp. 118, half bound. 1874. 15s.
26 A Catalogue of Important Works,
GILES.— Chinese without a Teacher. Being a Collection of Easy and useful
Sentences in the Mandarin Dialect. "With a Vocabulary. By Herbert A. Giles.
12rao, pp. 60, half bound. 1872. 5s.
GILES.— The San Tzu Ching ; or, Three Character Classic ; and the Ch'Jen Tsu
Wen ; or, Thousand Character Essay. Metrically Translated by Herbert A. Giles.
12mo, pp. 28, lialf bound. 1873. 2s. 6d.
GLASS.— Advance Thought. By Charles E. Glass. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxvi. and 188,
cloth. 1876. 6s.
GOETHE'S Faust.— See ScooNES.
GOETHE'S Minor Poe-ms.— See Selss.
GOLDSTUCKER.— A Dictionary, Sanskrit and English, extended and improved
from the Second Edition of the Dictionary of Professor H. H. Wilson, with his
sanction and concurrence. Together with a Supplement, Grammatical Appen-
dices, and an Index, serving as a Sanskrit-English Vocabulary. By Theodore Gold-
stücker. Parts I. to VI. 4to, pp. 400. 1856-63. 6s. each.
GOLDSTUCKER. — See AucTORES Sanskriti, Vol. I.
GOOROO SIMPLE. Strange Surprising Adventures of the Venerable G. S. and his
Five Disciples, Noodle, Doodle, Wiseacre, Zany, and Foozle : adorned with Fifty
Illustrations, drawn on wood, by Alfred Crowquill. A companion Volume to
" Miinchhausen " and " Owlglass," based upon the famous Tamul tale of the Gooroo
Paramartan, and exhibiting, in the form of a skilfully-constructed consecutive
narrative, some of the finest specimens of Eastern wit and humour. Elegantly
printed on tinted paper, in crown 8vo, pp. 223, richly gilt ornamental cover, gilt
edges. 1861. 10s. 6d.
GOUGH.— The Sarva-Darsana-Samgraha. See Trtibner's Oriental Series.
GOVER. — The Folk-Songs op Southern India. By C. E. Gover, Madras. Con-
tents : Canarese Songs ; Badaga Songs ; Coorg Songs ; Tamil Songs ; The Cural ;
Malayalam Songs ; Telugu Songs. 8vo, pp. xxviii. and 300, cloth. 1872.
10s. 6d.
GRAY. — Darwinian A : Essays and Reviews pertaining to Darwinism. By Asa
Gray. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 396, cloth. 1877. 10s.
GRAY. -Natural Science and Religion: Two Lectures Delivered to the Theo-
logical School of Yale College. By Asa Gray. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, cloth. 1880. 5s.
GREEN.— Shakespeare and the Emblem- Writers : An Exposition of their Simi-
larities of Thought and Expression. Preceded by a View of the Emblem-Book
Literature down to A.D. 1616. By Henry Green, M.A. In one volume, pp. xvi.
572, profusely illustrated with Woodcuts and Photolith. Plates, elegantly bound
in cloth gilt, 1870. Large medium 8vo, £1, lis. 6d. ; large imperial 8vo. £2, 12s. 6d.
GREEN. — Andrea Alciati, and his Books of Emblems : A Biographical and Biblio-
graphical Study. By Henry Green, M.A. With Ornamental Title, Portraits,
and other Illustrations. Dedicated to Sir AYilliam Stirling-Maxwell, Bart., Rector
of the University of Edinburgh. Only 250 coj)ies printed. Demy 8vo, pp. 360,
handsomely bound. 1872. £1, Is.
GREENE.— A New Method of Learning to Read, Write, and Speak the
French Language ; or, First Lessons in French (Introductory to Ollendorff's
Larger Grammar). By G. W. Greene, Instructor in Modern Languages in Brown
University. Third Edition, enlarged and rewritten. Fcai). 8vo, pp. 248, cloth.
1869. 3s. 6d.
Published hy Trübner & Co. 27
GREG.— Truth versus Edification. By W. R. Greg. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 32, cloth.
1869. Is.
GREG.— Why ARE Women Redundant? By W. R. Greg. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 40, cloth.
1S69. Is.
GREG. — Literary and Social Judgments. By W. R. Greg. Fourth Edition,
considerably enlarged. 2 vols, crown 8vo, pp. 310 and 288, cloth. 1877. 15s.
GREG.— Mistaken Aims and Attainable Ideals of the Artisan Class. By W.
R. Greg. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 332, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d.
GREG.— Enigmas of Life. By W. R. Greg. Thirteenth Edition, with a postscript.
Contents : Realisable Ideals. Malthus Notwithstanding. Non-Survival of the
Fittest. Limits and Directions of Human Development. The Significance of Life.
De Profundis. Elsewhere. Appendix. Crown 8vo, lip. xxii. and 314, cloth.
1879. 10s. 6d.
GREG. —Political Problems for our Age and Country. By W. R. Greg. Con-
tents : I. Constitutional and Autocratic Statesmanship. II. England's Future
Attitude and Mission. III. Disposal of the Criminal Classes. IV. Recent
Change in the Character of English Crime. V. The Intrinsic Vice of Trade -
Unions. VI. Industrial and Co-operative Partnerships. VII. The Economic
Problem. VIII. Political Consistency. IX. The Parliamentary Career, X. The
Price we pay for Self-government. XI. Vestryism. XII. Direct v. Indirect
Taxation. XIII. The New Régime, and how to meet it. Demy 8vo, pp. 342,
cloth. 1870. 10s. 6d.
GREG.— The Great Duel : Its true Meaning and Issues. By W. R. Greg. Crown
8vo, pp. 96, cloth. 1871. 2s. 6d.
GREG. — The Creed of Christendom. See English and Foreign Philosophical
Library, Vols. V. and VI.
GREG.— Rocks Ahead ; or, The Warnings of Cassandra. By W. R. Greg. Second
Edition, with a Reply to Objectors. Crown 8vo, pp. xliv. and 236, cloth. 1874.
9s.
GREG.— Miscellaneous Essays. By W. R. Greg. Crown 8vo, pp. 260, cloth.
1881. 7s. 6d.
Contents :— Rocks Ahead and Harbours of Refuge. Foreign Policy of Great
Britain. The Echo of the Antipodes. A Grave Perplexity before us. Obli-
gations of the Soil. The Right Use of a Surplus. The Great Twin
Brothers : Louis Napoleon and Benjamin Disraeli. Is the Popular Judgment
in Politics more Just than that of the Higher Orders? Harriet Martineau.
Verify your Compass. The Prophetic Element in the Gospels. Mr. Frederick
Harrison on the Future Life. Can Truths be Apprehended which could
not have been discovered ?
GREG.— Interleaves in the Workday Prose of Twenty Years. By Percy Greg.
Fcap. 8vo, pp. 128, cloth. 1875. 2s. 6d.
GREG.— The Devil's Advocate. By Percy Greg, Author of " Interleaves." 2 vols,
post 8vo, pp. iv., 340, and 352, cloth. 1878. £1, Is.
GREG.— Across the Zodiac: The Story of a Wrecked Record. Deciphered,
Translated, and Edited by Percy Greg, Author of "The Devil's Advocate," ácc.
In 2 vols, crown 8vo, pp. vi.-296, and vi.-288, cloth. 1880. 21s.
28 A Catalogue of Important Works,
GRIFFIN.— The Rajas of the Punjab, Being the History of the Principal States
in the Punjab, and their Political Relations with the British Government. By
Lepel H. Griffin, Bengal Civil Service, Acting Secretary to the Government of the
Punjab, Author of "The Punjab Chiefs," &c. Second Edition. Royal 8vo,
pp. xvi. and 630, cloth. 1873. £1, Is.
GRIFFIN.— The World under Glass. By Frederick Griffin, Author of "The
Destiny of Man," "The Storm King," and other Poems. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 204,
cloth gilt. 1879. 3s. 6d.
GRIFFIS.— The Mik.U)o's Empire. Book I. History of Japan, from 660 B.C. to
1872 A.D. — Book II. Personal Experiences, Observations, and Studies in Japan,
1870-1874. By W. E. Griffis, A.M. 8vo, pp. 636, cloth. Illustrated. 1877.
20s.
GRIFFIS.— Japanese Fairy World. Stories from the Wonder-Lore of Japan. By
W. E. Griffis. Square 16mo, pp. viii. and 304, with 12 Plates. 1880. 7s. 6d.
GRIFFITH.— The Birth of the War God. See Trübner's Oriental Series.
GRIFFITH.— YusUF and Zulaikha. See Trübner's Oriental Series.
GRIFFITH.— Scenes from the Ramayana, Meghaduta, &c. Translated by Ralph
T. H. Griffith, M.A., Principal of the Benares College. Second Edition. Crown
Svo, pp. xviii. and 244, cloth. 1870. 6s.
Contents.— Preface— Ayodhya—Ravan Doomed— The Birth of Rama— The Heir-Apparent —
Wanthara's Guile— Dasaratha's Oath— The Step-mother— Mother and Son— The Triumph of
Love— Farewell ?— The Hermit's Son— The Trial of Truth— The Forest- The Rape of Sita—
Rama's Despair— The Messenger Cloud— Khumbakarna— The Suppliant Dove— True Glory —
Feed the Poor— The Wise Scholar.
GRIFFITH.— The RÍmIyan of VálmÍki. Translated into English Verse. By Ralph
T H. Griffith, M.A., Principal of the Benares College. Vol. I., containing Books
I. and II., demy 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 440, cloth. 1870. — Vol. 11. , containing
Book II., with additional Notes and Index of Names. Demy 8vo, pp. 504, cloth.
1871. —Vol. III., demy 8vo, pp. 390, cloth. 1872. —Vol. IV., demy
8vo, pp. viii, and 432, cloth. 1873. — Vol. V., demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 360,
cloth. 1875. The complete work, 5 vols. £7, 7s.
6R0TE.— Review of the Work of Mr. John Stuart Mill entitled "Examination of
Sir William Hamilton's Philosophy." By George Grote, Author of the " History
of Ancient Greece," " Plato, and the other Companions of Socrates," &c. 12mo,
pp. 112, cloth. 1868. 3s. 6d.
GROUT. —Zulu-Land ; or. Life among the Zulu-Kafirs of Natal and Zulu-Land,
South Africa. By the Rev. Lewis Grout. Crown 8vo, pj). 352, cloth. With
Map and Illustrations. 7s. 6d.
GROWSE.— Mathura : A District Memoir. By F. S. Growse, B.C.S., M.A., Oxon,
CLE., Fellow of the Calcutta University. Second edition, illustrated, revised,
and enlarged, 4to, pp. xxiv. and 520, boards. 1880. 42s.
GUBERNATIS.— Zoological Mythology ; or, The Legends of Animals. By Angelo
de Gubernatis, Piofessor of Sanskrit and Comparative Literature in the Instituto
di Studii Superorii e di Perfezionamento at Florence, &c. 2 vols. 8vo, pp. xxvi.
and 432, and vii. and 442, cloth. 1872. £1, 8s.
This work is an important contribution to the study of the comparative mythology of the Indo-
Germanic nations. The author introduces the denizens of the air, earth, and water in the vari-
ous characters assigned to them in the myths and legends of all civilised nations, and traces the
migration of the mythological ideas from the times of the early Aryans to those of the Greeks,
Romans, and Teutons.
Published by Trühner & Co. 29
GULSHAN I. RAZ : The Mystic Rose Gardex of Sa'd ud din Mahmud Shabis-
TARI. The Persian Text, with an English Translation and Notes, chiefly from the
Commentary of Muhammed Bin Yahya Lahiji. By E. H. Whinfield, M.A,, Bar-
rister-at-Law, late of H.M.B.C.S. 4to, pp. xvL, 94, 60, cloth. 1880. 10s. 6d.
GUMPACH.— Treaty Rights of the Foreign Merchant, and the Transit System
in China. By Johannes von Gumpach. 8vo, pp. xviii. and 421, sewed. 10s. 6d.
GUTHRIE.— On Mr. Spencer's Formula of Evolution as an Exhaustive State-
ment OF the Changes of the Universe. By Malcolm Guthrie. Post 8vo, pp.
xii. and 268, cloth. 1879. 6s. 6d.
GUTHRIE.— On Mr. Spencer's Unification of Knowledge. By Malcolm
Guthrie, Author of " On Mr. Spencer's Formula of Evolution as an Exhaustive
Statement of the Changes of the Universe." Crown 8vo. [In preparation.
HAAS.— Catalogue of Sanskrit and Pali Books in the British Museum. By
Dr. Ernst Haas. Printed by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.
4to, pp. viii. and 188, paper boards. 1876. 21s.
HAFIZ OF SHIRAZ.— Selections from his Poems. Translated from the Persian
by Hermann Bicknell. With Preface by A. S. Bicknell. Demy 4to, pp. xx. and
384, printed on fine stout plate-paper, with appropriate Oriental Bordering in gold
and colour, and Illustrations by J. R. Herbert, R. A. 1875. £2, 2s.
HAFIZ.— See Trlibner's Oriental Series.
HAGEN,— NORICA ; or, Tales from the Olden Time. Translated from the German of
August Hagen. Fcap. Svo, pp. xiv. and 374. 1850. 5s.
HAGGARD. — Cetywayo and his "White Neighbours ; or, Remarks on Recent
Events in Zululand, Natal, and the Transvaal. By H. R. Haggard. Crown 8vo,
pp. xvi. and 294, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d.
HAHN.— TsuNi- II GOAM, the Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi. By Theophilus
Hahn, Ph.D., Custodian of the Grey Collection, Cape Town, &c., &c. Post 8vo,
pp. xiv. and 154. 1882. 7s. 6d.
HALDEMAN. — Pennsylvania Dutch : A Dialect of South Germany with an Infusion
of English. By S. S. Haldeman, A.M., Professor of Comparative Philology in the
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. 8vo. pp. viii, and 70, cloth. 1872. 3s.
6d.
HALL.— On English Adjectives in -Able, with Special Reference to Reliable.
By FitzEdward Hall, C.E., M.A., Hon. D.C.L. Oxon ; formerly Professor of
Sanskrit Language and Literature, and of Indian Jurisprudence in King's College,
London. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 238, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.
HALL.— Modern English. By FitzEdward Hall, M. A., Hon. D.C.L. Oxon. Crown
8vo, pp. xvi. and 394, cloth. 1873. 10s. 6d.
HALL.— Sun and Earth as Great Forces in Chemistry. By T. W. Hall, M.D.
L.R.C.S.E. Crown 8 vo, pp. xii. and 220, cloth. 1874. 3s.
HALL.— Arctic Expedition. See Nourse.
HALLOCK.— The Sportsman's Gazetteer and General Guide. The Game
Animals, Birds, and Fishes of North America : their Habits and various methods
of Capture, &c., &c. With a Directory to the principal Game Resorts of the
Country. By Charles Hallock. Fourth Edition. Crown 8vo, cloth. Maps and
Portrait. 1878. 15s.
30 A Catalogue of Important Works,
HAM.— The Maid of Corinth. A Drama in Four Acts. By J. Pánton Ham.
Crown 8vo, pp. 65, sewed. 2s. 6d.
HARDY. — Christianity and Buddhism Compared. By the late Kev. R. Spence
Hardj^ Hon. Member Royal Asiatic Society. 8vo, pp. 138, sewed. 1875. 7s. 6d.
HARLEY.— The Simplification op English Spelling, specially adapted to the Ris-
ing Generation. An Easy Way of Saving Time in Writing, Printing, and Reading.
By Dr. George Harley, F.R.S., F.C.S. 8vo. pp. 128, cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d.
HARRISON.— The Meaning of History. Two Lectures delivered by Frederic
Harrison, M.A. 8vo, pp. 80, sewed. 1862. Is.
HARRISON.— Woman's Handiwork in Modern Homes. By Constance Gary
Harrison. With numerous Illustrations and Five Coloured Plates, from designs
by Samuel Colman, Rosina Emmet, George Gibson, and others. 8vo, pp. xii. and
242, cloth. 1881. 10s.
HARTING.— British Animals Extinct within Historic Times : with some Ac-
count of British Wild White Cattle. By J. E. Harting, F.L.S., F.Z.S. With
Illustrations by Wolf, Whymper, Sherwin, and others. Demy 8vo, pp. 256,
cloth. 1881. 14s. A few copies, large paper, 31s. 6d.
HARTZENBUSCH and LEMMING.— Eco de Madrid. A Practical Guide to Spanish
Conversation. By J. E. Hartzenbusch and H. Lemming. Second Edition. Post
8vo, pp. 250, cloth. 1870. 5s.
HASE.— Miracle Plays and Sacred Dramas : An Historical Survey. By Dr.
Kai'l Hase. Translated from the German by A. W. Jackson, and Edited by the
Rev. W. W. Jackson, Fellow of Exeter College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. 288.
1880. 9s.
HAUG.— Glossary and Index of the Pahlavi Texts of the Book of Arda Viraf,
the Tale of Gosht — J. Fryano, the Hadokht Nask, and to some extracts from the
Dinkard and Nirangistan ; prepared from Destur Hoshangji Jamaspji Asa's
Glossary to the Arda Viraf Namak, and from the Original Texts, with Notes on
Pahlavi Grammar by E. W. West, Ph.D. Revised by M. Haug, Ph.D., &c.
Published by order of the Bombav Government. 8vo, pp. viii. and 352, sewed.
1874. 25s.
HAUG.- The Sacred Language, &c. , op the Parsis. See Trübner's Oriental
Series.
HAUPT.— The London Arbitrageur; or, The English Money Market, in con-
nection with Foreign Bourses. A Collection of Notes and Formulae for the Arbi-
tration of Bills, Stocks, Shares, Bullion, and Coins, with all the Important
Foreign Countries. Bv Ottomar Haupt. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 196, cloth.
1870. 7s. 6d.
HAWKEN. — Upa-Sastra : Comments, Linguistic, Doctrinal, on Sacred and Mythic
Literature. By J. D. Hawken. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 288, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.
HAZEN.— The School and the Army in Germany and France, with a Diary of Siege
Life at Versailles. By Brevet Major-General W. B. Hazen, U.S.A., Col. 6th In-
fantry. 8vo, pp. 408, cloth. 1872. 10s. 6d.
HEATH.— Edgar Quinet. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol.
XIV.
HEBREW LITERATURE SOCIETY. -Subscription, one guinea per annum. List o
publications on application.
Fublished by Trilhner & Co. 31
HEBREW MIGRATION FROM EGYPT (The). 8vo, pp. xii. and 440, cloth. 1879.
16s.
HECKER.— The Epidemics of the Middle Ages. Translated by G. B. Babington,
M.D., F.R.S. Third Edition, completed by the Author's Treatise on Child-Pil-
grimages. By J. F. C. Hecker. 8vo, pp. 384, cloth. 1859. 9s. tíd.
Contents.— The Black Death — The Dancing Mania— The Sweating Sickness— Child Pil-
grimages.
HEDLEY.— Masterpieces of German Poetry. Translated in the Measure of the
Originals, by F. H. Hedley. With Illustrations by Louis "Wanke. Crown 8vo,
pp. viii. and 120, cloth. 1876. Gs.
HEINE.— Religion and Philosophy in Germany. See English and Foreign
Philosophical Library, Vol. XVIII.
HEINE.— Wit, Wisdom, and Pathos from the Prose of Heinrich Heine. With a
few pieces from the " Book of Songs." Selected and Translated by J. Snodgrass.
With Portrait. Crown 8vo, pp. xx. and 340, cloth. 1879. 7s. 6d.
HEINE. — Pictures of Travel. Translated from the German of Henry Heine, by
Charles G. Leland. 7th Revised Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 472, with Portrait,
cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d.
HEINE.— Heine's Book of Songs. Translated by Charles G. Leland. Fcap. 8vo,
pp. xiv. and 240, cloth, gilt edges. 1874. 7s. 6d.
HENDRIK.— Memoirs OF Hans Hendrik, the Arctic Traveller; serving under
Kane, Hayes, Hall, and Nares, 1853-76. Written by Himself. Translated from
the Eskimo Language, by Dr. Henry Rink. Edited by Prof. Dr. G. Stephens,
F.S.A. Crown 8vo, pp. 100, Map, cloth. 1878. 3s. 6d.
HENNELL.— Present Religion: As a Faith owning Fellowship with Thought.
Vol. I. Part I. By Sara S. Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 570, cloth. 1865. 7s. 6d.
HENNELL. —Present Religion : As a Faith owning Fellowship with Thought.
Part IT. First Division. Intellectual Effect : shown as a Princir)le of Metaphy-
.sical Comparativism. By Sara S. Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 618, cloth. 1873.
7s. 6d.
HENNELL.— Present Religion, Vol. III. Part II. Second Division. The Effect
of Present Religion on its Practical Side. By S. S. Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 68,
paper covers. 1882. 2s.
HENNELL. — Comparativism shown as Furnishing a Religious Basis to Morality.
(Present Religion. Vol. III. Part II. Second Division: Practical Effect. ) By
Sara S. Hennell. Crown 8vo, pp. 220, stitched in wrapper. 1878. 3s. 6d.
HENNELL.— Thoughts in Aid of Faith. Gathered chiefly from recent Works in
Theology and Philosophy. By Sara S. Hennell. Post 8vo, pp. 428, cloth. 1860. 6s.
HENWOOD.— The Metalliferous Deposits of Cornwall and Devon ; with Ap-
pendices on Subterranean Temperature ; the Electricity of Rocks and Veins ; the
Quantities of Water in the Cornish Mines ; and Mining Statistics. (Vol. V. of
the Transactions of the Royal Geographical Society of Cornwall.) By AVilliam
Jory Henwood, F.R.S., F.G.S. 8vo, pp. x. and 515; with 113 Tables, and 12
Plates, half bound. £2, 2s.
HENWOOD.— Observations on Metalliferous Deposits, and on Subterranean
Temperature. (Vol. VIII. of the Transactions of the Royal Geological Society
of Cornwall.) By William Jory Henwood, F.R.S., F.G.S., President of the
Royal Institution of Cornwall. In 2 Parts. 8vo, pp. xxx., vii. and 916 ; with
38 Tables, 31 Engravings on Wood, and 6 Plates. £1, 16s.
HEPBURN.— A Japanese and English Dictionary. With an English and Japanese
Index. By J. C. Hepburn, M.D., LL.D. Second Edition. Imperial 8vo, pp.
xxxii., 632, and 201, cloth. £8, 8s.
32 A Catalogue of Important Works,
HEPBURN,— Japanese-English and English-Japanese Dictionary. By J. C.
Hepburn, M.D., LL.D. Abridged by the Author. Square fcap., i^p. vi. and 536,
cloth. 1873. 18s.
HERNISZ.— A Guide to Conversation in the English and Chinese L^vnguages,
for the Use of Americans and Chinese in California and elsewhere. By Stanislas
Hernisz. Square 8vo, pp. 274, sewed. 1855. 10s. 6d.
HERSHON.— Talmudic Miscellany. See Trübner's Oriental Series.
EERZEN.— Du Developpement des Idees Revolutionnaires en Russie. Par
Alexander Herzen. 12mo, pp. xxiii. and 144, sewed. 1853. 2s. 6d.
HERZEN. — A separate list of A. Herzen's works in Russian may be had on
application.
HILL. — The History of the Reform Movement in the Dental Profession in Great
Britain during the last twenty years. By Alfred Hill, Licentiate in Dental Sur-
gery, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 400, cloth. 1877. 10s. 6d.
HILLEBRAND.— France and the French in the Second Half of the Nine-
teenth Century. By Karl Hillebrand. Translated from the Third German
Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 262, cloth. 1881. 10s. 6d.
HINDOO Mythology Popularly Treated. Being an Epitomised Description of
the various Heathen Deities illustrated on the Silver Swami Tea Service pre-
sented, as a memento of his visit to India, to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales, K.G.,
G.C.S.I., by His Highness the Gaekwar of Baroda. Small 4to, pp. 42, limp cloth.
1875. 3s. 6d.
HODGSON.— Essays on the Languages, Literature, and Religion of Nepal
and Tibet. Together with further Papers on the Geography, Ethnology, and
Commerce of those Countries. By B. H. Hodgson, late British Minister at the
Court of Nepál. Royal 8vo, cloth, pp. xii. and 276. 1874. 14s.
HODGSON. — Essays on Indian Subjects. See Triibnei-'s Oriental Series.
HODGSON.— The Education of Girls ; and the Employment of "Women of
the Upper Classes Educationally considered. Two Lectures. By W. B.
Hodgson, LL.D. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 114, cloth. 1869.
3s. 6d.
HODGSON.— Turcot : His Life, Times, and Opinions. Two Lectures. By W. B.
Hodgson, LL.D. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 83, sewed. 1870. 2s.
HOERNLE.— A Comparative Grammar of the Gaudian Languages, with Special
Reference to the Eastern Hindi. Accompanied by a Language Map, and a Table
of Alphabets. By A. F. Rudolf Hoernle. Demy 8vo, pp. 474, cloth. 1880. 18s.
HOLBEIN SOCIETY. — Subscription, one guinea per annum. List of publications
on application.
HOLMES-FORBES.— The Science of Beauty. An Analytical Inquiry into the
Laws of ^Esthetics. By Avary W. Holmes-Forbes, of Lincoln's Inn, Barrister-at-
Law. Post 8vo, cloth, pp. vi. and 200. 1881. 6s.
HOLST.— The Constitutional and Political History of the United States.
By Dr. H. von Hoist. Translated by J. J. Lalor and A. B. Mason. Royal 8vo.
Vol. I. 1750-1833. State Sovereignty and Slavery. Pp. xvi. and 506. 1876. 18s.
— Vol. 11. 1828-1846. Jackon's Administration— Annexation of Texas. Pp.
720. 1879. £1, 2s.— Vol. III. 1846-1850. Annexation of Texas -Compromise
of 1850. Pp. X. and 598. 1881. 18s.
Published by Triibner & Co. 33
HOLYOAKE.— The History OF Co-operation IN England : its Literature and its
Advocates. By G. J. Holyoake. Vol. I. The Pioneer Period, 1812-44. Crown
8vo, pp. xii. and 420, cloth. 1875. 6s.— Vol. II. The Constructive Period, 1845-
78. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 504, cloth. 1878. 8s.
HOLYOAKE.— The Trial of Theism accused of Obstructing Secular Life. By
G. J. Holyoake. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 256, cloth. 1877. 4s.
HOLYOAKE.— Seasoning from Facts : A Method of Everyday Logic. By G. J.
Holyoake. Fcap., pp. xii. and 94, wrapper. 1877. Is. 6d.
HOPKINS. — Elementary Grammar of the Turkish Language. With a few Easy
Exercises. By F. L. Hopkins, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Trinity Hall, Cam-
bridge. Crown 8vo, pp. 48, cloth. 1877. 3s. 6d.
HOWELLS.— Dr. Breen's Practice: A Novel. By W. D. Howells. English
Copyright Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 272, cloth. 1882. 6s.
HOWSE.— A Grammar op the Cree Language. With which is combined an
Analysis of the Chippeway Dialect. By Joseph Howse, F.K.G.S. 8vo, pp. xx.
and 324, cloth. 1865. 7s. 6d.
HÜLME.— Mathematical Drawing Instruments, and How to Use Them. By
F. Edward Hulme, F.L.S., F.S.A., Art-Master of. Marlborough College, Author of
"Principles of Ornamental Art," "Familiar Wild Flowers," "Suggestions on
Floral Design," &;c. With Illustrations. Second Edition. Imperial 16mo, pp.
xvi. and 152, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d.
HUMBERT.— On "Tenant Eight." By C. F. Humbert. 8vo, pp. 20, sewed.
1875. Is.
HUMBOLDT. — The Sphere and Duties of Government. Translated from the
German of Baron Wilhelm Von Humboldt by Joseph Coulthard, jun. Post 8vo,
pp. XV. and 203, cloth. 1854. 5s.
HUMBOLDT.— Letters of William Von Humboldt to a Female Friend. A com-
plete Edition. Translated from the Second German Edition by Catherine M. A.
Couper, with a Biograijhical Notice of the Writer. 2 vols, crown 8vo, pp. xxviii.
and 592, cloth. 1867. 10s.
HUNT. — The Religion of the Heart. A Manual of Faith and Duty. By Leigh
Hunt. Fcap. 8VO5 pp. xxiv. and 259, cloth. 2s. 6d.
HUNT.— Chemical and Geological Essays. By Professor T. Sterry Hunt.
Second Edition. 8vo, pp. xxii. and 448, cloth. 1879. 12s.
HUNTER.— A Comparative Dictionary of the Non- Aryan Languages of India
and High Asia. Withsa Dissertation, Political and Linguistic, on the Aboriginal
Kaces. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., M.R.A.S., Hon. FeL Ethnol. Soc, Author of
the " Annals of Rural Bengal," of H.M.'s Civil Service. Being a Lexicon of 144
Languages, illustrating Turanian Speech. Compiled from the Hodgson Lists,
Government Archives, and Original MSS., arranged with Prefaces and Indices in
Enslish, French, German, Russian, and Latin. Large 4to, toned paper, pp. 230,
cloth. 1869. 42s.
HUNTER.— The Indian Mussulmans. By W. W, Hunter, B.A., LL.D., Director-
General of Statistics to the Government of India, &c., Author of tlie " Annals of
Rural Bengal," &c. Third Edition. 8vo, pp. 219, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d.
HUNTER.— Famine Aspects of Bengal Districts. A System of Famine Warnings.
By W. W. Hunter, B.A., LL.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 216, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d.
0
34 A Catalogue of Important Works j^
HUNTER.— A Statistical Account of Bengal. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., LL.D.,
Director-General of Statistics to the Government of India, &c. In 20 vols. 8vo,
half morocco. 1877. £5.
HUNTER.— Catalogue op Sanskrit Manuscripts (Buddhist). Collected in Nepal
by B. H. Hodgson, late Kesident at the Court of Nepal. Compiled from Lists in
Calcutta, France, and Eugland, by W. W. Hunter, CLE., LL.D. 8vo, pp. 28,
paper. 1880. 2s.
HUNTER. —The Imperial Gazetteer of India. By W. W. Hun ter, C. I. E. , LL. D. ,
Director-General of Statistics to the Government of India. In Nine Volumes.
8vo, pp. xxxiii. and 544, 539, 567, xix. and 716, 509, 513, 555, 537, and xii. and
478, half morocco. With Maps. 1881. £3, 3s.
HUNTER.— The Indian Empire : Its History, People, and Products. By W. W.
Hunter, CLE., LL.D. Post 8vo, pp. 568, with Map, cloth. 1882. 16s.
HUNTER.— An Account of the British Settlement op Aden, in Arabia. Com-
piled by Capt. F. M. Hunter, Assistant PoKtical Resident, Aden. 8vo, pp. xii.
and 232, half bound. 1877. 7s. 6d.
HUNTER.— A Statistical Account of Assam. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., LL.D.,
CLE., Director-General of Statistics to the Government of India, &c. 2 vols,
8vo, pp. 420 and 490, with 2 Maps, ha morocco. 1879. 10s.
HURST.— History of Rationalism : embracing a Survey of the Present State of
Protestant Theology. By the Rev. John F. Hurst, A.M. With Appendix of
Literature. Revised and enlarged from the Third American Edition. Crown 8vo,
pp. xvii. and 525, cloth. 1867. 10s. 6d.
HYETT. —Prompt Remedies for Accidents and Poisons : Adapted to the use of
the Inexperienced till Medical aid arrives. By W. H. Hyett, F.R.S. A Broad-
sheet, to hang up in Country Schools or Vestries, Workshops, Offices of Factories,
Mines and Docks, on board Yachts, in Railway Stations, remote Shooting
Quarters, Highland Manses, and Private Houses, wherever the Doctor lives at a
distance. Sold for the benefit of the Gloucester Eye Institution. In sheets, 21ö
by 17h inches, 2s. 6d. ; mounted, 3s. 6d.
HYMANS.— Pupil Versus Teacher. Letters from a Teacher to a Teacher. Fcap.
8vo, pp. 92, cloth. 1875. 2s.
IHNE.— A Latin Grammar for Beginners. By W. H. Ihne, late Principal
of Carlton Terrace School, Liverpool. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 184, cloth.
1864. 3s.
IKHWÁNU-S SaFí( ; or. Brothers of Purity. Translated from the Hindustani by
Professor John Dowson, M.R.A.S., Staff College, Sandhurst. Crown Svo, pp.
viii. and 156, cloth. 1869. 7s.
INDIA.— Arch^ological Survey of Western India. See Burgess.
INDIA.— Publications of the Arch^ological Survey of India. A separate list
on application.
INDIA.— Publications op the Geogr.iphical Department op the India Office,
London. A separate list, also list of all the Government Maps, on applica-
tion.
INDIA.— Publications of the Geological Survey of India. A separate list on
application.
Published by Trübner á Co. 35
INDIA OFFICE PUBLICATIONS ;—
Aden, Statistical Account of. 5s.
Assam, do. do. Vols. I. and II. 5s. each.
Bengal, do. do. Vols. I. to XX. 100s. per set.
Do. do. do. Vols. VI. to XX. 5s. each.
Bombay Code. 21s.
Bombay Gazetteer. Vol. II. 14s.
Do. do. Vols. III. to VI. 8s. each.
« Burgess' Archaeological Survey of Western India. Vols. I. and III. 42s. each.
Do. do. do. Vol. II. 63s.
Burma (British) Gazetteer, 2 vols. 50s.
Catalogue of Manuscripts and Maps of Surveys, 12s.
Chambers' Meteorology (Bombay) and Atlas. SOs,
Cole's Agra and Muttra. 70s.
Cook's Gums and Resins. 5s.
Corpus Inscriptiouum Indicarum. Vol. I. 32s.
Cunningham's Archreological Survey. Vols. I. to XI. lOs. each. ;
Do. Stupa of Bharut. 63s.
Egerton's Catalogue of Indian Arms. 2s. 6d.
Ferguson and Burgess, Cave Temples of India. 42s.
Do, Tree and Serpent Worship. 105s.
Gamble, Manual of Indian Timbers. 10s.
Hunter's Imperial Gazetteer. 9 vols. 63s.
Kurz. Forest Flora of British Burma. Vols. I. and II. 15k. each.
Liotard's Materials for Paper. 2s. 6d.
Markham's Tibet. 21s.
Do. Memoir of Indian Surveys. 10s. 6d.
Do, Abstract of Beports of Surveys. Is. 6d.
Mitra (Eajendralala), Buddha Gay a. 60s.
Mysore and Coorg Gazetteer. Vols. I. and II. 10s. each.
Do. do. Vol. III. 5s.
N. W. P. Gazetteer. Vols. I. and II. 10s, each.
Do, do. Vols. III. to VI. 12s. each.
Oudh do. Vols. I. to III. 10s. each.
Pharmacopoeia of India, The. 6s.
People of India, The. Vols. I. to VIII. 45s. each.
Raverty's Notes on Afghanistan and Baluchistan. 2s.
Bajputana Gazetteer. 3 vols. 15s.
Saunders' Mountains and River Basins of India, 3s,
Sewell's Amaravati Tope. 3s.
Smith's (Biough) Gold Mining in Wynaad. Is.
Trigonometrical Survey, Synopsis of Great, Vols. I. to VI. 10s. 6d, each.
Trumpp's Adi Granth. 52s. 6d.
AVatson's Cotton for Trials. Boards, 10s. 6d. Paper, 10s.
Do. Rhea Fibre, 2s. 6d.
Do. Tobacco. 5s.
INDIAN GAZETTEER.— See Gazetteee.
INGLEBY.— See Shakespeake.
INMAN.— Nautical Tables. Designed for the use of British Seamen. By the Rev.
James Inman, D.D., late Professor at the Royal Naval College, Portsmouth.
Demy 8vo, pp. xvi. and 410, cloth. 1877. 15s.
INMAN.— History of the English Alphabet : A Paper read before the Liverpool
Literary and Philosophical Society. By T. luman. M.D. 8vo, pp. 36, sewed.
1872. Is.
36 A Catalogue of Important Works,
IN SEARCH OF TRUTH. Conversations on the Bible and Popular Theology, for
Young People. By A. M. Y. Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 138, cloth. 1875. 2s. 6d.
INTERNATIONAL Xumismata Orientalia (The).— Royal 4to, in paper wrapper.
Part I. Ancient Indian Weights. By E. Thomas, F.E.S. Pp.84, with a Plate and
Map of the India of Manu. 9s. 6d.— Part II. Coins of the TJrtuki Turkumáns.
By Stanley Lane Poole, Corpus Christi College, Oxford. Pp. 44, with 6 Plates.
9s. — Part III. The Coinage of Lydia and Persia, from the Earliest Times to the
Fall of the Dynasty of the Achremenidee. By Barclay V. Head, Assistant-Keeper
of Coins, British Museum. Pp. viii.-56, with 3 Autotype Plates. 10s. 6d. —
Part IV. The Coins of the Tuluni Dynasty. By Edward Thomas Rogers. Pp.
iv,-22, and 1 Plate. 5s. — Part V. The Parthian Coinage. By Percy Gardner,
M.A. Pp. ÍV.-66, and 8 Autotyiie Plates. 18s.— Part VI. The Ancient Coins
and Measures of Ceylon. By T. W. Rhys Davids. Pp. iv. and 60, and 1 Plate.
10s. — Vol. I., containing the first six parts, as specified above. Royal 4to, half
bound. £3, 13s. 6d.
Vol. II. Coins op the Jews. Being a History of the Jewish Coinage and Money
in the Old and New Testaments. By Frederick W. Madden, M.R.A.S., Member
of the Numismatic Society of London, Secretary of the Brighton College, &c.,
&c. With 279 woodcuts and a plate of alphabets. Royal 4to, pp. xii. and 330,
Sewed. 1881. £2.
The Coins of Arakan, of Pegu, and of Burma. By Lieut. -General Sir Arthur
Phayre, C.B., K.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., late Commissioner of British Burma. Royal
4to, pp. viii. and 48, with Five Autotype Illustrations, wrapper. 1882. 8s. 6d.
JACKSON.— Ethnology and Phrenology as an Aid to the Historian. By the
late J. W. Jackson. Second Edition. With a Memoir of the Author, by his
Wife. Crown 8vo, pp. xx. and 324, cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d.
JACKSON.— The Shropshire Word-Book. A Glossary of Archaic and Provincial
Words, &c., used in the County. By Georgina F. Jackson. Crown 8vo, pp. civ.
and 524, cloth. 1881. 31s. 6d.
JACOB.— Hindu Pantheism. See Trlibner's Oriental Series.
JAGIELSKI.— On Marienbad Spa, and the Diseases Curable by its Waters and
Baths. By A. V. Jagielski, M.D., Berlin. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.
andlSG. With Map. Cloth. 1874. 5s.
JAMISON.— The Life and Times of Bertrand Du Guesclin. A History of the
Fourteenth Century. By D. F. Jamison, of South Carolina. Portrait. 2 vols.
8vo, pp. xvi., 287, and viii., 314, cloth. 1864. £1, Is.
JAPAN.— Map of Nippon (Japan) : Compiled from Native Maps, and the Notes
most recent Travellers. By R. Henry Brunton, M.I.C.E., F.R.G.S., 1880. Size
5 feet by 4 feet, 20 miles to the inch. In 4 Sheets, £1, Is.; Roller, varnished,
£1, lis. 6d.; Folded, in Case, £1, 5s. 6d.
JATAKA (The), together with its Commentary : being tales of the Anterior Births
of Gotama Buddha. Now first published in Pali, by V. Fausboll. Text. 8vo.
Vol. I., pp. viii. and 512, cloth. 1877. 28s.— VoL II., pp. 452, cloth. 1879.
28s. — Vol. III. in preparation. (For Translation see Triibner's Oriental Series,
" Buddhist Birth Stories.")
JENKINS.— A Paladin of Finance: Contemporary Manners. By E. Jenkins,
Author of "Giux's Baby." Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 392, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.
Published by Trübner dt Co. 37
JENKINS, — Vest-Pocket Lexicon. An English Dictionary of all except familiar
Words, including the principal Scientific an<l Technical Terms, and Foreiga
Moneys, Weights and Measures ; omitting what everybody knows, and contain-
ing what everybody wants to know and cannot readily find. By Jabez Jenkins.
64mo, pp. 564, cloth. 1879. Is. 6d.
JOHNSON.— Oriental Religions. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library,
Extra Series, Vols. IV. and V.
JOLLY.— See Naradi'ya.
JOMINI. — The Art of War. By Baron de Jomini, General and Aide-de-Camp to
the Emperor of Russia. A New Edition, with Appendices and Maps. Translated
from the French. By Captain G. H. Mendell, and Captain W. O. Craighill.
Crown 8vo, pp. 410, cloth. 1879. 9s.
JORDAN.— Album to the Course of Lectures on Metallurgy, at the Paris
Central School of Arts and Manufactures. By S. Jordan, C.E.M.L & S.L Demy
4to, paper. With 140 Plates, Description of the Plates, Numerical Data, and
Notes upon the Working of the Apparatus, £4.
JOSEPH.— Religion, Natural and Revealed. A Series of Progressive Lessons
for Jewish Youth. By N. S. Joseph. Crown 8vo, pp. xii.-296, cloth. 1879.
OS.
JÜVENALIS SATIR^ffi. With a Literal English Prose Translation and Notes. By
J. D. Lewis, M.A., Trin. Coll. Camb. Second Edition. 8vo. [In preparation.
KARCHER.— Questionnaire Francais, Questions on French Grammar, Idiomatic
Difficulties, and Military Expressions. By Theodore Karcher, LL.B. Fourth
Edition, greatly enlarged. Crown 8vo, pp. 224, cloth. 1879. 4s. 6d. Interleaved
with writing paper, 5s. 6d.
KARDEC. — The Spirit's Book. Containing the Principles of Spiritist Doctrine on
the Immortality of the Soul, &c., &c., according to the Teachings of Spirits of
High Degree, transmitted through various mediums, collected and set in order by
Allen Kardec. Translated from the 120th thousand by Anna Black well. Crown
8vo, pp. 512, cloth. 1875. 7s. 6d.
KARDEC. — The Medium's Book ; or, Guide for Mediums and for Evocations.
Containing the Theoretic Teachings of Spirits concerning all kinds of Manifesta-
tions, the Means of Communication with the Invisible World, the Development
of Medianimity, &c., &c. By Allen Kardec. Translated by Anna Blackwell.
Crown 8vo, pp. 456, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d.
KARDEC. — Heaven and Hell ; or, the Divine Justice Vindicated in the Plurality
of Existences. By Allen Kardec. Translated by Anna Blackwell. Crown 8vo,
pp. viii. and 448, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d.
EENDRICK. — Greek Ollendorff. A Progressive Exhibition of the Principles of
the Greek Grammar. By Asahel C. Kendrick. Svo, pp. 371, cloth. 1870. 9s.
KEYS OF THE CREEDS (The). Third Revised Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 210,
cloth. 1876. 5s.
KIN AHAN.— Valleys and their Relation to Fissures, Fractures, and Faults.
By G. H. Kinahan, M.R.I. A., F.R.G.S.I., &c. Dedicated by permission to his
Grace the Duke of Argyll. Crown 8vo, pp. 256, cloth, illustrated. 7s, 6d.
KING'S STRATAGEM (The) ; Or, The Pearl of Poland ; A Tragedy in Five Acts.
By Stella. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 94, cloth. 1874. 23. 6d.
38 A Catalogue of Important WorJcs,
KINGSTON.— The Unity of Creation. A Contribution to the Solution of the
Eeligious Question. By F. H. Kingston. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 152, cloth.
1874. 5s.
KISTNER.— Buddha and his Doctkines. A Bibliographical Essay. By Otto
Eastner. 4to, pp. iv. and 32, sewed. 1869. 2s. Gd.
KLEMM. —Muscle Beating ; or, Active and Passive Home Gymnastics, for Healthy
and Unhealthy People. By C. Klemm. "With Illustrations. 8vo. pp. 60,
■wrapper. 1878. Is.
KOHL.— Travels in Canada and through the States op New York and
Pennsylvania. By J. G. Kohl. Translated by Mrs Percy Sinnett. Revised by
the Author. Two vols, post 8vo, pp. xiv. and 794, cloth. 1861. £1, Is.
KRAPF.— Dictionary of the Suahili Language. Compiled by the Rev. Dr. L.
Krapf, missionary of the Church Missionary Society in East Africa, \yith an
Appendix, containing an outline of a Suahili Grammar. Medium 8vo, pp. xl.
and 434, cloth. 1882. 30s.
KRAUS.— Carlsbad and its Natural Healing Agents, from the Physiological
and Therapeutical Point of View. By J. Kraus, M.D. With Notes Introductory
by the Rev. J. T. Walters, M.A. Second Edition. Revised and enlarged. Grown
8vo, pp. 104, cloth. 1880. Ss.
KROEGER.— The Minnesinger of Germany. By A, E. Kroeger. Fcap. 8vo, pp.
290, cloth. 1873. 7s.
KÜRZ.— Forest Flora of British Burma. By S. Kurz, Curator of the Her-
barium, Royal Botanical Gardens, Calcutta. 2 vols, crown 8vo, pp. xxx., 550,
and 614, cloth. 1877. 30s.
LACERDA'S Journey to Cazembe in 1798. Translated and Annotated by Captain
R. F. Burton, F.R.G.S. Also Journey of the Pombeiros, &c. Demy 8vo, pp. viii.
and 272. With Map, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d.
LANARI.— Collection of Italian and English Dialogues. By A. Lanari.
Fcap. 8vo, pp. vüi. and 200, cloth. 1874. 3s. 6d,
LAND.— The Principles op Hebrew Grammar. By J. P. N. Land, Professor of
Logic and Metaphysics in the University of Leyden. Translated from the Dutch,
by Reginald Lane Poole, Balliol College, Oxford. Part I. Sounds. Part II.
Words. With Large Additions by the Author, and a new Preface. Crown Svo,
pp. XX. and 220, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d.
LANE.— The Koran. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
LANGE.— A History of Materialism. See English and Foreign Philosophical
Library, Vols. I. to III.
LANGE. — Germania. A German Reading-book Arranged Progressively. By F. K.
W. Lange, Ph.D. Part I. Anthology of German Prose and Poetry, with
Vocabulary and Biographical Notes. 8vo. pp. xvi. and 216, cloth, 1881, 3s. 6d.
Part II. Essays on German History and Institutions, with Notes. 8vo, pp. 124,
cloth. Parts I. and II. together. 5s. 6d.
LANGE. — German Prose Writing. Comprising English Passages for Translation
into German. Selected from Examination Papers of the University of London,
the College of Preceptors, London, and the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich,
arranged progressively, with Notes and Theoretical as well as Practical Treatises
on themes for the writing of Essays. By F. K. W. Lange, Ph.D., Assistant Ger-
man Master, Royal Academy, Woolwich ; Examiner, Royal College of Preceptors
London. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 176, cloth. 1881. 4s.
Published by Trübner & Co. 39
LANGE.— German Grammar Practice. By F. K. W. Lange, Ph.D. Crown 8vo,
pp. viiL and 64, cloth. 1882. Is. 6d.
LANG2. — Colloquial German Grammar. "With Special Reference to the Anglo-
Saxon Element in the Engli.sli Language. By F. K. \V. Lange, Ph.D., kc.
Crown 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 380, cloth. 1882. 43. 6d.
LATHE (the) and its Uses ; or, Instruction in the Art of Turning Wood and Metal,
including a description of the most modern appliances for the Ornamentation of
Plain and Curved Surfaces, &c. Fifth Edition. With additional Chapters and
Index. Illustrated. 8vo, pp. iv. and 316, cloth. 1878. 16s.
LE-BRÜN. — Materiaxs for Translating prom English into French; being a
short Essay on Translation, followed by a Graduated Selection in Pi'ose and Verse.
By L. Le-Brun. Seventh Edition Revised and corrected by Henri Van Laun.
Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 204, cloth. 1882. 4s. 6d.
L!iE. — Illustrations op the Physiology of Religion. In Sections adapted for
the use of Schools. Part I. By Henry Lee, F.R.C.S., formerly Professor of
Surgery, Royal College of Surgeons, &c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 108, cloth.
1880. 3s. 6d.
LEES.— A Practical Guide to Health, and to the Home Treatment of the
Common Ailments op Life : With a Section on Cases of Emergency, and Hints
to Mothers on Nursing. &c. By F. Arnold Lees, F.L.S. Crown 8vo, pp. 334,
stiff covers. 1874. 3s.
LEGGE. — The Chinese Classics. With a Translation, Critical and Exegetical,
Notes, Prolegomena, and copious Indexes. By James Legge, D.D., of the Lon-
don Missionary Society. In 7 vols. Royal 8vo. Vols. I.-V. in Eight Parts,
published, cloth. £2, 2s. each Part.
LEGGE.— The Chinese Classics, translated into English. With Preliminary Essays
and Explanatory Notes. Popular Edition. Reproduced for General Readers from
the Author's v^^ork, containing the Original Text. By James Legge, D.D. Crown
8vo. Vol. I. The Life and Teachings of Confucius. Third Edition. Pp. vi.
and 338, cloth. 1872. 10s. 6d.- Vol. II. The Works of Meucius. Pp. x. and 402,
cloth, 12s.— Vol. III. The She-King ; or, The Book of Poetry. Pp. vi. and 432,
cloth. 1876. 12s.
LEGGE.— Confucianism in Relation to Christianity. A Paper read before the
Missionary Conference in Shanghai, on May 11th, 1877. By Rev. James Legge,
D.D., LL.D., &c. 8vo, pp. 12, sewed. 1877. Is. 6d.
LEGrGE. — A Letter to Professor Max Müller, chiefly on the Translation into
English of the Chinese Terms Tl and Shang Ti. By James Legge, Professor of
the Chinese Language and Literature in the University of Oxford. Crown 8vo,
pp. 30, sewed. 1880. Is.
LEIGH. — The Religion of the World. By H. Stone Leigh. 12mo, pp. xii. and
^^, cloth. 1869. 2s. 6d.
LEIGH. — The Story of Philosophy. By Aston Leigh. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and
210, cloth. 1881. 6s.
LELAND.— The Breitmann Ballads. The only authorised Edition. Complete in 1
vol., including Nineteen Ballads, illustrating his Travels in Europe (never before
printed), vs^ith Comments by Fritz Schwackenhammer. By Charles G. Leland.
Crown 8vo, pp. xxviii. and 292, cloth. 1872. os.
LELAND. — The Music Lesson op Confucius, and other Poems. By Charles G.
Leland. Fcap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 168, cloth. 1871. 3s. 6d.
40 A Catalogue of Important WorTcs,
LELAND. — Gaudeamtjs. Humorous Poems translated from the German of Joseph
Victor Scheffel and others. By Charles G. Leland. 16mi0, pp. 176, cloth 1872.
3s. 6d.
LELAND.— The Egyptian Sketch-Eook. By C. G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.
and 316, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d.
LELAND.— The English Gipsies and their Language. By Charles G. Leland.
Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 260, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d.
LELAND.— English Gipsy Songs in Eommany, with Metrical English Translations.
By Charles G. Leland, Professor E. H. Palmer, and Janet Tuckey. Crown 8vo, pp.
xii. and 276, cloth. 1875. 7s. 6d.
LELAND.— Fu-Sang ; OE, The Disco veby of America by Chinese Buddhist Priests
in the Fifth Century. By Charles G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. 232, cloth. 1875.
7s. 6d.
LELAND. — Pidgin-English Sikg-Song ; or, Songs and Stories in the China-English
Dialect. With a Vocabulary. By Charles G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and
140, cloth. 1876. 5s.
LELAND. —The Gypsies. By C. G. Leland. Crown 8vo, pp. 372, cloth. 1882.
10s. 6d.
LEOPARDI.— See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. XVII.
LEO. — Four Chapters of North's Plutarch, Containing the Lives of Caius Már-
cius, Coriolanus. Julius Caesar, Marcus Antonius, and Marcus Brutus, as Sources
to Shakespeare's Tragedies ; Coi'iolanus, Julius Caesar, and Antony and Cleo-
patra ; and partly to Hamlet and Timon of Athens. Photolithographed in the
size of the Edition of 1595. With Preface, Notes comparing the Text of the
Editions of 1579, 1595, 1603, and 1612 ; and Reference Notes to the Text of the
Tragedies of Shakespeare. Edited by Professor F. A. Leo, Ph.D., Vice-Presi-
dent of the New Shakespeare Society ; Member of the Directory of the German
Shakespeare Society ; and Lecturer at the Academy of Modern Philology at Berlin.
Folio, pp. 22, 130 of facsimiles, half-morocco. Library Edition (limited to 250
copies), £1, lis. 6d. ; Amateur Edition (50 copies on a superior large hand-made
paper), £3, 3s.
LERMONTOFF.— The Demon. By Michael Lermontoif. Translated from the
Russian by A. Condie Stephen. Crown 8vo, pp. 88, cloth. 1881. 2s. 6d.
LESLEY.— Man's Origin and Destiny. Sketched from the Platform of the Physical
Sciences. By. J. P. Lesley, Member of the National Academy of the United
States, Professor of Geology, University of Pennsylvania, Second (Revised and
considerably Enlarged) Edition, crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 142, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d.
LESSING.— Letters on Bibliolatry. By Gotthold Ephraim Lessing. Translated
from the German by the late H. H.Bernard, Ph.D. 8vo, pp. 184, cloth. 1862. 5s.
LESSING.— See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Extra Series, Vols. I.
and II.
LETTERS ON THE War between Germany and France. By Mommsen, Strauss,
Max Müller, and Carlyle. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 120, cloth. 1871. 2s. 6d.
LEWES. —Problems of Life and Mind. By George Henry Lewes. First Series :
The Foundations of a Creed. Vol. I., demy 8vo. Third edition, pp. 488, cloth.
12s.— VoL II., demy 8vo, pp. 552, cloth. 1875. 16s.
Published by Trilbner & Co. 41
LEWES. — Problems of Life and Mind, By George Henry Lewes. Second Series.
The Physical Basis op Mind. 8vo, with Illustrations, pp. 508, cloth. 1877.
16s. Contents.— The Nature of Life ; The Nervous Mechanism ; Animal Auto-
matism ; The Reflex Theory.
LEWES.— Problems of Life and Mind. By George Henry Lewes. Third Series.
Problem the First— The Study of Psychology : Its Object, Scope, and Method.
Demy Svo, pp. 200, cloth. 1879. 7s. 6d.
LEWES.— Problems of Life and Mind. By George Henry Lewes. Third Series.
Problem the Second— Mind as a Function of the Organism, Problem the Third —
The Sphere of Sense and Logic of Feeling. Problem the Fourth— The Sphere of
Intellect and Logic of Signs. Demy 8vo, pp. x. and 500, cloth. 1879. 15s.
LEWIS.— See Juvenal and Pliny.
LIBRARIANS, Transactions and Proceedings of the Conference of, held in
London, October 1877. Edited by Edward B, Nicholson and Henry R. Tedder.
Imperial 8vo, pp. 276, cloth. 1878. £1, 8s.
LIBRARY ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED KINGDOM, Transactions and Proceed-
ings of the Annual Meetings of the. Imperial 8vo, cloth. First, held at
Oxford, October 1, 2, 3, 1878. Edited by the Secretaries, Henry Pv. Tedder,
Librarian of the Athenieum Club, and Ernest C. Thomas, late Librarian of the
Oxford Union Society. Pp. viii. and 192. 1879. £1, 8s.— Second, held at Man-
chester, September 23, 24, and 25, 1879. Edited by H, R. Tedder and E. C.
Thomas, Pp, x. and 184. 1880. £1, Is.— Third, held at Edinburgh, October
.5, 6, and 7, 1880. Edited by E. C. Thomas and C. Welsh. Pp. x. and 202.
1881, £1, Is.
LILLIE,— Buddha and Early Buddhism. By Arthur Lillie, late Regiment of
Lucknow. "With numerous Illustrations drawn on AVood by the Author. Post
Svo, pp. xiv. and 256, cloth. 188L 7s. 6d,
LITTLE FRENCH READER (The). Extracted from " The Modern French Reader."
Second Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, cloth. 1872, 2s.
LLOYD AND Newton.— Prussia's Representative Man. By F. Lloyd of the
Universities of Halle and Athens, and W. Newton, F.R.G.S. Crown 8vo, pp.
048, cloth. 1875. 10s, 6d.
LOBSCHEID.— Chinese and English Dictionary, arranged according to the Radi-
cals. By W. Lobscheid. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. 600, cloth. £2, 8s.
LOBSCHEID.— English and Chinese Dictionary, with the Punti and Mandarin
Pronunciation. By W. Lobscheid. Four Parts, Folio, pp, viii. and 2016, boards.
£8, 8s.
LONG,— Eastern Proverbs. See Trübners Oriental Series.
LOVETT.— The Life and Struggles of William Lovett in his pursuit of Bread,
Knowledge, and Freedom ; with some short account of the different Associations
he belonged to, and of the Opinions he entertained. 8vo, pp, vi, and 474, cloth,
1876. 5s,
LOVELY. — Where to go for Help: Being a Companion for Quick and Easy
Reference of Police Stations, Fire-Engine Stations, Fire-Escape Stations, &c.,
&c,, of London and the Suburbs. Compiled by W. Lovely, R.N. Second Edi-
tion. 18mo, pp. 16, sewed. 1881. 3d.
LOWELL.— The Biglow Papers. By James Russell Lowell. Edited by Thomas
Hughes, Q.C. A Reprint of the Authorised Edition of 1859, together with the
Second Series of 1862. First and Second Series in 1 vol, Fcap., pp. lxviii.-140
and lxiv.-190, cloth. 1880, 2s, 6d,
42 A Catalogue of Impor lant ^Vorhs,
LUCAS.— The Children's Pentateuch : With the Hephter.ahs or Portions from
the Prophets. Arranged for Jewish Children. By Mrs. Henry Lucas. Crown
8vo, pp. viii. and 570, cloth. 1878. 5s.
LITDEWIG.— The Literature of American Aboriginal Languages. By Hermann
E. Ludewig. "With Additions and Corrections by Professor Wm. W. Turner.
Edited by Nicolas Trübner. 8vo, pp. sxiv. and 258, cloth. 1858. 10s. 6d.
LUKIN.— The Boy Engineers : What they did, and how they did it. By the Kev.
L. J. Lukin, Author of " The Young INIechanic," &c. A Book for Boys ; 30 En-
gravings. Imperial 16mo, pp. viii. and 344, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.
LUX E TENEBRIS; OR, The Testimony of Consciousness. A Theoretic Essay.
Crown 8vo, pp. 376, with Diagram, cloth. 1874. 10s. 6d.
MACCORMAC— The Conversation of a Soul with God : A Theodicy. By Henry
MacCormac, M.D. 16mo, pp. xvi. and 144, cloth. 1877. 3s. 6d.
MACK A. Y.— Gaelic Etymology of the English Language. By Charles Mackay,
LL.D. Eoyal 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 604, cloth. 1878. 42s.
jyiADDEN.— Coins of the Jews. Being a History of the Jewish Coinage and Money
in the Old and New Testaments. By Frederick W. Madden, M.R.A.S. Member
of the Numismatic Society of London, Secretary of the Brighton College. &c., &c.
With 279 Woodcuts and a Plate of Alphabets. Eoyal 4to, pp. xii. and 330, cloth.
188L £2, 2s.
MADELUNG. — The Causes and Operative Treatment of Dupuytren's Finger
Contraction. By Dr. Otto W. Madelung, Lecturer of Surgery at the Univer-
sity, and Assistant Surgeon at the University Hospital, Bonn. 8vo, pp. 24, sewed.
1876. Is.
MAHAPARINIBBANASUTTA. —See Childers.
MAHA-VIRA-CHARITA ; or. The Adventures of the Great Hero Eama. An Indian
Drama in Seven Acts. Translated into English Prose from the Sanskrit of
Bhavabhüti. By John Pickford, M.A. Crown 8vo, cloth. 5s.
MALET.— Incidents in the Biography of Dust. By H. P. Malet, Author of
"The Interior of the Earth," ka. Crown 8vo, pp. 272, cloth. 1877. 6s.
MALET.— The Beginnings. ByH. P. Malet. Crown 8vo, pp. xix. and 124, cloth.
1878. 4s. 6d.
MALLESON.— Essays and Lectures on Indian Historical Subjects. By Colonel
G. B. Malleson, C.S.I. Second Issue. Crown 8vo, pp. 348, cloth. 1876. 5s.
MANDLEY— Woman Outside Christendom. An Exposition of the Influence
exerted by Christianity on the Social Position and Happiness of Women. By
J. G. Mandley. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 160, cloth. 1880. 5s.
MANIPULUS Yocabulorum. A Ehyming Dictionary of the English Language. By
Peter Levins (1570). Edited, with an Alphabetical Index, by Henry B. Wheatley.
8vo, pp. xvi. and 370, cloth. 1867. 14s.
MANCEUVRES.- A Eetrospect of the Autumn Manoeuvres, 1871. With 5 Plans.
By a Eecluse. 8vo, pp. xii. and 133, cloth. 1872. 5s.
MARIETTE-BEY.— The Monuments of Upper Egypt : a translation of the
"Itinéraire de la Haute Egypte " of Auguste Mariette-Bey. Translated by
Alphonse Mariette. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 262, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.
Published by Triibner & Co. 43
MARKHAM,— QüiCHUA Grammar and Dictionary. Contributions towardi? a
Grammar and Dictionary of Quiclixia, the Language of the Yncas of Peru. Col-
lected by Clements R. Markham, F.S.A. Crown 8vo, pp. 223, cloth. £1, lis. 6d.
MARKHAM. — Ollanta : A Drama in the Quichua Language. Text, Translation,
and Introduction. By Clements R. Markham, C.B. Crown 8vo, pp. 128, cloth.
1871. 7s. 6d.
MARKHAM.— A Memoir of the Lady Ana de Osorio, Countess of Chincon, and
Vice-Queen of Peru, a.D. 1629-39. With a Plea for the correct spelling of the
Chinchona Genus. By Clements R. Markham, C.B., Member of the Imjierial Aca-
demy Naturie Curiosorum, with the Cognomen of Chinchon. Small 4to, pp. xii. and
100. With 2 Coloured Plates, Map, and Illustrations. Handsomely bound.
1874. 28s.
MARKHAM.— A Memoir on the Indian Surveys. By Clements R. Markham,
C.B., F.R.S., &c., &c. Published by Order of H. M. Secretary of State for India
in Council. Illustrated with Maps. Second Edition. Imperial 8vo, pp. xxx.
and 481, boards. 1878. 10s. 6d.
MARKHAM. — Narratives of the Mission of George Bogle to Tibet, and of the
Journey of Thomas Manning to Lhasa. Edited with Notes, an Introduction, and
Lives of Mr. Bogle and Mr. Manning. By Clements R. Markham, C.B., F.R.S.
Second Edition. 8vo, pp. clxv. and 362, cloth. With Maps and Illustrations.
1879. 21s.
MARMONTEL.— Belisaire. Par Marmontel. Nouvelle Edition. 12mo, pp. xii.
and 123, cloth. 1867. 2s. 6d.
MARTIN AND Trubner.- The Current Gold and Silver Coins of all Countries,
their Weight and Fineness, and their Intrinsic Value in English Money, with
Facsimiles of the Coins. By Leopold C, Martin, of Her Majesty's Stationery
OfiSce, and Charles Trubner. In 1 vol. medium 8vo, 141 Plates, printed in Gold
and Silver, and representing about 1000 Coins, with 160 pages of Text, hand-
somely bound in embossed cloth, richly gilt, with Emblematical Designs on the
Cover, and gilt edges. 1863. £2, 2s.
MARTIN.— The Chinese : their Education, Philosophy, and Letters. By W.
A. P. Martin, D.D., LL.D,, President of the Tung wen College, Pekin. 8vo. pp.
.320, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d.
MARTINEAU.— Essays, Philosophical and Theological. By James Martineau.
2 vols, crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 414 — x. and 430, cloth. 1875. £1, 4s.
MARTINEAU. — LETTERS from Ireland. By Harriet Martineau. Reprinted from
the Daily News. Post 8vo, pp. viii. and 220, cloth. 1852. 6s. 6d.
MATHEWS.— Abraham Ibn Ezra's Commentary on the Canticles after the
First Recension. Edited from the MSS., with a translation, by H. J. Mathews,
B.A., Exeter College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. x., 34, and 24, limp cloth. 1874.
2s. 6d.
MAXWELL.— A Manual of the Malay Language. By W. E. Maxwell, of the
Inner Temple, Barrister-at-Law ; Assistant Resident, Perak, Malay Peninsula.
With an Introductory Sketch of the Sanskrit Element in Malay. Crown 8vo,
pp. viii. and 182, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.
MAYER.— On the Art of Pottery : with a History of its Rise and Progress in
Liverpool. By Joseph Mayer, F.S.A., F. R.S.N. A., &c. 8vo, pp. 100, boards.
1873. 58.
44 A Catalogue of Important Works,
MAYERS.— Treaties Between the Empire of China and Foreign Powers,
together with Regulations foi* the conduct of Foreign Trade, &c. Edited by W.
F. Mayers, Chinese Secretary to H.B.M.'s Legation at Peking. 8vo, pp. 246,
cloth. 1877. 25.S.
MAYERS.— The Chinese Government : a Manual of Chinese Titles, categorically
arranged and explained, with an Appendix. By Wm. Fred. Mayers, Chinese
Secretary to H.B.M.'s Legation at Peking, &c.,&c. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 160,
cloth. 1878. 30s.
M'CRINDLE.— Ancient India, as Described by Megasthenes and Arrian;
being a translation of the fragments of the Indika of Megasthenes collected by
Dr. Schwanbeck, and of the first part of the Indika of Arrian. By J. W.
M'Crindle, M.A., Principal of the Government College, Patna, &c. With
Introduction, Notes, and Map of Ancient India. Post 8vo, pp. xi. and 224,
cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.
M'CRINDLE.— The Commerce and Navigation of the Erythr^an Sea. Being
a Translation of the Periplus Maris Erythraji, by an Anonymous "Writer, and of
Arrian's Account of the Voyage of Nearkhos, from the Mouth of the Indus to the
Head of the Persian Gulf. With Introduction, Commentary, Notes, and Index.
By J. W. M'Crindle, M.A., Edinburgh, &c. Post 8vo, pp. iv. and 238, cloth.
1879. 7s. 6d.
M'CRINDLE. — Ancient India as Described by Ktesias the Knidian; being a Transla-
tion of the Abridgment of liis "Indika " by Photios, and of the Fragments of that
Work preserved in other Writers. With Introduction, Notes, and Index. By
J. W. M'Crindle, M.A., M.R.S.A. 8vo, pp. viii. and 104, cloth. 1882. 6s.
MECHANIC (The Young). A Book for Boys, containing Directions for the use of
all kinds of Tools, and for the construction of Steam Engines and Mechanical
Models, including the Art of Turning in Wood and Metal. Fifth Edition.
Imperial 16mo, pp. iv. and 346, and 70 Engravings, cloth. 1878. 6s.
MECHANIC'S Workshop (Amateur). A Treatise containing Plain and Concise
Directions for the Manipulation of Wood and Metals, including Casting, Forging,
Brazing, Soldering, and Carpentry. By the Author of " The. Lathe and its Uses."
Sixth Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. iv. and 148. Illustrated, cloth. 1880. 6s.
MEDITATIONS on Death and Eternity. Translated from the German by Frederica
Rowan. Published by Her Majesty's gracious permission. 8vo, pp. 386, cloth.
1862. 10s. 6d.
Ditto. Smaller Edition, crown 8vo, printed on toned papei', pp. 352, cloth.
1863. 6s.
MEDITATIONS on Life and its Religious Duties. Translated from the German
by Frederica Rowan. Dedicated to H.R.H. Princess Louis of Hesse. Published
by Her Majesty's gracious permission. Being the Companion Volume to "Medi-
tations on Death and Eternity." 8vo, pp. vi. and 370, cloth. 1863. 10s. 6d.
Ditto. Smaller Edition, crown 8vo, printed on toned paper, pp. 338. 1863.
6s.
MEDLICOTT.— A Manual of the Geology of India, chiefly compiled from the
observations of the Geological Survey. By H. B, Medlicott, M. A. , Superintendent,
Geological Survey of India, and W. T. Blanford, A.R.S.M., F.R.S., Deputy Super-
intendent. Published by order of the Government of India. 2 vols. 8vo, pp.
xviii.-lxxx.-818. with 21 Plates and large coloured Map mounted in case, uniform,
cloth. 1879. 16s. (For Part in. see Ball.)
Published by Triibner é Co. 45
MEGHA-DUTA (The). (Cloud-Messenger.) By Kalidasa. Translated from the
Sanskrit into English Verse by the late H. H. Wilson, M. A., F.R.S. The Vocabu-
lary by Francis Johnson. New Edition. 4to, pp. xi. and 180, cloth. 10s. 6d.
MENKE.— Orbis Antiqui Descriptio : An Atlas illustrating Ancient History and
Geography, for the Use of Schools ; containing 18 Maps engraved on Steel and
Coloured, with Descriptive Letterpress. By D. T. Menke. Fourth Edition.
Folio, half bound morocco. 1866. 5s.
MEREDYTH.— Arca, a Repertoire op Original Poems, Sacred and Secular. By
F. Meredyth, M.A., Canon of Limerick Cathedral. Crown 8vo, pp. 124, cloth.
1875. OS.
METCALFE.— The Englishman and the Scandinavian. By Frederick Met-
calfe, M.A., Fellow of Lincoln College, Oxford; Translator of " Gallus " and
" Charicles ; " and Author of "The Oxonian in Iceland." Post 8vo, pp. 512,
cloth. 1880. 18s.
MICHEL.— Les Écossais en France, Les Fran^ais en Écosse. Par Francisque
Michel, Correspondant de I'lnstitut de France, &c. In 2 vols. 8vo, pp. vii., 547,
and 551, rich blue cloth, with emblematical designs. With upwards of 100 Coats
of Arms, and other Illustrations. Price, £1, 12s. — Also a Large-Paper Edition
(limited to 100 Copies), printed on Thick Paper. 2 vols. 4to, half morocco, with 3
additional Steel Engravings. 1862. £3, 3s.
MICKIEWICZ. —Konrád Wallenrod. An Historical Poem. By A. Mickiewicz.
Translated fron; the Polish into English Verse by Miss M. Biggs. 18mo, pp.
xvi. and 100, cloth. 1882. 2s. 6d.
MILL.— AuGUSTE CoMTE AND POSITIVISM. By the late John Stuart Mill, M.P.
Third Edition. 8vo, pp. 200, cloth. 1882. 3s. 6d.
MILLHOUSE.— Manual of Italian Conversation. For the Use of Schools. By
John Millhouse. 18mo, pp. 126, cloth. 1866. 2s.
MILLHOUSE.— New English and Italian Pronouncing and Explanatory Dic-
tionary. By John Millhouse. Vol. I. English-Italian. Vol. II. Italian-English.
Fourth Edition. 2 vols, square 8vo, pp. 654 and 740, cloth. 1867. 12s.
MILNE.— Notes on Crystallography and Crystallo-physics. Being the Sub-
stance of Lectures delivered at Yedo during the vears 1876-1877. By John
Milne, F.G.S. 8vo, pp. viii. and 70, cloth. 1879. 3s.
MINOCHCHERJL— Pahlavi, GujIrati, and English Dictionary. By Jamashji
Dastur Minochcherji. Vol. I., with Photograph of Author. 8vo, pp. clxxii. and
168, cloth. 1877. 14s.
MITRA.— Buddha Gay a : The Hermitage of Sákya Muni. By Rajendralala Mitra,
LL.D., CLE., &c. 4to, pp. xvi. and 258, with 51 Plates, cloth. 1879. £3.
MOCATTA.— Moral Biblical Gleanings and Practical Teachings, Illustrated
by Biographical Sketches Drawn from the Sacred Volume. Bv J. L. Mocatta.
8vo, pp. viii. and 446, cloth. 1872. 7s.
MODERN FRENCH READER (The). Prose. Junior Course. Sixth Edition. Edited
by Ch. Cassal, LL.D., and Theodore Karcher, LL.B. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 224
cloth. 1879. 2s. 6d.
Senior Course. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 418, cloth. 1880. 43.
46 A Catalogue of Important Works,
MODERN FRENCH READER.— A Glossary of Idioms, Gallicisms, and other Diffi-
culties contained in the Senior Course of the Modern French Reader ; with Short
Notices of the most important French Writers and Historical or Literary Charac-
ters, and hints as to the works to be read or studied. By Charles Cassal, LL.D.,
&c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 104, cloth. 1881. 2s. 6d.
MODERN FRENCH READER. —Senior Course and Glossary combined. C.s.
MORELET.— Travels in Central America, including Accounts of some Regions
unexplored since the Conquest. From the French of A. Morelet, by Mrs. M. F.
Squier. Edited by E. G. Squier. 8vo, pp. 430, cloth. 1871. 8s. 6d.
MORFIT.— A Practical Treatise on the Manufacture op Soaps. By Campbell
Morfit, M.Ü., F.C.S., formerly Professor of Applied Chemistry in the University
of Maryland. With Illustrations. Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 270, cloth. 1871.
£2, 12s. 6d.
MORFIT.— A Practical Treatise on Pure Fertilizers, and the Chemical Con-
version of Rock Guanos, Marlstones, Coprolites, and. the Crude Phosphates of
Lime and Alumina generally into various valuable Products. By Campbell Morfit,
M.D., F.C.S., formerly Professor of Applied Chemistry in the University of Mary -
laud. With 28 Plates. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 547, cloth. 1873. £4, 4s.
MORRIS.— A Descriptive and Historical Account of the Godavery District,
in the Presidency of Madras. By Henry Morris, formerly of the Madras Civil
Service, author of " A History of India, for use in Schools," and other works.
With a Map. 8vo, pp. xii. and 390, cloth. 1878. 12s.
MOSENTHAL. — Ostriches and Ostrich Farming. By J. de Mosenthal, late
Member of the Legistive Council of the Cape of Good Hope, &c., and James E.
Harting, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Member of the British Ornithologist's Union, &c. Second
Edition. With 8 full-page illustrations and 20 woodcuts. Royal 8vo, pp. xxiv.
and 246, cloth. 1879. 10s. 6d.
MOTLEY. — John Lothrop Motley : a Memoir. By Oliver Wendell Holmes.
English Copyright Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 275, cloth. 1878. 6s.
MUELLER.— The Organic Constituents of Plants and Vegetable Substances,
and their Chemical Analysis. By Dr. G. C. Wittstein. Authorised Translation
from the German Original, enlarged with numerous Additions, by Baron Ferd.
von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M. & Ph. D., F.R.S. Crown 8vo, pp. xviii. and 332,
wrapper. 1880. 14s.
MUELLER.- Select Extra-Tropical Plants readily eligible for Industrial
Culture or Naturalisation. With Indications of their Native Countries and
some of their Uses. Bv F. Von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S. 8vo,
pp. x., 394, cloth. 1880. 8s.
MUHAMMED.— The Life of Muhammed. Based on Muhammed Ibn Ishak. By
Abd El Malik Ibn Hisham. Edited by Dr. Ferdinand Wiistenfeld. One volume
containing the Arabic Text. 8vo, pp.' 1026, sewed. £1, Is. Another volume, con-
taining Introduction, Notes, and Index in German. 8vo, pp. Ixxii. and 266, sewed.
7s. 6d. Each part sold separately.
MUIR. — Extracts from the Coran. In the Original, with English rendering.
Compiled by Sir William Muir, K.C.S.I., LL.D., Author of "The Life of
Mahomet." Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 64, cloth. 1880. 3s. Qd.
Published by Trühner dt Co. 47
MUIR.— Original Sanskrit Texts, on the Origin and History of the People of
India, their Religion and Institutions. Collected, Translated, and Illustrated by
John Muir, D.C.L., LL.D., Ph.D., &c. &c.
Vol. I. Mythical and Legendary Accounts of the Origin of Caste, with an Inquiry
into its existence in the Vedic Age, Second Edition, rewritten and
greatly enlai'ged. 8vo, pp. xx. and 532, cloth. 1868. £1, Is.
Vol. II. The Trans- Himalayan Origin of the Hindus, and their Affinity with the
Western Branches of the Aryan Race. Second Edition, revised, with
Additions. 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 512, cloth. 1871. £1, Is.
Vol. III. The Vedas : Opinions of their Authors, and of later Indian "Writers, on
their Origin, Inspiratitni, and Authority. Second Edition, revised and
enlarged. 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 312, cloth. 1868. 16s.
Vol. IV. Comparison of the Vedic with the later representation of the j^rincipal
Indian Deities. Second Edition, revised. Svo, pp. xvi. and 524, cloth.
1873. £1, Is.
Vol. V. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Cosmogony, Mythology, Religious
Ideas, Life and Manners of the Indians in the Vedic Age. 8vo, pp. xvi.
and 492, cloth. 1870. £1, Is.
MUIR.— Translations from the Sanskrit. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
MÜLLER.— Outline Dictionary, for the Use of Missionaries, Explorers, and
Students of Language. With an Introduction on the proper Use of the Ordinary
English Alphabet in transcribing Foreign Languages. By F. Max Miiller, M. A. The
Vocabulary compiled by John Bellows. 12mo, pp. 368, inorocco. 1867. 7s. 6i}.
MÜLLER.— Lecture on Buddhist Nihilism. By F. Max Miiller, M.A. Fcap.
8vo, sewed. 1869. Is.
MIJLLER.— The Sacred Htmns of the Brahmins, as preserved to us in the oldest
collection of religious poetry, the Rig-Veda-Sanhita. Translated and explained, by
F. Max Müller, M.A., Fellow of All Souls' College, Professor of Comparative Philo-
logy at Oxford, Foreign Member of the Institute of France, &c. , &c. V^ol. I. Hymns
to the Maruts or the Storm-Gods. 8vo, pp. clii. and 264, cloth. 1869. 12s. 6d.
MÜLLER. —The Hymns of the Rig-Veda, in the Samhita and Pada Texts. Reprinted
from the Editio Princeps. By F. Max Miiller, M.A., &c. Second Edition, with
the two Texts on Parallel Pages. In two vols. 8vo, jjp. 1704, sewed. £1, 12s.
MULLEY. — German Gems in an English Setting. Translated by Jane Mulley.
Fcap., pp. xii. and 180, cloth. 1877. 3s. 6d.
NÁGÁNANDA ; OR, The Joy op the Snake World. A Buddhist Drama in Five
Acts. Translated into English Prose, with Explanatory Notes, fi'om the Sanskrit
of Sri-Harsha-Deva, by Palmer Boyd, B. A. With an Introduction by Professor
Cowell. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 100, cloth. 1872. 4s. 6d.
NAPIER. — Folk Lore ; or, Superstitious Beliefs in the West of Scotland within
this Century. With an Appendix, showing the probable relation of the modern
Festivals of Christmas, May Day, St. John's Day, and Hallowe'en, to ancient Sun
and Fire Worship. By James Napier, F.R.S.E., &c. Crown 8vo, pp. vii. and
190, cloth. 1878. 4s.
NARADÍYA DHARMA-SASTRA ; OE, The INSTITUTES OF Narada. Translated, for
the first time, from the unpublished Sanskrit original. By Dr. Julius Jolly,
University, Wurzburg. With a Preface, Notes, chiefly ciitical, an Index of
Quotations from Narada in the principal Indian Digests, and a general Index,
(■lown 8vo, pp. XXXV. and 144, cloth. 1876. 10s. Gd.
48 A Catalogue of Important Works,
NEVILL.— Haxd List of Mollusca in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. By
Geoffrey Nevill, C.M.Z.S., &c., First Assistant to the Superintendent of the
Indian Museum. Part I. Gastropoda, Pulmonata, and Prosobranchia-Neuro-
branchia. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 338, cloth. 1878. 15s.
NEWMAN. — The Odes of Horace. Translated into Unrhymed Metres, with Intro-
duction and Notes. By F. W. Newman. Second Edition. Post Svo, pp. xxi,
and 247, cloth. 1876. 4s.
NEWMAN.— Theism, Doctrinal and Practical ; or. Didactic Pteligious Utterances.
By F. ^Y. Newman. 4to, pp. 184, cloth. 1858. 4s. 6d.
NEWMAN.— Homeric Translation in Theory and Practice. A Eeply to Matthew
Arnold. By F. W. Newman. Crown 8vo, pp. 104, stiff covers. 1861. 2s. 6d.
NEWMAN.— Hiawatha: Rendered into Latin. "With Abridgment. By F. W.
Newman. 12mo, pp. vii. and 110, sewed. 1862. 2s. Od.
NEWMAN.— A History of the Hebrew Monarchy from the Admiuibtration of
Samuel to the Babylonish Captivity. By F. W. Newman. Third Edition. Crown
8vo, pp. X. and 354, cloth. 1865. 8s, 6d.
NEWMAN. — Phases of Faith ; or, Passages from the History of my Creed. New
Edition ; with Reply to Professor Heurv Rogers, Author of the "Eclipse of Faith. "
Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 212, cloth. Í881. 3s. 6d.
NEWMAN.— xl Handbook of Modern Arabic, consisting of a Practical Grammar,
with numerous Examples, Dialogues, and Newspaper Extracts, in European
Type. By F. "SV. Newman. Post 8vo, pp. xx. and 192, cloth. 1866. 6s.
NEWMAN.— Translations of English Poetry into Latin Verse. Designed as
Part of a New Method of Instructing in Latin. By F. "W. Newman. Crown 8vo,
pp. xiv. and 202, cloth. 1868. 6s.
NEWMAN. — The Soul : Her Sorrows and her Aspirations. An Essay towards the
Natural History of the Soul, as the True Basis of Theology. By F. W. Newman.
Tenth Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 162, cloth. 1882. 3s. 6d.
NEWMAN.— Miscellanies ; chiefly Addresses, Academical and Historical. By F.
W. Newman. 8vo, pp. iv. and 356, cloth. 1869. 7s. 6d.
NEWMAN.— The Iliad of Homer, faithfully translated into Unrhymed English
Jiletre, by F. W. Newman. Royal 8vo, pp. xvi. and 384, cloth. 1871. 10s. 6d.
NEWMAN.— A Dictionary of Modern Arabic. 1. Anglo- Ai-abic Dictionary. 2.
Anglo-Arabic Vocabulary. 3 Arabo-English Dictionary. By F. W. Newman,
lu 2 vols, crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 376-464, cloth. 1871. £1, Is.
NEWMAN.— Hebrew Theism. By F. W. Newman. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 172,
Stiff wrappers. 1874, 4s. 6d.
NEWMAN.— The Moral Influence of Law. A Lecture by F. W. Newman, May
20, 1860. Crown 8vo, pp. 16, sewed. 3d.
NEWMAN.— Religion not History. By F. "\V. Newman. Foolscap, pp. 58, paper
wrapper. 1877. Is.
NEWMAN.— Morning Prayers in the Household of a Believer in God. By F.
W. Newman. Crown 8vo, pp. 80, limp cloth. 1878, Is. 6d.
NEWMAN. —Reorganization op English Institutions. A Lecture by Emeritus
Professor F. W. Newman. Delivered in the Manchester Atheneeum, October 15,
1875. Crown 8vo, pp. 28, sewed. 1880, 6d,
Puhlished hy Trilhner & Co. 49
NEWMAN.— What is Chkistianity without Christ? By F. W. Newman,
Emeritus Professor of University College, London. 8vo, pp. 28, stitched in
wrapper. 1881. Is.
NEWMAN.— Libyan Vocabulary. An Essay towards Reproducing the Ancient
Numidian Language out of Four Modern Languages. By F. W. Newman. Crown
8vo, pp. vi. and 204, cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d.
NEW SOUTH WALES, Publications of the Government of. List on application.
NEW SOUTH WALES.— Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of.
Published annually. Price 10s. 6d. List of Contents on application. '
NEWTON.— Patent Law and Practice: showing the mode of obtaining and
opposing Grants, Disclaimers, Confirmations, and Extensions of Patents. With a
Chapter on Patent Agents. By A. V. Newton. Enlarged Edition. Crown 8vo,
pp. xii. and 104, cloth. 1879. 2s. 6d.
NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE PUBLICATIONS:-
I. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute. Demy 8vo.
stitched. Vols. I. to XIV., 1868 to 1881. £1, Is. each.
II. An Index to the Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand In-
stitute. Vols. I. to VIII. Edited and Published under the Authority of the
Board of Governors of the Institute. By James Hector, C.M.G., M.D., F.R S.
Demy, 8vo, 44 pp., stitched. 1877. 2s. 6d.
NEW ZEALAND. —Geological Survey. List of Publications on application.
NOIRIT.— A French Course in Ten Lessons. By Jules Noirit, B.A. Lessons L-
IV. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 80, sewed. 1870. Is. Od.
NOIRIT.— French Grammatical Questions for the use of Gentlemen preparing
for the Army, Civil Service, Oxford Examinations, &c., &c. By Jules Noirit°
Crown 8vo, pp. 62, cloth. 1870. Is. Interleaved, Is. Gd.
NOURSE.— Narrative of the Second Arctic Expedition made by Charles F.
Hall. His Voyage to Repulse Bay ; Sledge Journeys to the Straits of Fury and
Hecla, and to King William's Land, and Residence among the Eskimos during
the years 1864-69. Edited under the orders of the Hon. Secretary of the Navyt
by Prof. J. E. Nourse, U.S.N. 4to, pp. 1. and 644, cloth. With maps, heliotypes'
steel and wood engravings. 1880. £1, 8s.
NUGENT' S Improved French and English and English and French Pocket
Dictionary. Par Smith. 24mo, pp. 489 and 320, cloth. 1873. 3s.
NUTT.— Two Treatises on Verbs containing Feeble and Double Letters. By
R. Jehuda Hayug of Fez. Translated into Hebrew fi-om the original Ai-abic by
R. Moses Gikatilia of Cordova, with the Treatise on Punctuation by the same
author, translated by Aben Ezra. Edited from Bodleian MSS., with an English
translation, by J. W. Nutt, M.A. Demy 8vo, pp. 312, sewed. 1870. 5s.
NUTT.— A Sketch of Samaritan History, Dogma, and Literature. An Intro-
troduction to "Fragments of a Samaritan Tai'gum." By J. W. Nutt M A &c
&c. Demy 8vo, pp. 180, cloth. 1874. 5s. '••»-,
OEHLENSCHLAGER.— Axel and Valborg : a Tragedy, in Five Acts, and other
Poems. Translated from the Danish of Adam Oehlenschlager by Pierce Butler
M.A., late Rector of Ulcombe, Kent. Edited by Professor Palmer, M.A., of St!
John's Coll., Camb. With a Memoir of the Translator. Fcap. 8vo, t)p 'xii and
164, cloth. 1874. 5s. i , if - • nu
D
50 A Catalogue of Important Works,
OERA LINDA BOOK (The).— From a Manuscript of the 13th Century, with the per-
mission of the pi-oprietor, C Over tie Linden of the Helder. The Original Frisian
Text as verified by Dr. J. O. Ottema, accompanied by an English Version of Dr.
Ottema's Dutch Translation. By W. R. Sandbach. 8vo, pp. xxv. and 254, cloth.
1876. 5s.
OGAREFF.— EssAi sur la Situation Russe. Lettres á un Anglais. Par N. OgareiF.
12mo, pp. 150, sewed. 1862. 3s.
OLCOTT. — A Buddhist Catechism, according to the Canon of the Southei-n Church.
By Colonel H. S. Olcott, President of the Theosophical Society. 24mo, pp. 32. Is.
OLLENDORFF.— Metodo para aprender a Leer, escribir y hablar el Inglés segun
el sistema de Ollendorff. Por Eamon Palenzuela v Juan de la Carreno. 8vo, pp.
xlvi. and 460, cloth. 1873. 7s. 6d.
Key to Ditto. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, cloth. 1873. 4s.
OLLENDORFF. —IMetodo para aprender a Leer, escribir y hablar el Frances,
segun el verdadero sistema de Ollendorff ; ordenado en lecciones progi-esivas, con-
sistiendo de ejercicios orales y escritos ; enriquecido de la pronunciacion figurada
' como se estila en la conversacion ; y de un Apéndice ábrázandó las reglas de la
sintáxis, la formáción de los verbos regulares, y la conjugacion de los irregulares.
Por Teodoro Simonne, Professor de Lenguas. Crown 8vo, pp. 342, cloth. 1873. 6s.
Key to Ditto. Crown 8vo, pp. 80, cloth. 1873. 3s. 6d.
OPPERT.— Lists of Sanskrit Manuscripts in Private Libraries of Southern
India, Compiled, Arranged, and Indexed by Gustav Oppert, Ph.D. Vol. I. 8vo,
pp. viii. 620, cloth. 1881. £1, Is.
ORIENTAL SERIES.— See Trübner's Oriental Series.
ORIENTAL Text Society's Publications. A list may be had on application.
ORIENTAL CONGRESS.— Report of the Proceedings of the Second Interna-
tional Congress of Orientalists held in London, 1874. Royal 8vo, pp.
viii. and 68, sewed. 1874. 5s.
ORIENTALISTS.— Transactions of the Second Session of the International
Congress of Orientalists. Held in London in September 1874. Edited by
Robert K. Douglas, Hon. Sec. 8vo, pp. viii. and 456, cloth. 1876. 21s.
OTTÉ.— How TO Learn Danish (Dano-Norwegian) : a Manual for Students of
Danish based on the Ollendorffian system of teaching languages, and adapted for
self-instruction. By E. C. Ötté. Crown 8vo, pp. xx. and 338, cloth. 1879. 7s. 6d.
Key to above. Crown 8vo, pp. 84, cloth. 3s.
OVERBECK.— Catholic Orthodoxy and Anglo-Catholicism. A Word about the
Intercommiinion between the English and Orthodox Churches. By J. J. Overbeck,
D.D. 8vo, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1866. 5s.
OVERBECK.— Bonn Conference. By J. .L Overbeck, D.D. Cr-own 8vo, pp. 48,
sewed. 1876. Is.
OVERBECK.— A Plain View of the Claims of the Orthodox Catholic Church
AS Opposed to all other Christian Denominations, By J. J. Overbeck,
D.D. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 138, wrapper. 1881. 2s. 6d.
OWEN.— Footfalls on the Boundary of Another "World. "With IsTarrative
Illustrations. By R. D. Owen. An enlarged English Copyright Edition. Post
8vo, pp. XX. and 392, cloth. 1875. 7s. 6d.
PuUished hy Trilbner & Co, 51
OWEN.— The Debatable Land between this AVokld and the Next. With
Illustrative Narrations. By Kobert Dale Owen. Second Edition. CroAvn 8vo,
pp. 456, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d.
OWEN.— Threading my Way : Twenty-Seven Years of Autobiography. By R. D.
Owen. Crown Svo, pp. 344, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d.
OYSTER (The) : Where, How, and When to Find, Breed, Cook, and Eat It.
Second Edition, with a New Chapter, "The Oyster-Seeker in London." 12nio,
pp. viii. and 106, boards. 1863. Is.
PALESTINE.— Memoirs of the Survey of Western Palestine. Edited by W.
Besant, M.A., and E. H. Palmer, M.A., under the Direction of the Committee
of the Palestine Exploration Fund. Complete in seven volumes. Demy 4to,
cloth, with a Portfolio of Plans, and large scale Map. Second Issue. Price
Twenty Guineas.
PALMER.— Leaves from a Word-Hunter's Note-Book. Being some Contribu-
tions to English Etymology. By the Rev. A. Smythe Palmer, B.A., sometime
Scholar in the University of Dublin. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 316, cl. 1876. 7s. 6d.
PALMER.— A Concise Dictionary of the Persian Language. By E. H. Palmer,
M. A., of the Middle Temple, Barrister-at-Law, Lord Almoner's Reader, and Pro-
fessor of Arabic, and Fellow of St. John's College in the University of Cambridge.
Square royal 32mo, pp. 726, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d.
PALMER.— The Song of the Reed, and other Pieces. By E. H. Palmer, M.A.,
Cambridge. Crown 8vo, pp. 208, cloth. 1876. 5s.
PALMER.— Hindustani, Arabic, and Persian Grammar. See Triibner's Col-
lection.
PALMER.— Hafiz. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
PALMER. — The Patriarch and the Tsar. Translated from the Russ by Wilham
Palmer, M.A. Demy 8vo, cloth. Vol. I. The Replies of the Humble Nicon.
Pp. xl. and 674. 1871. 12s.— Vol. II. Testimonies concerning the Patriarch
Nicon, the Tsar, and the Boyars. Pp. Ixxviii. and 554. 1873. 12s.— Vol. III.
History of the Condemnation of the Patriarch Nicon. Pp. Ixvi. and 558.
1873. 12s.— Vols. IV., v., and VI. Services of the Patriarch Nicon to the
Church and State of his Country, &c. Pp. Ixxviii. and 1 to 660; xiv.-661-
1028, and 1 to 254 ; xxvi. -1029-1656, and 1-72. 1876. 36s.
PARKER— Theodore Parker's Celebrated Discourse on Matters Pertaining
to Religion. People's Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. 351. 1872. Stitched, Is. 6d. ;
cloth, 2s.
PARKER.— Theodore Parker. A Biography. By O. B. Frothingham. Crown
8vo, pp. viii. and 588, cloth, with Portrait. 1876. 12s.
PARKER.— The Collected Works of Theodore Parker, Minister of the Twenty-
eighth Congregational Society at Boston, U.S. Containing his Theological,
Polemical, and Critical Writings ; Sermons, Speeches, and Addresses ; and
Literary Miscellanies. In 14 vols. 8vo, cloth. 6s. each.
Vol. I. Discourse on Matters Pertaining to Religion. Preface by the Editor,
and Portrait of Parker from a medallion by Saulini. Pp. 380.
Vol. II. Ten Sermons and Prayers. Pp. 360.
Vol. III. Discourses of Theology. Pp. 318.
Vol. IV. Discourses on Politics. Pp. 312.
Vol. V. Discourses of Slavery. I. Pp. 336.
Vol. VI. Discourses of Slavery. II. Pp. 323.
52 A Catalogue of Important Works,
PARKER. — Collected AYorks — continued.
Vol. VII. Discourses of Social Science. Pp. 29G.
Vol. VIII. Miscellaneous Discourses. Pp. 230.
Vol. IX. Critical Writings. I. Pp. 292.
Vol. X. Critical AVritings. II. Pp. 308.
Vol. XI. Sermons of Theism, Atheism, and Popular Theology. Pp. 257.
Vol. Xri. Autobiographical and Miscellaneous Pieces. Pp. 356.
Vol. XIII. Historic Americans. Pp. 236.
Vol. XIV. Lessons from the World of Matter and the World of Man. Pp.
352.
PATERSON.— Notes on Militaky Surveying and Eeconnaissance. By Lieut. -
Colonel AVilliam Paterson. Sixth Edition. With 16 Plates. Demy 8vo, pp. xii.
and 146, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.
PATERSON.— Topographical Examination Papers. By Lieut.-Col. W. Paterson.
8vo, pp. 32, with 4 Plates. Boards. 1882. 2s.
PATERSON.— Treatise on Military Drawing. With a Course of Progressive
Plates. By Captain W. Paterson, Professor of Military Drawing at the Eoyal
miitary College, Sandhurst. Oblong 4to, pp. xii. and 31, cloth. 1862. £1, Is.
PATERSON. — The Orometer for Hill Measuring, combining Scales of Distances,
Protractor, Clinometer, Scale of Horizontal Equivalents, Scale of Shade, and
Table of Gradients. By Captain William Paterson. On cardboard. Is.
PATERSON. — Central America. By W. Paterson, the Merchant Statesman.
From a MS. in the British Museum, 1701. With a Map. Edited bv S. Bannis-
ter, M.A. 8vo, pp. 70, sewed. 1857. 2s. 6d.
PATON. — A History of the Egy'Ptian Revolution, from the Period of the Mame-
lukes to the Death of Mohammed Ali ; from Ai-ab and European Memoirs, Oral
Tradition, and Local Research. By A. A. Paton. Second Edition. 2 vols, demy
8vo, pp. xii. and 395, vüi. and 446, cloth. 1870. 18s.
PATON.— Henry Beyle (otherwise De Stendahl). A Critical and Biographical
Study, aided by Original Documents and Unpublished Letters from the Private
Papers of the Family of Beyle. By A. A. Paton. Crown 8vo, pp. 340, cloth.
1874. 7s. 6d.
PATTON. — The Death of Death ; or, A Study of God's Holiness in Connection
with the Existence of Evil, in so far as Intelligent and Responsible Beings are
Concerned. By an Orthodox Layman (John M. Patton). Revised Edition, crown
8vo, pp. xvi. and 252, cloth. 1881. 6s.
PAULI.— Simon de Montfort, Earl of Leicester, the Creator of the House of
Commons. By Reinhold Pauli. Translated by Una BI. Goodwin. With Intro-
duction by Harriet Martineau. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 340, cloth. 1876. 6s.
PETTENKOFER. — The Relation of the Air to the Clothes we wear, the House
WE live in, and the Soil we dwell on. Three Popular Lectures delivered before
the Albert Society at Dresden. By Dr. Max Von Pettenkofer, Professor of Hygiene
at the University of ]Munich, &c. Abridged and Translated by Augustus Hess.
M.D., M.R.C.P., London, &c. Cr. 8vo, pp. viii. and 96, limp cl. 1873. 2s. 6d. '
PETRUCCELLI.—Prelimin aires de la Question Romaine de INI. Ed. About. Par
F. Petruccelli de la Gattina. 8vo, pp. xv. and 364, cloth. 1860. 7s. 6d.
PEZZI. — Aryan Philology, according to the most recent researches (Glottologia
Aria Recentissima). Remarks Historical and Critical. By Domenico Pezzi.
Translated by E. S. Roberts, M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 2Ű0, cloth. 1879. 6s.
PHILLIPS. —The Doctrine of Addai, the Apostle, now first edited in a com-
plete form in the Original Syriac, witl\ English Translation and Notes. By
George Philips, D.D., President of Queen's College, Cambridge. 8vo, pp. xv.
and 52 and 53, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d.
Published hy Trübner de Co. 53
PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY, Transactions or, published irregularly. List of publi-
cations on application,
PHILOSOPHY (The) op Inspiration and Revelation. By a Layman. With a
preliminary notice of an Essay by the present Lord Bishop of Winchester, con-
tained in a volume entitled "Aids to Faith." 8vo, pp. 20, sewed. 1875. Gd.
PICCIOTTO.— Sketches of Anglo- Jewish History. By James Picciotto. Demy
8vo, pp. xi. and 420, cloth. 1875. 12s.
PIESSE. —Chemistry in the Brewing-Room : being the substance of a Course of
Lessons to Practical Brewers. With Tables of Alcohol, Extract, and Original
Gravity. By Charles H. Piesse, F.C.S., Public Analyst. Fcap., pp. viii. and 62,
cloth. 1877. 5s.
PIRY. — Le Saint Edit, Etude de Litterature Chinoise. Préparée par A.
Théophile Piry, du Service des Douanes Maritimes de Chine. 4to, pj). xx. and
320, cloth. 1879. 21s.
PLAYFAIR.— The Cities and Towns of China. A Geographical Dictionary.
By G. M. H. Playfair, of Her Majesty's Consular Service in China. 8vo, pp.
506, cloth. 1879. £1, 5s.
PLINY. — The Letters op Pliny the Younger. Translated by J. D. Lewis, M.A.,
Trinity College, Cambridge. Post 8vo, pp. vii. and 390, cloth. 1879. 5s.
PLUMPTRE. — King's College Lectures on Elocution ; on the Physiology and
Culture of Voice and Speech and the Expression of the Emotions by Language,
Countenance, and Gesture. To which is added a Special Lecture on the Causes
and Cure of the Impediments of Speech. Being the substance of the Introduc-
tory Course of Lectures annually delivered by Charles John Plumptre, Lecturer
on Public Reading and Speaking at King's College, London, in the Evening
Classes Department. Dedicated by permission to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales.
New and greatly Enlarged Illustrated Edition. Post 8vo, pp. xvi. and 488, cloth.
1880. 15s.
PLUMPTRE.— General Sketch of the History of Pantheism. By C. E.
Plumptre. Vol. I., from the Earliest Times to the Age of Spinoza; Vol. II.,
from the Age of Spinoza to the Commencement of the 19th Century. 2 vols
demy 8vo, pp. viii. and 395 ; iv. and 348, cloth. 1881. 18s.
POLE. — The Philosophy of Music. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library.
Vol. XI.
PONSARD.— Charlotte Cord ay. A Tragedy. By F. Ponsard. Edited, with Eng-
lish Notes and Notice on Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. 12mo, pp. xi.
and 133, cloth. 1867. 2s. 6d.
PONSARD.— L'HoNNEUR et L' Argent. A Comedy. By Francois Ponsard. Edited,
with English Notes and Memoir of Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. Fcap.
8vo, pp. xvi. and 172, cloth. 1869. 3s. 6d.
PRACTICAL GUIDES :—
France, Belgium, Holland, and the Rhine. Is.— Italian Lakes. Is.— Win-
tering Places or the South. 2s.— Switzerland, Savoy, and North Italy.
2s. 6d.— General Continental Guide. 5s.— Geneva. Is.— Paris. Is.— Ber-
nese Oberland. Is.— Italy. 4s.
PRATT.— A Grammar and Dictionary of the Samoan Language. By Rev.
George Pratt, Forty Years a Missionary of the London Missionary Society in
Samoa. Second Edition. Edited by Rev. S. J. Whitmee, F.R.G.S. Crown
8vo, pp. viii. and 380, cloth. 1878. 18s.
54 A Catalogue of Important Woilcs,
QUINET.— The Religious Revolution of the Nineteenth Centuky, From the
French of Edgar Quinet. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xl. and 70, parchment. 1881. Is. 6d.
QUINET.— EdGxVR Quinet. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol, XIV.
RAM RAZ.— Essay on the Architecture ob^ the Hindus. By Ram Raz, Native
Judge and Magistrate of Bangalore, Corr. Blem. R.A.S. With 48 Plates. 4to,
pp. xiv. and 64, sewed. 1834. £2, 2s.
RAMSAY.— Tabular List of all the Australian Birds at present known to
the Author, showing the distribution of the species. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S.,
&c., Curator of the Australian Museum, Sydney. 8vo, pp. 36, and Map ; boards.
1878. 5s.
RAND, M'NALLY, & CO.'S Business Atlas of the United States, Canada, and
West Indian Islands. With a Complete Reference Map of the World, Ready
Reference Index, &c., of all Post Offices, Railroad Stations, and Villages in the
United States and Canada. With Official Census. 4to, pp. 212, cloth. 1881.
£2, 12s. 6d.
R ASK— Grammar of the Anglo-Saxon Tongue, from the Danish of Erasmus
Rask. By Benjamin Thorpe. Third Edition, corrected and improved, with
Plate. Post 8vo, pp. vi. and 192, cloth. 1879. 5s. 6d.
RASE. — A Short Tractate on the Longevity ascribed to the Patriarchs in the
Book of Genesis, and its relation to the Hebrew Chronology; the Flood, the
Exodus of the Israelites, the Site of Eden, &c. From the Danish of the late
Professor Rask, with his manuscript corrections, and large additions from his
autograph, now for the first time printed. With a Map of Paradise and the
circumjacent Lands. Crown 8vo, pp. 134, cloth. 1863. 2s. 6d.
RATTON.— A Handbook of Common Salt. By J. J. L. Ratton, M.D., M.C.,
Surgeon, Madras Army. 8vo, pp. xviii. and 282, cloth. 1879. 7s. 6d.
RAVENSTEIN. — The Russians on the Amur ; its Discovery, Conquest, and Colo-
nization, with a Description of the Country, its Inhabitants, Productions, and
Commercial Capabilities, and Personal Accounts of Russian Travellers. By E. G.
Ravenstein, F.R.G.S. With 4 tinted Lithographs and 3 Maps. 8vo, pp. 500,
cloth. 1861. 15s.
RAVENSTEIN AND HÜLLEY.— The Gymnasium and its Fittings. By E. G.
Ravenstein and John Hulley. With 14 Plates of Illustrations. 8vo, pp. 32,
sewed. 1867. 2s. 6d.
RAVERTY.— Notes on Afghanistan and Part of Baluchistan, Geographical,
Ethnographical, and Historical, extracted from the Writings of little known
Afghan, and Tajyik Historians, &c., &c., and from Personal Observation. By
Major H. G. Raverty, Bombay Native Infantry (Retired). Foolscap folio. Sec-
tions I. and II., pp. 98, wrapper. 1880. 2s. Section III., pp. vi. and 218.
1881. 5s.
READE.— The Martyrdom of Man. By Winwood Reade. Fifth Edition.
Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 544, cloth. 1881. 7s. 6d.
RECORD OFFICE.— A Separate Catalogue of the Official Publications op
the Public Record Office, on sale by Triibner & Co., may be had on application,
RECORDS OF THE HEART. By Stella, Author of "Sappho," "The King's
Stratagem," &c. Second English Edition. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 188, with
six steel-plate engravings, cloth. 1881. 3s. 6d.
Fiélished hy Trühner & Co. 55
REDHOUSE.— The Turkish Vade-Mecum of Ottoman Colloquial Lanöuage :
Containing a Concise Ottoman Grammar ; a Carefully Selected Vocabulary
Alphabetically Arranged, in two Parts, English and Turkish, and Turkish and
English ; Also a few Familiar Dialogues and Naval and INIilitary Terms. The
whole in English Characters, the Pronunciation being fully indicated. By J.
W. Redhouse, M.R.A.S. Third Edition. 32mo, pp. vui. and 372, cloth.
1882. 6s.
REDHOUSE.— On the History, System, and Varieties of Turkish Poetry.
Illustrated by Selections in the Original and in English Paraphrase, with a Notice
of the Islamic Doctrine of the Immortality of Woman's Soul in the Future State.
By J. W. Redhouse, Esq., M.R.A.S. 8vo, pp. 62, cloth, 2s. 6d.; wrapper. Is. 6d.
1879.
REDHOUSE.— The Mesnevi. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
REEMELIN.— A Critical Review of American Politics. By C. Reemelin, of
Cincinnati, Ohio. Demy 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 630, cloth. 1881. 14s.
RENAN.— An Essay on the Age and Antiquity of the Book of Nabath^an
Agriculture. To which is added an Inaugural Lecture on the Position of the
Shemitic Nations in the History of Civilisation. By Ernest Renan. Crown 8vo,
pp. xvi. and 148, cloth. 1862. 3s. 6d.
RENAN.— The Life of Jesus. By Ernest Renan. Authorised English Translation.
Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 312, cloth. 2s. 6d. ; sewed, Is. 6d.
RENAN.— The Apostles, By Ernest Renan. Translated from the original French.
8vo, pp. viü. and 288, cloth. 1869. 7s. 6d.
REPORT OF A General Conference of Liberal Thinkers, for the discussion
of matters pertaining to the religious needs of our time, and the methods of
meeting them. Held June 13th and 14th, 1878, at South Place Chapel, Finsbury,
London. 8vo, pp. 77, sewed. 1878. Is.
RHODES.— Universal Curve Tables for Facilitating the Laying out of
Circular Arcs on the Ground for Railways, Canals, &c. Together with
Table of Tangential Angles and Multiples. By Alexander Rhodes, C.E. Oblong
18mo, band, pp. ix. and 104, roan. 1881. 5s.
RHYS.— Lectures on Welsh Philology. By John Rhys, M.A., Professor of
Celtic at Oxford, Honorary Fellow of Jesus College, &c., &c. Second Edition,
Revised and Enlarged. Crown 8vo, pp. xiv. and 467, cloth. 1879. 15s.
RICE,— Mysore and Cooeg. A Gazetteer compiled for the Government of India.
By Lewis Rice, Director of Public Instruction, Mysore and Coorg. Vol. I.
Mysore in General. With 2 Coloured Maps. Vol. II. Mysore, by Districts.
With 10 Coloured Maps. Vol. III. Coorg. AVith a Map. 3 vols, royal 8vo,
pp. xii. 670 and xvi. ; 544 and xxii. ; and 427 and xxvii., cloth. 1878, 25s.
RICE.— Mysore Inscriptions. Translated for the Government by Lewis ^Rice.
8vo, pp. xcii. and 336-xxx., with a Frontispiece and Map, boards. 1879. 30s.
RIDLEY.— KXmilarói, and other Australian Languages. By the Rev. William
Ridley, B.A. Second Edition, revised and enlarged by the author; with com-
parative Tables of Words from twenty Australian Languages, and Songs, Tradi-
tions, Laws, and Customs of the Australian Race. Small 4to, pp. vi. and 172, cloth.
1877. 10s. 6d.
56 A Catalogue of Important Works,
RIG-VEDA-SANHITA. A Collection of Ancient Hindu Hymns. Constituting the 1st
to the 8th Ashtakas, or Books of the E,ig-Veda ; the oldest authority for the Reli-
gious and Social Institutions of the Hindus. Translated from the Original San-
skrit. By the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S., &c., &c.
Vol. I. 8vo, pp. lii. and 348, cloth. 21s.
Vol. II. 8vo, pp. XXX. and 346, cloth. 1854. 21s.
Vol. III. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 525, cloth. 1857. 21s.
Vol. IV. Edited by E. B. Cowell, M.A. 8vo, pp. 214, cloth. -1866. 14s,
Vols. V. and VI. in the Press.
RILEY.— Medleval Chronicles op the City of London. Chronicles of the Mayors
and SheriiTs of London, and the Events which happened in their Pays, from the
Year A. D. 1188 to a.D. 1274. Translated from the original Latin of the "Liber
de Antiquis Legibus" (published by the Camden Society), in the possession of the
Corporation of the City of London ; attributed to Arnold Fitz-Thedmar, Alder-
man of London in the Reign of Henry III. — Chronicles of London, and of the
Marvels therein, between the Y'ears 44 Henry III., a.D. 1260, and 17 Edward III.,
A.D. 134.3. Translated from the original Anglo-Norman of the " Croniques de
London," preserved in the Cottoiiian Collection (Cleopatra A. iv.) in the British
Museum. Ti-anslated, with copious Notes and Appendices, by Henry Thomas
Riley, M.A., Clare Hall, Cambridge, Barrister-at-Law. 4to, pp. xii. and 319, cloth.
1863. 12s.
RIOLA.— How to Leaen Russian : a Manual for Students of Russian,' based upon
the Ollendorffian System of Teaching Languages, and adapted for Self-Instruc-
tion. Bv Henry Riola, Teacher of the Russian Language. With a Preface by
W.R.S. Ralston, M. A. Crown 8vo, pp. .576, cloth. 1878. 12s.
Key to the above. Crown 8vo, pp. 126, cloth. 1878. 5s.
RIOLA.— A Graduated Russian Reader, with a Vocabulary of all the Russian
Words contained in it. By Henry Riola, Author of " How to Learn Russian."
Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 314, cloth. 1879. 10s. 6d.
RIPLEY. — Sacred Rhetoric ; or, Composition and Delivery of Sermons. By
Henry I. Ripley. 12mo, pp. 234, cloth. 1858. 2s. 6d.
ROCHE.— A French Grammar, for the use of English Students, adopted for the
Public Schools by the Imperial Council of Public Instruction. By A. Roche.
Crown 8vo, i)p. xii. and 176, cloth. 1869. 3s.
ROCHE.— Prose and Poetry. Select Pieces from the best English Authors, for
Reading, Composition, and Translation. By A. Roche. Second Edition. Fcap.
8vo, pp. viii. and 226, cloth. 1872. 2s. 6d.
RODD.— The Birds of Cornwall and the Scillt Islands. By the late Edward
Hearle Rodd. Edited, with an Introduction, Appendix, and Memoir, by J. E.
Harting. 8vo, pp. Ivi. and 320, with Portrait and Map, cloth. 1880. 14s.
ROGERS. — The AVaverley Dictionary : An Alphabetical Arrangement of all the
Characters in Sir Walter Scott's Waverley Novels, with a Descriptive Analysis
of each Character, and Illustrative Selections from the Text. By May Rogers.
12mo, pp. 358, cloth. 1879. 10s.
ROSS.— Alphabetical Manual op Blowpipe Analysis; showing all known
Methods, Old and New. By Lieut. -Colonel W. A. Ross, late R.A., Member of
the German Chemical Society (Author of "Pyrology, or Fire Chemistry").
Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 148, cloth. 1880. 5s.
ROSS.— Pyrology, or Fire Chemistry ; a Science inter^tingto the General Philo-
sopher, and an Art of infinite importance to the Chemist, Metallurgist, Engineer,
&c., &c. By W. A. Ross, lately a Major in the Royal Artillery. Small 4to, pp.
xxviii. and 346, cloth. 1875. 36s.
Publislied hy Trühner dt Go. 57
ROSS.— Celebrities of the Yorkshire Wolds. By Frederick Ross, Fellow of the
Royal Historical Society. 12mo, pp. 202, cloth. 1878. 4s.
ROSS.— CoREAN Primer : being Lessons in Corean on all Ordinary Subjects. Trans-
literated on the principles of the " Mandarin Primer," by the same author, liy
Rev. John Ross, Newcbwang. 8vo, pp. 90, wrapper. 1877. 10s.
ROSS.— Honour or Shame? By R. S. Ross. 8vo, pp. 183. 1878. Cloth. 3s. 6d ;
paper, 2s. 6d.
ROSS. --Removal of the Indian Troops to Malta. By R. S. Ross. 8vo. pp. 77,
paper. 1878. Is. 6d.
ROSS. — The Monk op St. Gall. A Dramatic Adaptation of Scheffel's "Ekke-
hard." By R. S. Ross. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 218. 1879. 5s.
ROTH.— Notes on Continental Irrigation. By H. L. Roth. Demy 8vo, pp. 40,
with 8 Plates, cloth. 1882. 5s.
ROUGH Notes of Journeys made in the years 1868-1873 in Syria, down the Tigris,
India, Kashmir, Ceylon, Japan, Mongolia, Siberia, the United States, the Sand-
wich Islands, and Australasia. Demy 8vo, pp. 624, cloth. 1875. 14s.
ROUSTAING.— The Four Gospels Explained by their Writers. With an
Appendix on the Ten Commandments. Edited by J. B. Roustaing. Translated
by W. E. Kirby. 3 vols, crown 8vo, pp. 440-456-304, cloth. 1881. 15s.
ROUTLEDGE.— English Rule and Native Opinion in India. From Notes taken
in 1870-74. By James Routledge. 8vo, pp. x. and 338, cloth. 1878. 10s. 6d.
ROWLEY. -Ornithological Miscellany. By George Dawson Rowley, M. A., F.Z.S.
Vol. I. Part 1, 15s.— Part 2, 20s.— Part 3, 15s.— Part 4, 20s.
Vol. II. Part 5, 20s.— Part 6, 20s.— Part 7, 10s. 6d.— Part 8, 10s. 6d.— Part 9,
10s. 6d. -Part 10, 10s. 6d.
Vol. III. Part 11, 10s. 6d.— Part 12, 10s. 6d.— Part 13, 10s. 6d.-Part 14, 20s.
ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON (The).— Catalogue of Scientific Papers (1800-
1863), Compiled and Published by the Royal Society of London. Demy 4to,
cloth, per vol. £1 ; in half-morocco, £1, 8s. Vol. I. (1867), A to Cluzel. pp.
Ixxix. and 960; Vol. II. (1868), Coaklay— Graydon. pp. iv. and 1012; Vol.
IIL (1869), Greatheed— Leze. pp. v. and 1002 ; Vol. IV. (1870), L'Héritier de
Brutille— Pozzetti. pp. iv. and 1006 ; Vol. V. (1871), Praag— Tizzani. pp. iv.
and 1000 ; Vol. VI. (1872), Tkalec— Zylius. Anonymous and Additions, pp. xi.
and 763. Continuation of above (1864-1873) ; Vol. VIL (1877), A to Hyrtl. pp.
xxxi. and 1047 ; Vol. VIII. (1879), Ibanez— Zwicky. pp. 1310. A List of the
Publications of the Royal Society (Separate Papers from the Philosophical
Transactions), on application.
RUNDALL.— A Short and Easy Way to Write English as Spoken. Méthode
Rapidé et Facile d'Ecrire le Frangais comme on le Parle. Kurze und Leichte
Weise Deutsch zu Schreiben wie man es Spricht. By J. B. Rundall, Certificated
Member of the London Shorthand Writers' Association. 6d. each.
RUTHERFORD.— The Autobiography of Mark Rutherford, Dissenting Minister.
Edited by his friend, Reuben Shapcott. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 180, boards.
1881. 5s.
SÁMAVIDHÁNABRÁHMANA (The) (being the Third Bráhmana) of the Sáma Veda.
Edited, together with the Commentary of Sayana, an English Translation, Intro-
duction, and Index of Words, by A. C. Burnell. Vol. I. Text and Commentary,
with Introduction. Demy 8vo, pp. xxxviii. and 104, cloth. 1873. 12s. 6d.
58 A Catalogue of Important Works,
SAMUELSON.— HiSTOUY op Drink. A Review, Social, Scientific, and Political. By
James Samuelson, of the Middle Temple, Barrister-at-Law. Second Edition.
8vo, pp. xxviii. and 288, cloth. 1880. 6s.
SAND.— MOLIERE. A Drama in Prose. By George Sand. Edited, with Notes, by
Th. Karcher, LL.B. 12mo, pp. xx. and 170, cloth. 1868. 3s. 6d.
SARTORIUS.— Mexico. Landscapes and Popular Sketches. By C. Sartorius.
Edited by Dr. Gaspey. With Engravings, from Sketches by M. Rugendas. 4to,
pp. vi. and 202, cloth gilt. 1859. 18s.
SATOW.— An English Japanese Dictionary op the Spoken Language. By
Ernest Mason Satow, Japanese Secretary to H.M. Legation at Yedo, and Ishibashi
Masakata of the Imperial Japanese Foreign Ofitice. Second Edition. Imperial
32mo, pp. XV. and 416, cloth. 1879. 12s. 6d.
SAVAGE.— The Morals op Evolution. By M. J. Savage, Author of " The Reli-
gion of Evolution," &c. Crown 8vo, pp. 192, cloth. 1880. 5s.
SAVAGE. — Belief in God; an Examination of some Fundamental Theistic Pro-
blems. By M. J. Savage. To which is added an Address on the Intellectual Basis
of Faith. ■ By W. H. Savage. 8vo, pp. 176, cloth. 1881. 5s.
SAYCE.— An Assyrian Grammar for Comparative Purposes. By A. H. Sayce,
M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Queens College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and
188, cloth. 1872. 7s. 6d.
SAYCE.— The Principles of Comparative Philology. By A. H. Sayce, M.A.
Crown 8vo, pp. 384, cloth. 1874. 10s. 6d.
SCHAIBLE.— An Essay on the Systematic Training of the Body. By C. H.
Schaible, M.D., &c., &c. A Memorial Essay, Published on the occasion of the
first Centenary Festival of Frederick L. Jahn, with an Etching by H. Herkomer.
Crown 8vo, pp. xviii. and 124, cloth. 1878. 5s.
SCHEFFEL.— Mountain Psalms. By J. V. Von Scheffel. Translated by Mrs. F.
Brunnow. Fcap., pp. 62, with 6 Plates after designs by A. Von Werner. Parch-
ment. 1882. 3s. 6d.
SCHILLER.— The Bride of Messina. Translated from the German of Schiller in
English Verse. By Emily Allfrey. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 110, cloth. 1876. 2s.
SCHLAGINTWEIT.— Buddhism in Tibet: Illustrated by Literary Documents and
Objects of Religious Worship. By Emil Schlagintweit, LL.D. With a folio Atlas
of 20 Plates, and 20 Tables of Native Print in the Text. Roy. 8vo, pp. xxiv. and
404. 1863. £2, 2s.
SCHLEICHER.— A Compendium of the Comparative Grammar of the Indo-
European, Sanskrit, Greek, and Latin Languages. By August Schleicher.
Translated from the Third German Edition, by Herbert Bendall, B.A., Chr.
Coll., Camb. 8vo. Part L, Phonology. Pp. 184, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d. Part I L,'
Morphology. Pp. viii. and 104, cloth. 1877. 6s.
SCHULTZ.— Universal Dollar Tables (Complete United States). Covering all
Exchanges between the United States and Great Britain, France, Belgium,
Switzerland, Italy, Spain, and Germany. By C. W. H. Schultz. 8vo, cloth.
1874. 15s.
SCHULTZ.— Universal Interest and General Percentage Tables. On the
Decimal System. With a Treatise on the Currency of the World, and numerous
examples for Self-Instruction. By C. W. H. Schultz. 8vo, cloth. 1874. 10s. 6d.
SCHULTZ.— English German Exchange Tables. By C. W. H. Schultz. With a
Treatise on the Currency of the World. 8vo, boards. 1874. 5s.
Published by Trübner & Co. 59
SCHWENDLER.— Instructions for Testing Telegraph Lines, and the Technical
Arrangements in Offices. "Written ou behalf of the Government of India, under
the Orders of the Director-General of Telegra^ihs in India. By Louis Schwen-
dler. Vol. L, demy 8vo, pp. 248, cloth. 1878. 12s. Vol. IL, demy 8vo, pp. xi.
and 268, cloth. 1880. 9s.
SCOONES.— Faust. A Tragedy. By Goethe. Translated into English Verse, by
William Dalton Scoones. Fcap., pp. vi. and 230, cloth. 1879. 5s.
SCOTT. — The English Life of Jesus. By Thomas Scott. Crown 8vo, pp. xxviii.
and 350, cloth. 1879. 2s. 6d.
SCOTUS.— A Note on Mr. Gladstone's "The Peace to Come." By Scotus. 8vo,
pp. 106. 1878. Cloth, 2s. 6d ; paper wrapper, Is. 6d.
SELL.— The Faith of Islam. By the Rev. E. Sell, Fellow of the University of
Madras. Demy 8vo, pp. xiv. and 270, cloth. 1881. 6s. 6d.
SELSS. — Goethe's Minor Poems. Selected, Annotated, and Rearranged. By Albert
M. Selss, Ph.D. Crown 8vo, pp. xxxi. and 152, cloth. 1875. 3s. 6d.
SERMONS NEVER PREACHED. By Philip Phosphor. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 124,
cloth. 1878. 2s. 6d.
SEWELL.— Report on the Amaravati Tope, and Excavations on its Site in 1877.
By Robert Sewell, of the Madras C.S., &c. With four plates. Royal 4to, pp.
70, boards. 1880. 3s.
SHADWELL. — A System of Political Economy. By John Lancelot Shad well.
8vo, pp. 650, cloth. 1877. 7s. 6d.
SHADWELL.— Political Economy for the People. By John Lancelot Shadwell,
Author of "A System of Political Economy." Reprinted from the "Labour
News." Fcap., pp. vi. and 154, limp cloth. 1880. Is. 6d.
SHAKESPEARE'S Centurie of Prayse ; being Materials for a History of Opinion
on Shakespeare and his Works, culled from Writers of the First Century after
his Rise. By C. M. Ingleby. Medium 8vo, pp. xx. and 384. Stiff cover. 1874.
£1, Is. Large paper, fcap. 4to, boards. £2, 2s.
SHAKESPEARE.— Hermeneutics ; or, The Still Lion. Being an Essay towards
the Restoration of Shakespeare's Text. By C. M. Ingleby, M.A., LL.D., of
Trinity College, Cambridge. Small 4to, pp. 168, boards. 1875. 6s.
SHAKESPEARE. -The Man and the Book. By C. M. Ingleby, M.A., LL.D.
8vo. Part I. 6s.
SHAKESPEARE.— Occasional Papers on Shakespeare ; being the Second Part
of "Shakespeare: the Man and the Book." By 0. M. Ingleby, M.A., LL.D.,
V.P.R.S.L. Small 4to, pp. X. and 194, paper boards. 1881. 6s.
SHAKESPEARE.— A New Variorum Edition of Shakespeare. Edited by Horace
Howai'd Furness. Royal 8vo. Vol. I. Romeo and Juliet. Pp. xxiii. and 480,
cloth. 1871. 18s.— Vol. IL Macbeth. Pp. xix. and 492. 1873. 18s.— Vols.
III. and IV. Hamlet. 2 vols. pp. xx. and 474 and 430. 1877. 36s.— Vol. V.
King Lear. Pp. vi. and 504. 1880. 18s.
SHAKESPEARE.— Concordance to Shakespeare's Poems. By Mrs. H. H. Fur-
ness. Royal 8vo, cloth. 18s.
SHAKSPERE SOCIETY (The New).— Subscription, One Guinea per annum. List of
Publications on application.
60 A Catalogue of Important Works,
SHERRING.— The Sacred City of the Hindus. An Account of Benares in
Ancient and Modern Times. By the Rev. M. A. Sherring, M.A., LL.D. ; and
Prefaced with an Introduction by FitzEdward Hall, D.C.L. "With Illustrations.
8vo, pp. xxxvi. and 388, cloth. 21s.
SHERRING. — Hindu Tribes and Castes; together with an Account of the
Mohamedán Tribes of the North-West Frontier and of the Aboriginal Tribes of
the Central Provinces. By the Rev. M. A. Sherring, M.A., LL.B., Lond., &c.
4to. Vol. II. Pp. Ixviii. and .376, cloth. 1879. £2, 8s.— Vol. III., with Index of
3 vols. Pp. XÜ. and 336, cloth. 1881. 32s.
SHERRING.— The Hindoo Pilgrims. By Rev. M. A. Sherring, M.A., LL.D.
Crown 8vo, pp. 126, cloth, 1878. 5s.
SHIELDS.— The Final Philosophy ; or, System of Perfectible Knowledge issuing
from the Harmony of Science and Religion. By Charles W. Shields. D.D., Pro-
fessor in Princeton College. Royal 8vo, pp. viii. and 610, cloth. 1878. 18s.
SIBREE.— The Great African Island. Chapters on Madagascar. A Popular
Account of Recent Researches in the Physical Geography, Geology, and Explora-
tion of the Country, and its Natui-al History and Botany ; and in the Origin and
Divisions, Customs and Language, Superstitions, Folk-lore, and Religious Beliefs
and Practices of the Different Tribes. Together with Illustrations of Scripture
and Early Church History from Native Habits and Missionary ExperieDce. By
the Rev. James Sibree, jun., F.R.G.S., Author of "Madagascar and its People,"
&c. 8vo, pp. xii. and 272, with Physical and Ethnological Maps and Four Illus-
trations, cloth. 1879. 12s.
SIBREE.— Fancy and other Rhymes. With Additions. By John Sibree, M.A.,
London. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and 88, cloth. 1882. 3s.
SIEDENTOPF.~The German Caligraphist. Copies for German Handwriting.
By E. Siedentopf. Obi. fcap. 4to, sewed. 1869. Is.
SIMCOX.— Episodes in the Lives of Men, Women, and Lovers. By Edith Sim-
cox. Crown 8vo, pp. 312, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.
SIMCOX. — Natural Law. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. IV.
SIME. — Lessing. See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Extra Series,
Vols. I. and II.
SIMPSON-BAIKIE.— The Dramatic Unities in the Present Day. By E. Simpson-
Baikie. Third Edition. Fcap. 8vo, pp. iv. and 108, cloth. 1878. 2s. 6d.
SIMPSON-BAIKIE. — The International Dictionary for Naturalists and Sportsmen
in English, French, and German. By Edwin Simpson-Baikie. 8vo, pp. iv. and
284, cloth. 1880. 15s.
SINCLAIR.— The Messenger : A Poem. By Thomas Sioclair, M.A. Foolscap
8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 1875. 5s.
SINCLAIR.— LovES's Trilogy : A Poem. By Thomas Sinclair, M.A. Crown 8vo,
pp. 350, cloth. 1876. 5s.
SINCLAIR.— The Mount : Speech from its English Heights. By Thomas Sinclair,
M.A. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 302, cloth. 1877. 10s.
SINNETT.— The Occult World. By A. P. Sinnett. Second Edition. 8vo, pp.
XX. and 206, cloth. 1882. 6s.
SMITH.— The Divine Government. By S. Smith, M.D. Fifth Edition. Crown
8vo, pp. xii. and 276, cloth. 1866. 6s.
I
Published hy Trübner dt Co, 61
SMITH.— The Kecext Depression of Trade. Its Nature, its Causes, and the
Kemedies which have been suggested for it. By Walter E. Smith, B.A., New-
College. Being the Oxford Cobden Prize Essay for 1879. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and
108, cloth. 1880. 3s.
SMYTH.— The Aborigines of Victoria. With Notes relating to the Habits of
the Natives of other Parts of Australia and Tasmania. Compiled from various
sources for the Government of V"ict«ria. By R. Brough Smyth, F.L.S., F.G.S.,
&c., &c. 2 vols, royal 8vo, pp. lxxii.-484 and vi.-45G, Maps, Plates, and Wood-
cuts, cloth. 1878. £3, 3s.
SNOW— A Theologico-Political Treatise. By G. D. Snow. Crown 8vo, pp. 180
cloth. 1874. 4s. 6d.
SOILING.— DiUTiSKA: An Historical and Critical Survey of the Literature of Ger-
many, from the Earliest Period to the Death of Goethe. By Gustav Soiling. 8vo
pp. xviii. and 368. 1863. 10s. 6d.
SOLLING.— Select Passages from the Works of Shakespeare. Translated and
Collected. German and English. By G. Soiling, 12mo, pp. 155, cloth. 1866.
3s. 6d.
SOILING.- Macbeth. Eendered into Metrical German (with English Text ad-
joined). By Gustav Soiling. Crown 8vo, pp. 160, wrapper. 1878. 3s. 6d.
SONGS of the Semitic in English Verse. By G. E. W. Crown 8vo, pp. iv. and
134, cloth. 1877. 5s.
SOUTHALL.— The Epoch of the Mammoth and the Apparition of Man upon
Earth. By James C. Southall, A.M.. LL.D. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and 430, cloth
Illustrated. 1878. 10s. 6d.
SOUTHALL. —The Recent Origin of Man, as illustrated by Geology and the
Modern Science of Prehistoric Archaeology. By James C. Southall. 8vo pp
606, cloth. Illustrated. 1875. 30s.
SPANISH REFORMERS of Two Centuries from 1520 ; Their Lives and Writing,
according to the late Benjamin B. Wiffen's Plan, and with the Use of His Mate-
rials. Described by E. Boehmer, D.D., Ph.D. Vol. I. With B. B. Wiffen's
Narrative of the Incidents attendant upon the Republication of Reformistas
Antiguos Espanoles, and with a Memoir of B. B. Wiffen. By Isaline Wiifen.
Royal Svo, pp. xvi. and 216, cloth. 1874. 12s. 6d. Roxburghe, 15s,
SPEDDING,— The Life and Times of Francis Bacon, Extracted from the Edition
of his Occasional Writings, by James Spedding. 2 vols, post 8vo, pp. xx.-710 and
XÍV.-708, cloth, 1878. 21s.
SPIERS.— The School System of the Talmud. By the Rev, B, Spiers 8vo nn
48, cloth. 1882. 2s, 6d, i • . pi ■
SPINOZA,— Benedict de Spinoza: his Life, Correspondence, and Ethics Bv R
Willis, M.D, 8vo, pp. xliv. and 648, cloth. 1870. 21s.
SPIRITUAL EVOLUTION, An Essay on, considered in its bearing upon Modern
Spiritualism, Science, and Religion. By J. P. B. Crown 8vo, pp 156 cloth
1879. 3s.
SPRUNER.— Dr. Karl Von Spruner's Historico-Geographical Hand-Atl\s
containing 26 Coloured Maps. Obi. cloth. 1861. 15s. '
SQUIER.— Honduras ; Descriptive, Historical, and Statistical. By E G Squier
M.A., F.S.A. Cr. 8vo, pp. viii. and 278, cloth. 1870. 3s. Cd.
STATIONERY OFFICE.— Publications of Her Majesty's Stationery Office.
List on application.
62 A Catalogue of Important Works,
STEDMAN.— Oxford : Its Social and Intellectual Life. With Eemarks and Hints
on Expenses, the Examinations, &c. By Algernon M. M, Stedman, B.A., AVad-
ham College, Oxford. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 309, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d.
STEELE. —An Eastern Love Story. Kusa Játakaya : A Buddhistic Legendary
Poem, with other Stories. By Th. Steele. Cr. 8vo, pp. xii. and 260, el. 1871. 6s.
STENT.— The Jade Chaplet. In Twenty-four Beads. A Collection of Songs,
Ballads, &c. (from the Chinese). By G. C- Stent, M.N.C.B.R. A.S. Post 8vo, pp.
viii. and 168, cloth. 1874. 5s.
STENZLER.— See Auctores Sanskriti, Vol. II.
STOKES.— Goidelica— Old and Early-Middle Irish Glosses: Prose and Verse.
Edited by Whitley Stokes. 2d Edition. Med. 8vo, pp. 192, cloth. 1872. 18s.
STOKES.— Beunans Meriasek. The Life of Saint Meriasek, Bishop and Confessor.
A Cornish Drama. Edited, with a Translation and Notes, by Whitley Stokes.
Med. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 280, and Facsimile, cloth. 1872. 15s.
STRANGE.— The Bible ; is it "The Word of God " ? By Thomas Lumisden Strange.
Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 384, cloth. 1871. 7s.
STRANGE.— The Speaker's Commentary. Reviewed bv T. L. Strange. Cr. 8vo,
pp. viii. and 159, cloth. 1871. 2s. 6d.
STRANGE.— The Development of Creation on the Earth. By T. L. Strange.
Demy 8vo, pp. xii. and 110, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d.
STRANGE.— The Legends of the Old Testament. By T. L. Strange. Demy Svo,
pp. xii. and 244, cloth. 1874. 5s.
STRANGE.— The Sources and Development of Christianity. By Thomas
Lumisden Strange. Demy 8vo, pp. xx. and 256, cloth. 1875. 5s.
STRANGE.— What is Christianity? An Historical Sketch. Illustrated with a
Chart. By Thomas Lumisden Strange. Foolscap 8vo, pp. 72, cloth. 1880.
2s. 6d.
STRANGE.— Contributions to a Series of Controversial Writings, issued by
the late Mr. Thomas Scott, of Upper Norwood. By Thomas Lumisden Strange.
Fcap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 312, cloth. 1881. 2s. 6d.
STRANGFORD.— Original Letters and Papers of the Late Viscount Strangpord
upon Philological and Kindred Subjects. Edited by Viscountess Strangford.
Post 8vo, pp. xxii. and 284, cloth. 1878. 12s. 6d.
STRATMANN.— The Tragic all Historie of Hamlet, Prince of Denmarke. By
William Shakespeare. Edited according to the first printed Copies, with the various
Readings and Critical Notes. By F. H. Stratmann. 8vo, pp. vi. and 120,
sewed. 3s. 6d.
STRATMANN. —A Dictionary of the Old English Language. Compiled from
Writings of the Twelfth, Thirteenth, Fourteenth, and Fifteenth Centuries. By
F. H. Stratmann. Third Edition. 4to, pp. x. and 662, sewed. 1878. 30s.
STUDIES OF Man. By a Japanese. Crown 8vo, pp. 124, cloth. 1874. 2s. 6d.
SUYEMATZ.— Genji Monogatari. The Most Celebrated of the Classical Japanese
Romances. Translated by K. Suyematz. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 254. cloth.
1882. 7s. 6d.
SWEET. — History of English Sounds, from the Earliest Period, including an In-
vestigation of the General Laws of Sound Change, and full Word Lists. By
Henry Sweet. Demy 8vo, pp. iv.-164, cloth. 1874. 4s. 6d.
SYED AHMAD.— A Series of Essays on the Life of Mohammed, and Subjects
subsidiary thereto. By Syed Ahmad Khan Bahadur, C.S.I. Svo, pp. 532,
with 4 Tables, 2 Maps, and Plate, cloth. 1870. 30s.
Published hy Trübner dt Co. 63
TALBOT.— Analysis of the Organisation of the Prussian Army. By Lieuten-
ant Gerald F. Talbot, 2d Prussian Driigoon Guards. Royal 8vo, pp. 78, cloth.
1871. OS.
TAYLER.— A RETROSPECT OF THE RELIGIOUS LiFE OF ENGLAND; or, Church,
Puritanism, and Free Inquiry. By J, J. Tayler, B.A. Second Edition. Re-
issued, with an Introductory Chapter on Recent Development, by James Martineau,
LL.D., D.D. Post 8vo, pp. 380, cloth. 1876. 7s. 6d.
TAYLOR.— Prince Deukalion : A Lyrical Drama. By Bayard Taylor. Small 4to,
pp. 172. Handsomely bound in white vellum. 1878. 12s.
TECHNOLOGICAL Dictionary of the Terms employed in the Arts and Sciences ;
Architecture ; Civil Engineering ; Mechanics ; Machine-Making ; Shipbuilding and
Navigation ; Metallurgy ; Artillery ; Mathematics ; Physics ; Chemistry ; Minera-
logy, &c. With a Preface by Dr. K. Karmarsch. Second Edition. 3 vols.
Vol. I. German-English-French. 8vo, pi?. 646. 12s.
Vol. II. English-German-French. 8vo, pp. 666. 12s.
Vol. III. French-German-English. 8vo, pp. 618. 12s.
TECHNOLOGICAL DICTIONARY. —A Pocket Dictionary of Technical Terms
used in Arts and Manufactures. English-German -French, Deutsch-Englisch-
Französisch, Fran^ais-Allemand-Angiais. Abridged from the above Techno-
logical Dictionary by Rumpf, Mothes, and Unverzagt. With the addition of
Commercial Terms. 3 vols. sq. 12mo, cloth, 12s.
TEGNER.— Esaias Tegnfer's Frithiof's Saga. Translated from the Swedish, with
Notes, Index, and a short Abstract of the Northern Mythology, by Leopold
Hamel. Crown 8vo, pp. vi. and 280, cloth. 1874. 7s. 6d. With Photographic
frontispiece, gilt edges, 10s.
THEATRE FRANfAis Moderné.— A Selection of Modern French Plays. Edited by
the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D., C. Cassal, LL.D., and Th. Karcher, LL.B.
First Series, in 1 vol. crown 8vo, cloth, 6s., containing —
Charlotte Cord ay. A Tragedy. By F. Ponsard. Edited, with English Notes
and Notice on Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. Pp. xii. and 134. Sepa-
rately, 2s. 6d.
Diane. A Drama in Verse. By Emile Augier. Edited, with English Notes and
Notice on Augier, by Th. Karcher, LL.B. Pp. xiv. and 145. Separately,
2s. 6d.
Le Voyage á Dieppe, A Comedy in Prose. By Wafflard and Fulgence. Edited,
with English Notes, by the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D. Pp. 104. Separately,
2s. 6d.
Second Series, crown 8vo, cloth, 6s. , containing —
MoliÉRE. a Drama in Prose. By George Sand. Edited, with English Notes
and Notice of George Sand, by Th. Karcher, LL.B. Fcap. Svo, pp. xx. and
170, cloth. Separately, 3s. 6d.
Les Aristocraties. a Comedy in Verse. By Etienne Arago. Edited, with Eng-
lish Notes and Notice of Etienne Arago, by the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D. 2d
Edition. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xiv. and 236, cloth. Separately, 4s,
Third Series, crown 8vo, cloth, 6s., containing —
Les Faux Bonshommes. A Comedy. By Theodore Barriére and Ernest Ca-
, pendu. Edited, with English Notes and Notice on Barriere, by Professor C.
Cassal, LL.D. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 304. 1868. Separately, 4s.
L'Honneur et l' Argent. A Comedy. By Francois Ponsard. Edited, with
English Notes and Memoir of Ponsard, by Professor C. Cassal, LL.D. 2d
Edition. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xvi. and 171, cloth. 1869. Separately, 3s. 6d.
64 A Catalogue of Important Works,
THEISM.— A Candid Examination op Theism. By Physicus. Post 8vo, pp. xviii.
and 198, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d.
THEOSOPHY AND THE Higher Life ; or, Spiritual Dynamics and the Divine and
Miraculous Man. By G. W., M.D., Edinburgh, President of the British Theoso-
phical Society. 12mo, pp. iv. and 138, cloth. 1880. 3s.
THOM.— St. Paul's Epistles to the Corinthians. An Attempt to convey their
Spirit and Significance. By the Kev. J. H. Thorn. 8vo, pp. xii. and 408, cloth.
1851. 5s.
THOMAS.— Early Sassanian Inscriptions, Seals, and Coins, illustrating the
Early History of the Sassanian Dynasty, containing Proclamations of Ardeshir
Babek, Sapor I., and his Successors. With a Critical Examination and Explana-
tion of the celebrated Inscription in the Hájíábad Cave, demonstrating that Sapor,
the Conqueror of Valerian, was a professing Christian. By Edward Thomas.
Illustrated. 8vo, pp. 148, cloth. 7s. 6d.
THOMAS.— The Chronicles of the Pathan Kings of Dehli. Illustrated by
Coins, Inscriptions, and other Antiquarian Bemains. By E. Thomas, F.K.A.S.
With Plates and Cuts. Demy 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 467, cloth. 1871. 28s.
THOMAS.— The Revenue PvEsources of the Mughal Empire in India, from
A.D. 1593 to A.D, 1707. A Supplement to "The Chronicles of the Pathan Elinga
of Delhi." By E. Thomas, F.Pv.S. 8vo, pp. 60, cloth. 3s. 6d.
THOMAS. — Sassanian Coins. Communicated to the Numismatic Society of
London. By E. Thomas, F.E.S. Two Parts, 12mo, pp. 43, 3 Plates and a Cut,
sewed. 5s.
THOMAS.— J ainism ; OR, The Early Faith of Asoka. With Illustrations of the
Ancient Eeligions of the East, from the Pantheon of the Indo-Scythiaus. To
which is added a Notice on Bactrian Coins and Indian Dates. By Edward
Thomas, F.E.S. 8vo, pp. viii.-24 and 82. With two Autotype Plates and
Woodcuts. 1877. 7s. 6d.
THOMAS.— The Theory and Practice op Creole Grammar. By J. J. Thomas.
8vo, pp. viii. and 135, boards. 12s.
THOMAS.— Eecords of the Gupta Dynasty. Illustrated by Inscriptions, Written
History, Local Ti'adition, and Coins. To which is added a Chapter on the Arabs
in Sind. Bv Edward Thomas, F.E.S. Folio, with a Plate, pp. iv. and 64, cloth.
14s.
THOMAS.— Boyhood Lays. Bv William Heniy Thomas. 18mo, pp. iv. and 74,
cloth. 1877. 2s, 6d.
THOMSON. — Evolution and Involution. By George Thomson, Author of " The
World of Being," &c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 206, cloth. 1880. 5s.
THOMSON.— Institutes of the Laws of Ceylon. By Henry Byerley Thomson,
Second Puisne Judge of the Supreme Court of Ceylon. In 2 vols. 8vo, pp. xx.
and 647, pp. xx. and 713, cloth. With Appendices, pp. 71. 1866. £2, 2s.
THORBÜRN.— Bannű ; OR, Our Afghan Frontier. By S. S. Thorburn, F.C.S.,
Settlement OfiScer of the Bannú Distinct. 8vo, pp. x. and 480, cloth. 1876. 18s.
THORPE.— Diplomatarium Anglicum .^vi Saxonici. A Collection of English
Charters, from the reign of King ^thelberht of Kent, A.D. DCV., to that of Wil-
liam the Conqueror. Containing : I. Miscellaneous Charters. II. Wills. III.
Guilds. I"V. Manumissions and Acquittances. With a Translation of the Anglo-
Saxon. By the late Benjamin Thorpe, ÜMember of the Eoyal Academy of Sciences
at Munich, and of the Society of Netherlandish Literature at Leyden. 8vo, pp.
xlü. and 682, cloth. 1865. £1, Is.
PuUished hy Trühner & Co. 65
THOUGHTS ON LOGIC ; or, the S.N.I.X. Propositional Theory. Crown 8vo, pp. iv.
and 76, cloth. 1877. 2s. 6d.
THOUGHTS ON THEISM, with Suggestions towards a Public Religious Service in
Harmony with Modern Science and Philosophy, Sixth Thousand. Eevised and
Enlarged. Svo, pp. 74, sewed. 1879. Is.
THURSTON. —Friction and Lubrication. Determinations of the Laws and Co-
efficients of Friction by new Methods and with new Apparatus. By Robert H.
Thurston, A.M., C.E., &c. Crown 8vo, pp.xvi. and 212, cloth. 1879. 6s. 6d.
TIELE.— See English and Foreign Philosophical Library, Vol. VII. and Trlibner's
Oriental Series.
TOLHAUSEN.— A Synopsis of the Patent Laws of Various Countries. By A.
Tolhausen, Ph.D. Thii'd Edition. 12mo, pp. 62, sewed. 1870. Is. 6d.
TONSBERG. — Korway. Illustrated Handbook for Travellers. Edited by Charles
Tönsberg. With 134 Engravings on Wood, 17 Maps, and Supplement. Crown
8vo, pp. Ixx., 482, and 32, cloth. 1875. 18s.
TOPOGRAPHICAL WORKS.— A List of the various Works prepared at the
Topographical and Statistical Department of the War Office may be
had on application.
TORRENS.— Empire in Asia : How we came by it. A Book of Confessions. By
W. M. Torrens, M.P. Med. 8vo, pp. 426, cloth. 1872. 14s.
TOSCANI.— Italian Conversational Course. A New Method of Teaching the
Italian Language, both Theoretically and Practically. By Giovanni Toscani, Pro-
fessor of the Italian Language and Literature in Queen's Coll., London, &c.
Fourth Edition. 12mo, pp. xiv. and 300, cloth. 1872. 5s.
TOSCANI.— Italian Reading Course. By G. Toscani. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xii. and
160. With table. Cloth. 1875. 4s. 6d.
TOULON.— Its Advantages as a Winter Residence for Invalids and Others.
By an English Resident. The j)roceeds of this pamphlet to be devoted to the
English Church at Toulon. Crown 8vo, pp. 8, sewed. 1873. 6d.
TRIMEN.— South- African Butterflies ; a Monograph of the Extra-Tropical
Species. By Roland Trimen, F.L.S., F.Z.S., M.E.S., Curator of the South
African Museum, Cape Town. Royal 8vo. [In preparation.
TRÜBNER'S American, European, and Oriental Literary Record. A Register
of the most Important Works published in America, India, China, and the British
Colonies. With Occasional Notes on German, Dutch, Danish, French, Italian,
Spanish, Portuguese, and Russian Literature. The object of the Publishers in
issuing this publication is to give a full and particular account of every publica-
tion of importance issued in America and the East. Small 4to, 6d. per number.
Subscription, 5s. per volume.
TRUBNER. — TrÜbner's Bibliographical Guide to American Literature :
A Classed List of Books published in the United States of America, from 1817
to 1857. With Bibliographical Introduction, Notes, and Alphabetical Index.
Compiled and Edited by Nicolas Trübner. In 1 vol. 8vo, half bound, pp. 750.
1859. 18s.
E
66 A Catalogue of Important Works,
TRÚBNER'S Catalogue of Dictionaries and Grammars op the Principal
Languages and Dialects of the World. Considerably Enlarged and Revised,
with an Alphabetical Index. A Guide for Students and Booksellers. Second
Edition, 8vo, pp. viii. and 170, cloth. 1882. 5s.
TRUBNER'S Collection of Simplified Grammars of the Principal Asiatic
AND European Languages. Edited by E. H. Palmer, M.A.
Simplified Grammar of Hindustani, Persian, and Arabic. By E.
H. Palmer, M.A. Crown 8vo, cloth, pp. 112. 1882. 5s.
TRÜBNER'S ORIENTAL SERIES :—
Post 8vo, cloth, uniformly bound.
Essays on the Sacred Language, Writings, and Religion of
the Parsis. By Martin Haug, Ph.D., late Professor of Sanskrit and
Comparative Philology at the University of Munich. Second Edition.
Edited by E. W. West, Ph.D. Pp. xvi. and 428. 1878. 16s.
Texts from the Buddhist Canon, commonly known as Dhamma-
pada. With Accompanying Narratives. Translated from the Chinese
by S. Beal, B.A., Trinity College, Cambridge, Professor of Chinese, Uni-
versity College, London. Pp. viii. and 176. 1878. 7s. 6d.
The History op Indian Literature. By Albrecht Webei-. Trans-
lated from the German by J. Mann, M.A., and Dr. T. Zachariae, with
the Author's sanction and assistance. 2d Edition. Pp.368. 1882. 10s. 6d.
A Sketch of the Modern Languages of the East Indies. Accom-
panied by Two Language Maps, Classified List of Languages and
Dialects, and a List of Authorities for each Language. By Robert Cust,
late of H.M.I.C.S., and Hon. Librarian of R.A.S. Pp. xii. and 198.
1878. 12s.
The Birth of the War-God : A Poem. By "Kálidasá. Translated
from the Sanskrit into English Verse, by Ralph T. H. Griffiths, M.A.,
Principal of Benares College. Second Edition. Pp. xii. and 116. 1879. 5s.
A Classical Dictionary of Hindu Mythology and History, Geo-
graphy AND Literature. By John Dowson, M.R.A.S., late Professor
in the Staff College. Pp.432. 1879. 16s.
Metrical Translations from Sanskrit Writers ; with an Introduc-
tion, many Prose Versions, and Parallel Passages from Classical
Authors. By J. Muir, C.E.L, D.C.L., &c. Pp. xliv.-376. 1879. 14s.
Modern India and the Indians : being a Series of Impressions, ISTotes,
and Essays. By Monier Williams, D.C.L., Hon. LL.D. of the University
of Calcutta, Boden Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Oxford.
Third Edition, revised and augmented by considerable additions. With
Illustrations and Map, pp. vii. and 368. 1879. 14s.
The Life or Legend of Gaudama, the Buddha of the Burmese. With
Annotations, the Ways to Neibban, and Notice on the Phongyies, or
Burmese Monks. By the Right Rev. P. Bigandet, Bishop of Ramatha,
Vicar Apostolic of Ava and Pegu. Third Edition. 2 vols. Pp. xx.-368
and viii. -326. 1880. 21s.
Miscellaneous Essays, relating to Indian Subjects. By B. H. Hodg-
son, late British Minister at NepaL 2 vols., pp. viii.-408, and viii.-348.
1880. 28s.
Selections from the Koran. By Edward William Lane, Author of an
"Arabic-English Lexicon," &c. A New Edition, Revised, with an
Introduction. By Stanley Lane Poole. Pp. cxii. and 174. 1879. 9s.
Chinese Buddhism. A Volume of Sketches, Historical and Critical.
By J. Edkins, D.D., Author of "China's Place in Philology," "Religion
in China," &c., &c. Pp. Ivi. and 454. 1880. 18s.
Published by Trubner (t Co. 67
TRUBNER'S ORIENTAL SERIES— co/iíiwí/ecZ.
The Gulistan ; or, Kose Garden of Shekh Müshliu'd-Din Sadi of
Shiraz. Translated for the first time into Prose and Verse, with
Preface and a Life of the Author, from the Atish Kadah, by E. B.
Eastwick,F.R.S.,M.R.A.S. 2dEdition. Pp. xxvi. and 244. 1880. 10s. 6d.
A Talmudic Miscellany ; or, One Thousand and One Extracts from the
Talmud, the Midrashim, and the Kabbalah. Compiled and Translated
by P. J. Hershon. AVith a Preface by Rev. F. W. Farrar, D. D. , F. R. S. ,
Chaplain in Ordinary to Her Majesty, and Canon of Westminster.
With Notes and Copious Indexes. Pp. xxviii. and362. 1880. 14s.
The History of Esahhaddon (Son of Sennacherib), King of Assyria,
B.C. 681-668, Translated from the Cuneiform Inscriptions upon
Cylinders and Tablets in the British Museum Collection. Together
with Original Texts, a Grammatical Analysis of each word, Explana-
tions of the Ideographs by Extracts from the Bi-Lingual Syllabaries,
and List of Eponyms, &c. By E. A. Budge, B.A., M.R.A.S., Assyrian
Exhibitioner, Christ's College, Cambridge. Post 8vo, pp. xii.' and
164, cloth. 1880. 10s. 6d.
Buddhist Birth Stories; or, Jataka Tales. The oldest Collection of
Folk-Lore extant : being the Játakatthavannaná, for the first time
edited in the original Pali, by V. Fausboll, and translated by T. W.
Rhys Davids. Translation. Vol. I. Pp. cxvi. and 348. 1880. 18s.
The Classical Poetry of the Japanese. By Basil Chamberlain, Author
of " Yeigio Henkaku, Ichiran." Pp. xii. and 228. 1880. 7s. 6d.
Linguistic and Oriental Essays. Written from the year 1846-1878.
By R. Cust, Author of "The Modern Languages of the East Indies."
Pp. xii. and 484. 1880. 18s.
Indian Poetry. Containing a New Edition of "The Indian Song of
Songs," from the Sanskrit of the Gita Govinda of Jayadeva ; Two Books
from " The Iliad of India " (Mahábhárata) ; " Proverbial Wisdom " from
the Shlokas of the Hitopadésa, and other Oriental Poems. By Edwin
Arnold, M.A., C.S.L, &c., &c. Pp. viii. and 270. 1881. 7s. 6d.
The Religions of India. By A. Barth. Authorised Translation by
Rev. J. Wood. Pp. XX. and 310. 1881. 16s.
Hindu Philosophy. The Sankhya Karika of Iswara Krishna. Au
Exposition of the System of Kapila. With an Appendix on the Nyaya
and Vaiseshika Systems. Bv John Davies, M.A,, M.K.A.S. Pp. vi.
and 151. 1881. 6s.
A Manual of Hindu Pantheism. The Vedantasara. Translated with
Copious Annotations. By Major G. A. Jacob, Bombay Staff Corps,
Inspector of Army Schools. With a Preface by ¥j. B. Cowell, M.A.,
Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge. Pp. x. and 130.
1881. 6s.
The Mesnevi (usually known as the MesnevTyi Sherif, or Holy MesnevT)
of Mevláná (Our Lord) Jelalu-'d-Din Muhammed, Er-RümT. Book the
First. Together with some Account of the Life and Acts of the Author,
of his Ancestors, and of his Descendants. Illustrated by a selection
of Characteristic Anecdotes as collected by their Historian Mevlánü
Shemsu-'d-Din Ahmed, El Eflaki El Arifi. Translated, and the Poetry
Versified by James W. Redhouse, M.R.A.S., &c. Pp. xvi. and 136;
vi. and 290. 1881. £1, Is.
Eastern Proverbs and Emblems Illustrating Old Truths. By the
Rev. J. Long, Member of the Bengal Asiatic Society, F.R.G.S. Pp.
XV. and 280. 1881. 6s.
68 A Catalogue of Important IVorks,
TRÜBNER'S ORIENTAL SERIES- continued.
The Quatrains of Omar Khayyam. A Kew Translation. By E. H.
Whiufield, late of H.M. Bengal Civil Service. Pp. 96. 1881. 5s.
The Mind of Mencius ; or, Political Economy Founded upon Moral Philo-
sophy. A Systematic Digest of the Doctrines of the Chinese Philosopher
Mencius. The Original Text Classified and Translated, with Com-
ments, by the Rev. E. Faber, Khenish Mission Society. Translated
from the German, with Additional Notes, by the Rev. A. B. Hutchin-
son, Church Mission, Hong Kong. Author in Chinese of " Primer Old
Testament History," &c., &c. Pp. xvi. and 294. 1882. 10s. Gd.
Y6suF and Zulaikha. A Poem by Jami. Translated from the Persian
into English Verse. By K. T. H. Griffith. Pp. xiv. and 304. 1882. 8s. 6d.
TSUNI- II GOAM : The Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi. By Theophilus
Hahn, Ph.D., Custodian of the Grey Collection, Cape Town, Corres-
ponding Member of the Geographical Society, Dresden ; Corresponding
Member of the Anthropological Society, Vienna, <S:c., &c. Pp. xii. and
1.54. 1882. 7s. 6d.
A Comprehensive Commentary to the Quran. To which is prefixed
Sale's Preliminary Discourse, with Additional Notes and Emendations,
Together with a Complete Index to the Text, Preliminary Discourse,
and Notes. By Rev. E. M. Wherry, M.A., Lodiana. Vol. I. Pp. xii.
and 392. 1882. 12s. 6d.
Hindu Philosophy. The Bhagavad GIta ; or. The Sacred Laj-. A
Sanskrit Philosophical Lay. Translated, with Notes, by John Davies,
M.A. Pp. vi. and 208. 1882. 8s. 6d.
The Sarva-Darsana-Samgraha ; or, Review of the Different Systems
of Hindu Philosophy. By Madhava Acharya. Translated by E. B.
Cowell, M.A., Cambridge, and A. E. Gough, M.A. Calcutta. Pp. xii.
and 282. 1882. 10s. 6d.
Tibetan Tales. Derived from Indian Sources. Translated from the
Tibetan of the Kay-Gyur. By F. Anton von Schiefner. Done into
English from the German, with an Introduction. By W. R. S. Ralston,
M.A. Pp. Ixvi. and 368. 1882. 14s.
Linguistic Essays. By Carl Abel, Ph.D. Pp. viii. and 265. 1882. 9s.
The Indian Empire : Its History, People, and Products. By W. W.
Hunter, CLE., LL.D. Pp. 568. 1882. 16s.
History of the Egyptian Religion. By Dr. C. P. Tiele, Leiden. Trans-
lated by J. BallingaL Pp. xxiv. and 230. 1882. 7s. 6d.
The Philosophy of the Upanishads. By A. £. Gough, M.A., Calcutta.
Pp. xxiv. -268. 1882. 9s.
The following u-orks are in 2yre2mration :—
Buddhist Records of the Western "World, being the Si-Yu-Ki by
Hwen Thsang. Translated from the original Chinese, with Introduc-
tion, Index, kc. By Samuel Beal, Trinity College, Cambridge, Profes-
sor of Chinese, University College, London. In 2 a'oIs.
Oriental Religions in their Relation to Universal Religion. By
Samuel Johnson. First Section — India. Second Section — China. In
4 vols.
The Odes of Hafiz. Being a Complete Metrical Translation of the
Works of the Great Lyric Poet of Persia. By E. H. Palmer, M.A,,
Lord Almoner's Professor of Arabic in the University of Cambridge.
Puhlished by Trühner é Co. 69
UNGER.— A Short Cut to Reading : The Child's First Book of Lessons. Part I.-
By W. H. Unger. Fourth Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. 32, cloth. 1873. 5d. In folio
sheets. Pp. 44. Sets A to D, lOd. each ; set E, 8d. 1873. Complete, 4s.
Sequel to Part I. and Part II. Fourth Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. 64, cloth. 1873.
6d. Parts I. and II. Third Edition. Demy 8vo, pp. 76, cloth. 1873. Is. 6d.
UNGER. — W. H. Unger's Continuous Supplementary Writing Models, designed
to imi^art not only a good business hand, but correctness in transcribing. Oblong
8vo, pp. 40, stiff covers. 1874. 6d.
UNGER.— The Student's Blue Book: Being Selections from Official Corre-
spondence, Reports, &c. ; for Exercises in Reading and Copying Manuscripts,
Writing, Orthography, Punctuation, Dictation, Precis, Indexing, and Digesting,
and Tabulating Accounts and Returns. Compiled by W. H. Unger. Folio, pp.
100, paper. 1875. 4s.
UNGER.— Two Hundred Tests in English Orthography, or Word Dictations.
Compiled by W. H. linger. Foolscap, pp. viii. and 200, cloth. 1877. Is. 6d. plain,
2s. 6d. interleaved.
UNGER. — The Script Primer : By which one of the remaining diflSculties of
Children is entirely removed in the first stages, and, as a consequence, a consider-
able saving of time will be effected. In Two Parts. By W. H. Unger. Part 1.
12mo, pp. xvi. and 44, cloth. 5d. Part II., pp. 59, cloth. 5d.
UNGER.— Preliminary Word Dictations on the Rules for Spelling. By W.
H. Unger. 18mo, pp. 44, cloth. 4d.
URICOECHEA.— Mapoteca Colombiana : Catalogo de Todos los Mapas, Pianos,
"Vistas, &c., relatives a la America-Espanola, Brasil, e Islas adyacentes. Arre-
glada cronologicamente i precedida de una introduccion sobre la história cartogra-
tica de America. Por el Doctor Ezequiel Uricoechea, de Bogota, Nueva Granada.
8vo, pp. 232, cloth. 1860. 6s.
VAITANA SUTRA.— See AuCTORES Sa^nskriti, Vol. III.
VALDES.— Lives of the Twin Brothers, Jüín and Alfonso de Valdés. By E.
Boehmer, D.D. Translated by J. T. Betts. Crown 8vo, pp. 32, wrappers.
1882. Is.
VALDES. —Seventeen Opuscules. By Juan de Valdés. Translated from the
Spanish and Italian, and edited by John T. Betts. Crown 8vo, pp. xii. and
188, cloth. 1882. . Os.
VALDES.— Juan de Valdés' Commentary upon the Gospel of St. Matthew.
With Professor Boehmer's "Lives of Juan and Alfonso de Valdés." Now for
the first time translated from the Spanish, and never before published in English.
By John T. Betts. Post 8vo, pp. xii. and 512-30, cloth. 1882. 7s. 6d.
VALDES. — Spiritual Milk; or. Christian Instruction for Childi'en. By Juan de
Valdés. Translated from the Italian, edited and published by John T. Betts.
AVith Lives of the twin brothers, Juan and Alfonso de Valdés. By E. Boehmer,
D.D. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 60, wrappers. 1882. 2s.
VALDES. — Three Opuscules : an Extract from Valdés' Seventeen Opuscules. By
Juan de Valdés. Translated, edited, and published by John T. Betts. Fcap. 8vo,
pp. 58, wrappers. 1881. Is. 6d.
VALDES. —Juan de Valdés' Commentary upon Our Lord's Sermon on the
Mount. Translated and edited by J. T. Betts. With Lives of Juan and
Alfonso de Valdés. By E. Boehmer, D.D. Crown 8vo, pp. 112, boards.
1882. 2s. 6d.
VAN CAMPEN.— The Dutch in the Arctic Seas. By Samuel Richard Van
Carapen, author of "Holland's Silver Feast." 8vo. Vol. I. A Dutch Arctic
Expedition and Route. Third Edition. Pp. xxxvii. and 263, cloth. 1877. 10s. 6d.
Vol. II. in preparation.
70 A Catalogue of Important Works.
VAN DE WEYER.— Choix d'Opuscules Philosophiques, Histokiques, Politiques
ET LlTTÉRAlRES (le Sylvain Van de Weyer, Precedes d'Avant propos de I'Editeur.
Roxburghe style. Crown 8vo. PrExMIere SÉrie. Pp. 374. 1863. 10s. 6d.—
Deuxieme SÉRIE. Pp. 502. 1869. 12s.— Troisiemk Série. Pp. 391. 1875.
10s. 6d.— Quatriéme Série. Pp. 366. 1876. 10s. 6d.
VAN LAUN. — Grammar of the French Language. By H. Van Laun. Parts
I. and II. Accidence and Syntax. 13tli Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. 151 and 120, cloth.
1874. 4s. Part III. Exercises. 11th Edition. Cr. 8vo, pp. xii. and 285, cloth.
1873. 3s. 6d.
VAN LAUN.— Lemons Graduees de Traduction et de Lecture ; or, Graduated
Lessons in Translation and lieadiug, with Biographical Sketches, Annotations
on History, Geography, Synonyms and Style, and a Dictionary of Words and
Idioms. By Henri Van Laun. 4th Edition. 12mo, pp. viii. and 400, cloth.
1868. 5s.
VARDHAMANA'S GANARATNAMAHODADHI. See Auctores Sanskriti, Vol. IV.
VELASQUEZ AND Simonné's New Method to Eead, Write, and Speak the
Spanish Language. Adapted to Ollendorff's System. Post 8vo, pp. 558, cloth.
1880. 6s.
Key. Post 8vo, pp. 174, cloth. 4s.
VELASQUEZ.— A Dictionaey of the Spanish and English Languages. For
the Use of Young Learners and Travellers. By M. Velasquez de la Cadena.
In Two Parts. I. Spanish-English. II. English-Spanish. Crown 8vo, pp. viii.
and 846, cloth. 1878. 7s. 6d.
VELASQUEZ.— A Pronouncing Dictionary of the Spanish and English Lan-
guages. Composed from the Dictionaries of the Spanish Academy, Terreos, and
Salva, and Webster, Worcester, and Walker. Two Parts in one thick volume.
By M. Velasquez de la Cadena. Roy. 8vo, pp. 1280, cloth. 1873. £1, 4s.
VELASQUEZ. — New Spanish Reader : Passages from the most approved authors,
in Prose and Verse. Arranged in j^rogressive order. With Vocabulary. By M.
Velasquez de la Cadena. Post 8vo, pp. 352, cloth. 1866. 6s.
VELASQUEZ.— An Easy Introduction to Spanish Conversation, containing all
that is necessary to make a rapid progress in it. Particularly designed for
persons who have little time to study, or are their own instructors. By M.
Velasquez de la Cadena. 12mo, jjp. 150, cloth. 1863. 2s. 6d.
VERSES and Verselets. By a Lover of Nature. Foolscap 8vo, pp. viii. and
88, cloth. 1876. 2s. 6d.
VICTORIA GOVERNMENT.— Publications op the Government of Victoria.
List in preparation.
VOGEL.— On Beer. A Statistical Sketch. By M. Vogel. Fcap. 8vo, pp. xii. and
76, cloth limp. 1874. 2s.
WAPFLARD and FULGENCE.— Le Voyage A Dieppe. A Comedy in Prose. By
Wafflard and Fulgeuce. Edited, with Notes, by the Rev. P. H. E. Brette, B.D.
Cr. 8vo, pp. 104, cloth. 1867. 2s. 6d.
WAKE.— The Evolution op Morality. Being a History of the Development of
Moral Culture. By C. Staniland Wake. 2 vols, crown 8vo, pp. xvi.-506 and
xii. -474, cloth. 1878. 21s.
WALLACE.— On Miracles and Modern Spiritualism ; Three Essays. By Alfred
Russel Wallace, Author of "The Malay Archipelago," "The Geographical Dis-
tribution of Animals," kc, &c. Second Edition, crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 236,
cloth. 1881. 5s.
Published hy Trühner dt Co. 71
WANKLYN and CHAPMAN.— Water Analysis. A Practical Treatise on tLe
Examination of Potable Water. By J. A. W^anklyn, and E. T. Chapman. Fifth
Edition. Entirely rewritten. By J. A. Wanklyn, M.K.C.S. Crown 8vo, pp. x.
and 182, cloth. 1879. 5s.
WANKLYN. — Milk Analysis ; a Practical Treatise on the Examination of Milk and
its Derivatives, Cream, Butter, and Cheese. By J. A. Wanklyn, M.R.C.S., &c.
Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 72, cloth. 1874. 5s.
WANKLYN. — Tea, Coffee, and Cocoa. A Practical Treatise on the Analysis of
Tea, Coffee, Cocoa, Chocolate, Mate (Paraguay Tea), &c. By J. A. Wanklyn,
M.K.C.S., &c. Crown 8vo, pp. viii. and 60, cloth. 1874. 5s.
WAR OFFICE. — A List of the various Military Manuals and other Works
PUBLISHED under THE SUPERINTENDENCE OF THE WaR OFFICE may be had on
application.
WARD. — Ice : A Lecture delivered before the Keswick Literary Society, and pub-
lished by request. To which is appended a Geological Dream on Skiddaw. By
J. Clifton W^ard, F.G.S. 8vo, pp. 28, sewed. 1870. Is.
WARD.— Elementary Natural Philosophy; being a Course of Nine Lectures,
specially ada^ited for the use of Schools and Junior Students. By J. Clifton
Ward, F.G.S. Fcap. 8vo, pp. viii. and 216, with 154 Illustrations, cloth. 1871.
3s. 6d.
WARD. — Elementary Geology : A Course of Nine Lectures, for the use of Schools
and Junior Students. By J. Clifton Ward, F.G.S. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 292, with 120
Illustrations, cloth. 1872. 4s. 6d.
WATSON.— Index to the Native and Scientific Names of Indian and other
Eastern Economic Plants and Products, originally i^repared under the autho-
rity of the Seci-etary of State for India in Council. By John Forbes Watson,
M.D. Imp. 8vo, pp. 650, cloth. 1868. £1, lis. 6d.
WEBER.— The History of Indian Literature. By Albrecht Weber. Translated
from the Second German Edition, by J. Mann, M.A., and T. Zacharaiae, Ph.D.,
with the sanction of the Author. Second Edition, post 8vo, pp. xxiv. and 360,
cloth. 1882. 10s. 6d.
WEDGWOOD. — The Principles of Geometrical Demonstration, reduced from the
Original Conception of Space and Form. By H. Wedgwood, M.A. 12mo, pp. 48,
cloth. 1844. 2s.
WEDGWOOD.— On the Development of the Understanding. By H. Wedgwood,
A.M. 12mo, pp. 133, cloth. 1848. 3s.
WEDGWOOD.— The Geometry of the Three First Books of Euclid. By Direct
Proof from Definitions Alone. By H. Wedgwood, M.A. 12mo, pp. 104, cloth.
1856. 3s.
WEDGWOOD.— On the Origin of Language. By H. Wedgwood, M.A. 12mo,
pp. 165, cloth. 1866. 3s. 6d.
WEDGWOOD.— A Dictionary of English Etymology. By H. Wedgwood.
Third Edition, revised and enlarged. With Introduction on the Origin of
Language. 8vo, pp. Ixxii. and 746, cloth. 1878. £1, Is.
WEISBACH.— Theoretical Mechanics : A Manual of the Mechanics of Engineer-
ing and of the Construction of Machines ; with an Introduction to the Calculus.
Designed as a Text-book for Technical Schools and Colleges, and for the use of
Engineers, Architects, &c. By Julius Weisbach, Ph.D., Oberbergrath, and Pro-
fessor at the Royal Mining Academy at Freiberg, kc. Translated from the Ger-
man bv Eckley B. Coxe, A.M., Mining Engineer. Demy 8vo, with 902 woodcuts,
pp. 1112, cloth. 1877. 31s. 6d.
72 A Catalogue of ImporUmt Works,
WELLER.— An Improved Dictionary; English and French, and French and Eng-
lish. By E. Weller. Royal 8vo, pp. 384 and 340, cloth. 1864. 7s. 6d.
WEST and BÜHLER.— A Digest of the Hindu Law of Inhekitance and Parti-
tion, from the Keplies of the Sástris in the Several Courts of the Bombay Pre-
sidency. With Introduction, Notes, and Appendix. Edited by Raymond "West
and J. G. Biihler. Second Edition. Demy 8vo, 674 j)p., sewed. 1S79. £1, lis. 6d.
WETHERELL.— The Manufacture of Vinegar, its Theory and Practice; with
especial reference to the Quick Process. By C. M. Wetherell, Ph.D., M.D. 8vo,
pp. 30, cloth. 7s. 6d. •
WHEELDON.— Angling Resorts near London : The Thames and the Lea. By J.
P. Wheeldon, Piscatorial Correspondent to "Bell's Life." Crown 8vo, pp. viii.
and 218. 1878. Paper, Is. 6d.
WHEELER.— The History of India from the Earliest Ages. By J. Talboys
Wheeler. Demy 8vo, cloth. Vol. I. containing the Vedic Period and the Mahá
Bhárata. With Map. Pp. Ixxv. and 576, cl. 1867, o. p. Vol. IL The Ramayana.
and the Brahmanic Period. Pp. Ixxxviii. and 680, with 2 INIaps, cl. 21s. Vol.
III. Hindu, Buddhist, Brahmauical Revival. Pp. xxiv.-500. With 2 Maps,
8vo, cl. 1874. 18s. Tliis volume may be had as a complete work with the fol-
lowing title, "History of India; Hindu, Buddhist, and Brahmanical." Vol.
IV. Part 1. Mussulman Rule. Pp. xxxii.-320. 1876. 14s. VoL IV., Part IL,
completing the History of India down to the time of the Moghul Empire.
Pp. xxviii. and 280. 1881. 12s.
WHEELER.— Early Records of British India : A History of the English Settle-
ments in India, as tokl in the Government Records, the works of old Travellers,
and other Contemporary Documents, from the earliest period down to the rise of
British Power in India. By J. Talboys Wheeler, late Assistant Secretary to the
Government of India in the Foreign Department. Royal 8vo, pp. xxxii. and 392,
cloth. 1878. 15s.
WHEELER.— The Foreigner in China. By L. N. Wheeler, D.D. With Intro-
duction by Professor W. C. Sawyer, Ph.D. 8vo, pp. 268, cloth. 1881. 6s. 6d.
WHERRY.— A Comprehensive Commentary to the Quran. To which is prefixed
Sale's Preliminary Discourse, with additional Notes and Emendations. Together
with a complete Index to the Text, Preliminary Discourse, and Notes. By Rev.
E. M. Wherry, M.A., Lodiana. 3 vols, post 8vo, cloth. Vol. I. Pp. xii. and 392.
1882. ' 12s. 6d.
WHINFIELD.— Quatrains op Omar Khayyam. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
WHINFIELD.— See Gulshan I. Raz.
WHIST.— Short Rules for Modern Whist, Extracted from the "Quarterly
Review " of January 1871. Printed on a Card, folded to fit the Pocket. 1878. 6d.
WHITNEY.— Language and the Study of Language : Twelve Lectures on the
Principles of Linguistic Science. By W. D. Whitney. Third Edition. Crown
8vo, pp. XÜ. and 504, cloth. 1870. 10s. 6d.
WHITNEY.— Language and its Study, with especial reference to the Indo-
European Family of Languages. Seven Lectures by W. D. Whitney, Instructor
in Modern Languages in Yale College. Edited with Introduction, Notes, Tables,
&;c., and an Index, by the Rev. R. Morris, M.A., LL.D. Second Edition.
Crown Svo, pp. xxii. and 318, cloth. 1880. 5s.
WHITNEY.— Oriental and Linguistic Studies. By W. D. Whitney. First Series.
Crown 8vo, pp. x. and 420. cloth. 1874. 12s. Second Series. Crown Svo, pp. xii.
and 434. With chart, cloth. 1874. 12s.
Published hy Triihier d: Co. 73
WHITNEY,— A SxiNSKRiT Grammar, including both the Classical Language and the
older Dialects of Veda and Brahmana, By William Dwight Whitney, Professor
of Sanskrit and Comparative Philology in Yale College, Newhaven, &c., &c.
8vo, pp. xxiv. and 486. 1879. Stitched in wrapper, 10s. 6d ; cloth, 12s.
WHITWELL.— Iron Smelter's Pocket Analysis Book. By Thomas Whitwell,
Member of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, &c. Oblong 12mo, pp. 152,
roan. 1877. os.
WILKINSON.— The Saint's Travel to the Land of Cana^vn. Wherein are dis-
covered Seventeen False Rests short of the Spiritual Coming of Christ in the
Saints, with a Brief Discovery of what the Coming of Christ in tlie Spirit is. By
Pt. Wilkinson. Printed 1648 ; reprinted 1874. Fcap. 8vo, pp. 208, cloth. Is. 6d.
WILLIAMS.— The Middle Kingdom. A Survey of the Geography, Government,
Education, &c., of the Chinese Empire. By S. W. Williams, New Edition.
2 vols. 8vo, [In preparation.
WILLIAMS. —A Syllabic Dictionary of the Chinese Language ; arranged ac-
cording to the Wu-Fang Yuen Yin, with the pronunciation of the Characters as
heard in Pekin, Canton, Amoy, and Shanghai. By S. Wells Williams, LL,D.
4to, pp. 1336. 1874. £5, 5s.
WILLIAMS.— Modern India and the Indians. See Triibner's Oriental Series.
WILSON.— Works of the late Horace Hayman Wilson, M.A,, F,R.S., &c.
Vols. I. and II. Essays and Lectures chiefly on the Religion of the Hindus, by
the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S., &c.' Collected and Edited by Dr. Rein-
hold Rost. 2 vols, demy 8vo, pp. xiii, and 399, vi. and 416, cloth. 21s.
Vols. III., IV,, and V. Essays Analytical, Critical, and Philological, on Subjects
connected with Sanskrit Literature. Collected and Edited by Dr. Reinhold
Rost. 3 vols, demy 8vo, pp. 408, 406, and 390, cloth, 36s.
Vols. VI., VIL, VIII., IX,, and X. (2 parts). Vishnu Puráná, a System of Hindu
Mythology and Tradition. Ti-anslated from the original Sanskrit, and Illus-
trated by Notes derived chiefly from other Puránás. By the late H. H. Wilson.
Edited by FitzEdward Hall, M.A., D.C.L., Oxon. Vols. I. to V. (2 parts).
Demy 8vo, pp. cxl, and 200, 344, 346, 362, and 268, cloth, £3, 4s. 6d.
Vols. XL and XII. Select Specimens of the Theatre of the Hindus. Translated
from the original Sanskrit. By the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S. Third
corrected Edition. 2 vols, demy 8vo, pp. Ixxi. and 384, iv. and 418, cloth. 21s.
WISE,— Commentary on the Hindu System of Medicine, By T. A. Wise,
M.D. 8vo, pp. XX. and 432, cloth. 1845. 7s. 6d.
WISE.— Review of the History of Medicine. By Thomas A. Wise. 2 vols,
demy 8vo, cloth. Vol. I., pp. xcviii. and 397. Vol. II., pp. 574. 10s.
WISE.— Facts and Fallacies of Modern Protection. By Bernhard Ringrose
Wise, B. A., Scholar of Queen's College, Oxford. (Being the Oxford Cobden Prize
Essay for 1878.) Crown 8vo, pp. vii, and 120, cloth. 1879. 2s. 6d.
WITHERS.— The English Language as Pronounced. By G. Withers, Royal
8vo, pp. 84, sewed. 1874. Is,
WOOD.— Chronos. Mother Earth's Biography, A Romance of the New School.
By Wallace Wood, M.D. Crown 8vo, pp. xvi. and 334, with Illustration, cloth.
1873. 6s.
WOMEN.— The Rights of Women. A Comparison of the Relative Legal Status of
the Sexes in the Chief Countries of Western Civilisation. Crown 8vo, pp. 104,
cloth. 1875. 2s. 6d.
74 A Catalogue of Important Wo7'Jcs.
WRIGHT. — Feudal Manuals of English History, a series of Popular Sketclies of
our National History compiled at different periods, from the Thirteenth Century
to the Fifteenth, for the use of the Feudal Gentry and Nobility. Now first edited
from the Original Manuscripts. By Thomas Wright, M.A., F.S.A., &c. Small
4to, pp. xxix. and 184, cloth. 1872. 15s.
WRIGHT.— The Homes of other Days. A History of Domestic Manners and
Sentiments during the Middle Ages. By Thomas Wright, M. A., F.S.A. With
Illustrations from the Illuminations in Contemporary Manuscripts and other
Sources. Drawn and Engraved by F. W. Fairholt, F.S.A. Medium Svo, 350
Woodcuts, pp. XV. and 512, cloth. 1871. 21s.
WRIGHT. — A Volume of Vocabularies, illustrating the Condition and Manners of
our Forefathers, as weU as the History of the forms of Elementary Education, and
of the Languages Spoken in this Island from the Tenth Century to the Fifteenth.
Edited by Thomas Wright, M.A., F.S.A., &c., &c. [/n the Press.
WRIGHT.— The Celt, the Roman, and the Saxon ; a History of the Early
Inhabitants of Britain down to the Conversion of the Anglo-Saxons to Christianity.
Illustrated by the Ancient Remains brought to light by Recent Research.
By Thomas Wright, M.A., F.S.A., &c., &c. Thii-d Corrected and Enlarged
Edition. Cr. Svo, pp. xiv. and562. With nearly 300 Engravings. Cloth. 1875. 14s.
WRIGHT.— Mental Travels in Imagined Lands. By H. Wright. Crown 8vo,
pp. 184, cloth. 1878. 5s.
YOUNG. — Labour in Europe and America. A Special Report on the Rates of
Wages, the Cost of Subsistence, and the Condition of the Working Classes in
Great Britain, Germany, France, Belgium, and other Countries of Europe, also in
the United States and British America. By Edward Young, Ph.D. Royal 8vo,
pp. vi. and 864, cloth. 1876. 10s. 6d.
YOUNG MECHANIC (The).— See Mechanic.
ZELLER. — Strauss and Renan. An Essay by E. Zeller. Translated from the
German. Post 8vo, pp. 110, cloth. 1866. 23. 6d.
PERIODICALS
PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY TEÜBNER & CO.
ANTHROPOLOGICAL Institute of Great Britain and Ireland (Journal of).—
Quarterly, Ss.
ARCHITECT (American) and Building News.— Contains General Architectural
News, Articles on Interior Decoration, Sanitary Engineering, Construction,
Building Materials, &c., &c. Four full-page Illustrations accompany each
Number. Weekly. Annual Subscription, £1, lis. 6d. Post free.
ASIATIC SOCIETY (Royal) of Great Britain and Ireland (Jouknal of).—
Irregular.
ATLANTIC MONTHLY.— Devoted to Literature, Science, Art, and Politics.
Monthly, Is. Annual Subscription, 14s. Post free.
BIBLICAL ARCH^OLOGICAL SOCIETY (Transactions of).— Irregular.
BIBLIOTHECA SACRA.— Quarterly, 4s. 6d. Annual Subscription, 18s. Post free.
BRITISH ARCH.EOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (Journal of).— Quarterly, 8s.
BRITISH HOMCEOPATHIC SOCIETY (Annals of).— Half-yearly, 2s. 6d.
BROWNING SOCIETY'S PAPERS. - Irregular.
CALCUTTA REVIEW.— Quarterly, 8s. 6d. Annual Subscription, 34s. Post free.
CALIFORNIAN.— A Monthly Magazine devoted to the Literature, Art, Blusic,
Politics, &c. , of the "West. Is. 6d. Annual Subscription, 18s. Post free.
CAMBRIDGE PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY (Transactions of).— Irregular.
ENGLISHWOMAN'S REVIEW.— Social and Industrial Questions. Monthly, 6d.
GEOLOGICAL MAGAZINE, or Monthly Journal of Geology, Is. 6d. Annual Sub-
scription, I83. Post free.
GLASGOW, GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF (Transactions of).— Irregular.
INDEX MEDICUS.— A Monthly Classified Record of the Current Medical Literature
of the "World. Annual Subscription, 30s. Post free.
INDIAN ANTIQUARY.— A Journal of Oriental Research in Archaeology, History,
Literature, Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Folklore, &c. Annual Subscrip-
tion, £2. Post free.
LIBRARY ASSOCIATION of the United Kingdom (Monthly Notes of the).—
Monthly, 3d. Annual Subscription, 3s. 6d. Post free.
76 Periodicals.
LIBRARY JOURNAL. —Official Organ of the Library Associations of America and of
the United Kingdom. Monthly, Is. 6d. Annual Subscription, 20s. Post free.
MANCHESTER QUARTERLY.— Is. 6d.
MATHEMATICS (AMERICAN JOURNAL of).— Quarterly, 7s. 6d. Annual Subscrip-
tion, 24s. Post free.
ORTHODOX CATHOLIC REVIEW.— Irregular.
PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY (TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS of).— Irregular.
PUBLISHERS' WEEKLY.— The Americ.vn Book-Trade Journal. Annual Sub-
scription, 18s. Post free.
SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN.— Weekly. Annual subscription, 18s. Post free.
SUPPLEMENT to ditto.— "Weekly. Annual subscription, 24s. Post free.
SCIENCE AND ARTS (AMERICAN Journal of).— Monthly, 2s. 6d. Annual Subscrip-
tion, 30s.
SPECULATIVE PHILOSOPHY (.Journal of).— Quarterly, 4s. Annual Subscription,
16s. Post free, 17s.
SUNDAY REVIEW. — Organ of the Sunday Society for Opening Museums and Art
Galleries on Sunday.— Quarterly, Is. Annual Subscription, 4s. 6d. Post free.
TRUBNER'S American, European, and Oriental Literary Record.— A Register
of the most Important Works Published in America, India, China, and the British
Colonies. With occasional Notes on German, Dutch, Danish, French, Italian,
Spanish, Portuguese, and Russian Literature. Subscription for 12 Numbers, 5s.
Post free.
TRUBNER & CO.'S Monthly List of New and Forthcoming Works, Official and
other Authorised Publications, and New American Books. Post free.
WESTMINSTER REVIEW.— Quarterly, 6s. Annual Subscription, 22s. Post free.
WOMAN'S Suffrage Journal.— Monthly, Id.
TRÜBNER & CO.'S CATALOGUES,
Any of the following Catalogues sent per Post on receipt of Stamps.
Agricultural "Works. 2d.
Arabic, Persian, and Turkish Books, printed in the East. Is.
Assyria and Assyriology. Is,
Bibliotheca Hispano- Americana. Is. 6d.
Brazil, Ancient and Modern Books relating- to. 2s. 6d.
British Museum, Publications of Trustees of the. Id.
Dictionaries and Grammars of Principal Languages and Dialects
of the World. 5s.
Educational Works. Id.
Egypt and Egyptology. Is.
Guide Books. Id.
Important Works, published by Triibner & Co. 2d.
Linguistic and Oriental Publications. 2d.
Medical, Surgical, Chemical, and Dental Publications. 2d.
Modern German Books. 2d.
Monthly List of New Publications. Id.
Pali, Prakrit, and Buddhist Literature. Is.
Portuguese Language, Ancient and Modern Books in the. 6d.
Sanskrit Books. 2s. 6d.
Scientific Works. 2d.
Semitic, Iranian, and Tatar Races. Is.
TRÜBNER'S
COLLECTION OF SIMPLIFIED GRAMMARS
OF THE
PRINCIPAL ASIATIC AND EUROPEAN LANGUAGES
Edited by E. H. PALMEE, M.A.
The object of this Series is to provide the learner with a concise but
practical Introduction to the various Languages, and at the same time to
furnish Students of Comparative Philology with a clear and comprehensive
view of their structure. The attempt to adapt the somewhat cumbrous
grammatical system of the Greek and Latin to every other tongue has intro-
duced a great deal of unnecessary difficulty into the study of Languages.
Instead of analysing existing locutions and endeavouring to discover the
principles which regulate them, writers of grammars have for the most part
constructed a framework of rules on the old lines, and tried to make the
language of which they were treating fit into it. Where this proves im-
possible, the difficulty is met by lists of exceptions and irregular forms, thus
burdening the pupil's mind with a mass of details of which he can make
no practical use.
In these Grammars the subject is viewed from a different standpoint ;
the structure of each language is carefully examined, and the principles
which underlie it are carefully explained ; while apparent discrepancies
and so-called irregularities are shown to be only natural euphonic and
other changes. All technical terms are excluded unless their meaning
and application is self-evident ; no arbitrary rules are admitted ; the old
classification into declensions, conjugations, &c., and even the usual 'para-
digms and tables, are omitted. Thus reduced to the simplest principles,
the Accidence and Syntax can be thoroughly comprehended by the student
on one perusal, and a few hours' diligent study will enable him to analyse
any sentence in the language.
Now ready, crown 8vo, cloth, pp. 112, price 5s.
SIMPLIFIED GRAMMAR OF HINDUSTANI,
PERSIAN, AND ARABIC.
By E. H. PALMEE, M.A.,
Lord Almoner's Professor of Arabic in the University of Cambridge, and
Examiner in Hindustani to H3f. Civil Service Commission.
( 79 )
The following are in preparotion : —
SIMPLIFIED GEAMMAES OF
Russian, Polish, Bohemian, Bulgarian and Serbian, by Mr. Morfil,
of Oxford.
Malagasy, by Dr. Parker.
Modern Greek, by E. M. Geldart, M.A.
Hungarian, by IGN. Singer, of Buda-Pesth. •
Assyrian, by Prof. Sayce.
Hebrew, by Dr. Ginsburg.
Pali, by T. W. Rhys-Davids.
Danish, by Miss Ötté.
Cymric and Gaelic, by H. Jenner, of the British Museum.
Dravidian, by A. C. Burnell, CLE., Ph.D.
Basque, by W. Van Eys.
Roumanian, by M. Torceanu, of Bucharest.
Turkish, by J. W. Kedhouse, M.R.A.S.
Malay, by W. E. Maxwell, of the Inner Temple, Barrister-at-Law.
Finnic, by Prof. Otto Donner, of Helsingfors.
Swedish, by W. Sturzen-Becker, of Stockholm.
Sinhalese, by B. Gunasekhara, Mudalyár and Chief Translator of the
Colonial Secretary's Office at Colombo ; and H. C. U. Bell, Secretary
of the Royal Asiatic Society, Ceylon Branch.
Mr. Triihner is making arrangements with competent Scholars for the early
preparation of Grammars of Albanian, Siamese, Burmese, Japanese,
Chinese, and Icelandic.
LONDON : THUBNER & CO., LUDGATE HILL.
2-/8/82.
GENERAL LIBRARY - U.C. BERKELEY
I
BDD0bS'=m7b
^-r
^
.Kx'K.mRiWMMi
nnaiiiawMHNMMm
1Í
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11